AuroraPipeline/fuck-premake-old2
Archived
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues 1 Pull Requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Update to mbedtls 2.25

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Ferdinand Thiessen 2021-03-10 16:34:13 +01:00
parent c450dbfc7f
commit 481b5dcfa2
988 changed files with 205566 additions and 32887 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
/Makefile

17
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/CMakeLists.txt vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
list (APPEND thirdparty_src)
list (APPEND thirdparty_lib)
list (APPEND thirdparty_inc_public)
list (APPEND thirdparty_inc)
list (APPEND thirdparty_def)
execute_process(COMMAND ${MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../scripts/config.py -f ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../include/mbedtls/config.h get MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED RESULT_VARIABLE result)
if(${result} EQUAL 0)
add_subdirectory(everest)
endif()
set(thirdparty_src ${thirdparty_src} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_lib ${thirdparty_lib} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_inc_public ${thirdparty_inc_public} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_inc ${thirdparty_inc} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_def ${thirdparty_def} PARENT_SCOPE)

2
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/Makefile.inc vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
THIRDPARTY_DIR = $(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST)))
include $(THIRDPARTY_DIR)/everest/Makefile.inc

2
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
*.o
Makefile

28
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/CMakeLists.txt vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
list (APPEND everest_src)
list (APPEND everest_inc_public)
list (APPEND everest_inc)
list (APPEND everest_def)
set(everest_src
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library/everest.c
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library/x25519.c
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library/Hacl_Curve25519_joined.c
)
list(APPEND everest_inc_public ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include)
list(APPEND everest_inc ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/everest ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/everest/kremlib)
if(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
install(DIRECTORY include/everest
DESTINATION include
FILE_PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE GROUP_READ WORLD_READ
DIRECTORY_PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE OWNER_EXECUTE GROUP_READ GROUP_EXECUTE WORLD_READ WORLD_EXECUTE
FILES_MATCHING PATTERN "*.h")
endif(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
set(thirdparty_src ${thirdparty_src} ${everest_src} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_inc_public ${thirdparty_inc_public} ${everest_inc_public} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_inc ${thirdparty_inc} ${everest_inc} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_def ${thirdparty_def} ${everest_def} PARENT_SCOPE)

6
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/Makefile.inc vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
THIRDPARTY_INCLUDES+=-I../3rdparty/everest/include -I../3rdparty/everest/include/everest -I../3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlib
THIRDPARTY_CRYPTO_OBJECTS+= \
../3rdparty/everest/library/everest.o \
../3rdparty/everest/library/x25519.o \
../3rdparty/everest/library/Hacl_Curve25519_joined.o

5
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/README.md vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
The files in this directory stem from [Project Everest](https://project-everest.github.io/) and are distributed under the Apache 2.0 license.
This is a formally verified implementation of Curve25519-based handshakes. The C code is automatically derived from the (verified) [original implementation](https://github.com/project-everest/hacl-star/tree/master/code/curve25519) in the [F* language](https://github.com/fstarlang/fstar) by [KreMLin](https://github.com/fstarlang/kremlin). In addition to the improved safety and security of the implementation, it is also significantly faster than the default implementation of Curve25519 in mbedTLS.
The caveat is that not all platforms are supported, although the version in `everest/library/legacy` should work on most systems. The main issue is that some platforms do not provide a 128-bit integer type and KreMLin therefore has to use additional (also verified) code to simulate them, resulting in less of a performance gain overall. Explictly supported platforms are currently `x86` and `x86_64` using gcc or clang, and Visual C (2010 and later).

21
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/Hacl_Curve25519.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -fbuiltin-uint128 -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/code/lib/kremlin -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/kremlib/compat -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs/old -I . -ccopt -march=native -verbose -ldopt -flto -tmpdir x25519-c -I ../bignum -bundle Hacl.Curve25519=* -minimal -add-include "kremlib.h" -skip-compilation x25519-c/out.krml -o x25519-c/Hacl_Curve25519.c
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#ifndef __Hacl_Curve25519_H
#define __Hacl_Curve25519_H
#include "kremlib.h"
void Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult(uint8_t *mypublic, uint8_t *secret, uint8_t *basepoint);
#define __Hacl_Curve25519_H_DEFINED
#endif

234
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/everest.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
/*
* Interface to code from Project Everest
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org).
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_EVEREST_H
#define MBEDTLS_EVEREST_H
#include "everest/x25519.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Defines the source of the imported EC key.
*/
typedef enum
{
MBEDTLS_EVEREST_ECDH_OURS, /**< Our key. */
MBEDTLS_EVEREST_ECDH_THEIRS, /**< The key of the peer. */
} mbedtls_everest_ecdh_side;
typedef struct {
mbedtls_x25519_context ctx;
} mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest;
/**
* \brief This function sets up the ECDH context with the information
* given.
*
* This function should be called after mbedtls_ecdh_init() but
* before mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(). There is no need to call
* this function before mbedtls_ecdh_read_params().
*
* This is the first function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
* ciphersuites.
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context to set up.
* \param grp_id The group id of the group to set up the context for.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_setup( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, int grp_id );
/**
* \brief This function frees a context.
*
* \param ctx The context to free.
*/
void mbedtls_everest_free( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS
* ServerKeyExchange payload.
*
* This is the second function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
* ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup().)
*
* \note This function assumes that the ECP group (grp) of the
* \p ctx context has already been properly set,
* for example, using mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param olen The number of characters written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_make_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ServerKeyExhange
* payload.
*
* This is the first function used by a TLS client for ECDHE
* ciphersuites.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param buf The pointer to the start of the input buffer.
* \param end The address for one Byte past the end of the buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_everest_read_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ServerKeyExhange
* payload.
*
* This is the first function used by a TLS client for ECDHE
* ciphersuites.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param buf The pointer to the start of the input buffer.
* \param end The address for one Byte past the end of the buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_everest_read_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end );
/**
* \brief This function sets up an ECDH context from an EC key.
*
* It is used by clients and servers in place of the
* ServerKeyEchange for static ECDH, and imports ECDH
* parameters from the EC key information of a certificate.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context to set up.
* \param key The EC key to use.
* \param side Defines the source of the key: 1: Our key, or
* 0: The key of the peer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_everest_get_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_everest_ecdh_side side );
/**
* \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS
* ClientKeyExchange payload.
*
* This is the second function used by a TLS client for ECDH(E)
* ciphersuites.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param olen The number of Bytes written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The size of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_make_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ClientKeyExchange
* payload.
*
* This is the third function used by a TLS server for ECDH(E)
* ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup() and
* mbedtls_ecdh_make_params().)
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param buf The start of the input buffer.
* \param blen The length of the input buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_read_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen );
/**
* \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret.
*
* This is the last function used by both TLS client
* and servers.
*
* \note If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement
* countermeasures against side-channel attacks.
* For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul().
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param olen The number of Bytes written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_calc_secret( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_EVEREST_H */

29
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlib.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org) and
* originated from Project Everest (https://project-everest.github.io/)
*/
#ifndef __KREMLIB_H
#define __KREMLIB_H
#include "kremlin/internal/target.h"
#include "kremlin/internal/types.h"
#include "kremlin/c_endianness.h"
#endif /* __KREMLIB_H */

124
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlib/FStar_UInt128.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: ../krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrB9w -minimal -fparentheses -fcurly-braces -fno-shadow -header copyright-header.txt -minimal -tmpdir dist/uint128 -skip-compilation -extract-uints -add-include <inttypes.h> -add-include <stdbool.h> -add-include "kremlin/internal/types.h" -bundle FStar.UInt128=* extracted/prims.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives_Native.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives.krml extracted/FStar_Mul.krml extracted/FStar_Squash.krml extracted/FStar_Classical.krml extracted/FStar_StrongExcludedMiddle.krml extracted/FStar_FunctionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Base.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Base.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_Seq.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lib.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lemmas.krml extracted/FStar_BitVector.krml extracted/FStar_UInt.krml extracted/FStar_UInt32.krml extracted/FStar_Int.krml extracted/FStar_Int16.krml extracted/FStar_Preorder.krml extracted/FStar_Ghost.krml extracted/FStar_ErasedLogic.krml extracted/FStar_UInt64.krml extracted/FStar_Set.krml extracted/FStar_PropositionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_PredicateExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_TSet.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Map.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperHeap.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Witnessed.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_ST.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_All.krml extracted/FStar_Date.krml extracted/FStar_Universe.krml extracted/FStar_GSet.krml extracted/FStar_ModifiesGen.krml extracted/LowStar_Monotonic_Buffer.krml extracted/LowStar_Buffer.krml extracted/Spec_Loops.krml extracted/LowStar_BufferOps.krml extracted/C_Loops.krml extracted/FStar_UInt8.krml extracted/FStar_Kremlin_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_UInt63.krml extracted/FStar_Exn.krml extracted/FStar_ST.krml extracted/FStar_All.krml extracted/FStar_Dyn.krml extracted/FStar_Int63.krml extracted/FStar_Int64.krml extracted/FStar_Int32.krml extracted/FStar_Int8.krml extracted/FStar_UInt16.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast.krml extracted/FStar_UInt128.krml extracted/C_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_List.krml extracted/FStar_Float.krml extracted/FStar_IO.krml extracted/C.krml extracted/FStar_Char.krml extracted/FStar_String.krml extracted/LowStar_Modifies.krml extracted/C_String.krml extracted/FStar_Bytes.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_IO.krml extracted/C_Failure.krml extracted/TestLib.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast_Full.krml
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#ifndef __FStar_UInt128_H
#define __FStar_UInt128_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "kremlin/internal/types.h"
uint64_t FStar_UInt128___proj__Mkuint128__item__low(FStar_UInt128_uint128 projectee);
uint64_t FStar_UInt128___proj__Mkuint128__item__high(FStar_UInt128_uint128 projectee);
typedef FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_t;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_add_underspec(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_add_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_sub(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_sub_underspec(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_sub_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logand(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logxor(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logor(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_lognot(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_left(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_right(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s);
bool FStar_UInt128_eq(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
bool FStar_UInt128_gt(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
bool FStar_UInt128_lt(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
bool FStar_UInt128_gte(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
bool FStar_UInt128_lte(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_eq_mask(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_gte_mask(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(uint64_t a);
uint64_t FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Question_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Percent_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Question_Hat)(
FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0,
FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1
);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Percent_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Amp_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Hat_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Bar_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Less_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Greater_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool (*FStar_UInt128_op_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern bool (*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul32(uint64_t x, uint32_t y);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(uint64_t x, uint64_t y);
#define __FStar_UInt128_H_DEFINED
#endif

280
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlib/FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: ../krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrB9w -minimal -fparentheses -fcurly-braces -fno-shadow -header copyright-header.txt -minimal -tmpdir dist/minimal -skip-compilation -extract-uints -add-include <inttypes.h> -add-include <stdbool.h> -add-include "kremlin/internal/compat.h" -add-include "kremlin/internal/types.h" -bundle FStar.UInt64+FStar.UInt32+FStar.UInt16+FStar.UInt8=* extracted/prims.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives_Native.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives.krml extracted/FStar_Mul.krml extracted/FStar_Squash.krml extracted/FStar_Classical.krml extracted/FStar_StrongExcludedMiddle.krml extracted/FStar_FunctionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Base.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Base.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_Seq.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lib.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lemmas.krml extracted/FStar_BitVector.krml extracted/FStar_UInt.krml extracted/FStar_UInt32.krml extracted/FStar_Int.krml extracted/FStar_Int16.krml extracted/FStar_Preorder.krml extracted/FStar_Ghost.krml extracted/FStar_ErasedLogic.krml extracted/FStar_UInt64.krml extracted/FStar_Set.krml extracted/FStar_PropositionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_PredicateExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_TSet.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Map.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperHeap.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Witnessed.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_ST.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_All.krml extracted/FStar_Date.krml extracted/FStar_Universe.krml extracted/FStar_GSet.krml extracted/FStar_ModifiesGen.krml extracted/LowStar_Monotonic_Buffer.krml extracted/LowStar_Buffer.krml extracted/Spec_Loops.krml extracted/LowStar_BufferOps.krml extracted/C_Loops.krml extracted/FStar_UInt8.krml extracted/FStar_Kremlin_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_UInt63.krml extracted/FStar_Exn.krml extracted/FStar_ST.krml extracted/FStar_All.krml extracted/FStar_Dyn.krml extracted/FStar_Int63.krml extracted/FStar_Int64.krml extracted/FStar_Int32.krml extracted/FStar_Int8.krml extracted/FStar_UInt16.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast.krml extracted/FStar_UInt128.krml extracted/C_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_List.krml extracted/FStar_Float.krml extracted/FStar_IO.krml extracted/C.krml extracted/FStar_Char.krml extracted/FStar_String.krml extracted/LowStar_Modifies.krml extracted/C_String.krml extracted/FStar_Bytes.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_IO.krml extracted/C_Failure.krml extracted/TestLib.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast_Full.krml
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#ifndef __FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8_H
#define __FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "kremlin/internal/compat.h"
#include "kremlin/internal/types.h"
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt64_n;
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt64_v(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_uint_to_t(Prims_int x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_add(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_add_underspec(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_add_mod(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_sub(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_sub_underspec(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_sub_mod(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_mul(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_mul_underspec(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_mul_mod(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_mul_div(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_div(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_rem(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_logand(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_logxor(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_logor(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_lognot(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_shift_right(uint64_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_shift_left(uint64_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_eq(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_gt(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_gte(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_lt(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_lte(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_minus(uint64_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt64_n_minus_one;
uint64_t FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(uint64_t a, uint64_t b);
uint64_t FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(uint64_t a, uint64_t b);
extern Prims_string FStar_UInt64_to_string(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_of_string(Prims_string x0);
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt32_n;
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt32_v(uint32_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_uint_to_t(Prims_int x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_add(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_add_underspec(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_add_mod(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_sub(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_sub_underspec(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_sub_mod(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_mul(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_mul_underspec(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_mul_mod(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_mul_div(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_div(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_rem(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_logand(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_logxor(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_logor(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_lognot(uint32_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_shift_right(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_shift_left(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_eq(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_gt(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_gte(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_lt(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_lte(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_minus(uint32_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_n_minus_one;
uint32_t FStar_UInt32_eq_mask(uint32_t a, uint32_t b);
uint32_t FStar_UInt32_gte_mask(uint32_t a, uint32_t b);
extern Prims_string FStar_UInt32_to_string(uint32_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_of_string(Prims_string x0);
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt16_n;
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt16_v(uint16_t x0);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_uint_to_t(Prims_int x0);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_add(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_add_underspec(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_add_mod(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_sub(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_sub_underspec(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_sub_mod(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_mul(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_mul_underspec(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_mul_mod(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_mul_div(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_div(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_rem(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_logand(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_logxor(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_logor(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_lognot(uint16_t x0);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_shift_right(uint16_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_shift_left(uint16_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_eq(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_gt(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_gte(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_lt(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_lte(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_minus(uint16_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt16_n_minus_one;
uint16_t FStar_UInt16_eq_mask(uint16_t a, uint16_t b);
uint16_t FStar_UInt16_gte_mask(uint16_t a, uint16_t b);
extern Prims_string FStar_UInt16_to_string(uint16_t x0);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_of_string(Prims_string x0);
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt8_n;
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt8_v(uint8_t x0);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_uint_to_t(Prims_int x0);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_add(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_add_underspec(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_add_mod(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_sub(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_sub_underspec(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_sub_mod(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_mul(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_mul_underspec(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_mul_mod(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_mul_div(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_div(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_rem(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_logand(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_logxor(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_logor(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_lognot(uint8_t x0);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_shift_right(uint8_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_shift_left(uint8_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_eq(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_gt(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_gte(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_lt(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_lte(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_minus(uint8_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt8_n_minus_one;
uint8_t FStar_UInt8_eq_mask(uint8_t a, uint8_t b);
uint8_t FStar_UInt8_gte_mask(uint8_t a, uint8_t b);
extern Prims_string FStar_UInt8_to_string(uint8_t x0);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_of_string(Prims_string x0);
typedef uint8_t FStar_UInt8_byte;
#define __FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8_H_DEFINED
#endif

204
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlin/c_endianness.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_ENDIAN_H
#define __KREMLIN_ENDIAN_H
#include <string.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
/******************************************************************************/
/* Implementing C.fst (part 2: endian-ness macros) */
/******************************************************************************/
/* ... for Linux */
#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
# include <endian.h>
/* ... for OSX */
#elif defined(__APPLE__)
# include <libkern/OSByteOrder.h>
# define htole64(x) OSSwapHostToLittleInt64(x)
# define le64toh(x) OSSwapLittleToHostInt64(x)
# define htobe64(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt64(x)
# define be64toh(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt64(x)
# define htole16(x) OSSwapHostToLittleInt16(x)
# define le16toh(x) OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(x)
# define htobe16(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt16(x)
# define be16toh(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt16(x)
# define htole32(x) OSSwapHostToLittleInt32(x)
# define le32toh(x) OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(x)
# define htobe32(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt32(x)
# define be32toh(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt32(x)
/* ... for Solaris */
#elif defined(__sun__)
# include <sys/byteorder.h>
# define htole64(x) LE_64(x)
# define le64toh(x) LE_64(x)
# define htobe64(x) BE_64(x)
# define be64toh(x) BE_64(x)
# define htole16(x) LE_16(x)
# define le16toh(x) LE_16(x)
# define htobe16(x) BE_16(x)
# define be16toh(x) BE_16(x)
# define htole32(x) LE_32(x)
# define le32toh(x) LE_32(x)
# define htobe32(x) BE_32(x)
# define be32toh(x) BE_32(x)
/* ... for the BSDs */
#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
# include <sys/endian.h>
#elif defined(__OpenBSD__)
# include <endian.h>
/* ... for Windows (MSVC)... not targeting XBOX 360! */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# include <stdlib.h>
# define htobe16(x) _byteswap_ushort(x)
# define htole16(x) (x)
# define be16toh(x) _byteswap_ushort(x)
# define le16toh(x) (x)
# define htobe32(x) _byteswap_ulong(x)
# define htole32(x) (x)
# define be32toh(x) _byteswap_ulong(x)
# define le32toh(x) (x)
# define htobe64(x) _byteswap_uint64(x)
# define htole64(x) (x)
# define be64toh(x) _byteswap_uint64(x)
# define le64toh(x) (x)
/* ... for Windows (GCC-like, e.g. mingw or clang) */
#elif (defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN64)) && \
(defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__))
# define htobe16(x) __builtin_bswap16(x)
# define htole16(x) (x)
# define be16toh(x) __builtin_bswap16(x)
# define le16toh(x) (x)
# define htobe32(x) __builtin_bswap32(x)
# define htole32(x) (x)
# define be32toh(x) __builtin_bswap32(x)
# define le32toh(x) (x)
# define htobe64(x) __builtin_bswap64(x)
# define htole64(x) (x)
# define be64toh(x) __builtin_bswap64(x)
# define le64toh(x) (x)
/* ... generic big-endian fallback code */
#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN__
/* byte swapping code inspired by:
* https://github.com/rweather/arduinolibs/blob/master/libraries/Crypto/utility/EndianUtil.h
* */
# define htobe32(x) (x)
# define be32toh(x) (x)
# define htole32(x) \
(__extension__({ \
uint32_t _temp = (x); \
((_temp >> 24) & 0x000000FF) | ((_temp >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) | \
((_temp << 8) & 0x00FF0000) | ((_temp << 24) & 0xFF000000); \
}))
# define le32toh(x) (htole32((x)))
# define htobe64(x) (x)
# define be64toh(x) (x)
# define htole64(x) \
(__extension__({ \
uint64_t __temp = (x); \
uint32_t __low = htobe32((uint32_t)__temp); \
uint32_t __high = htobe32((uint32_t)(__temp >> 32)); \
(((uint64_t)__low) << 32) | __high; \
}))
# define le64toh(x) (htole64((x)))
/* ... generic little-endian fallback code */
#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__
# define htole32(x) (x)
# define le32toh(x) (x)
# define htobe32(x) \
(__extension__({ \
uint32_t _temp = (x); \
((_temp >> 24) & 0x000000FF) | ((_temp >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) | \
((_temp << 8) & 0x00FF0000) | ((_temp << 24) & 0xFF000000); \
}))
# define be32toh(x) (htobe32((x)))
# define htole64(x) (x)
# define le64toh(x) (x)
# define htobe64(x) \
(__extension__({ \
uint64_t __temp = (x); \
uint32_t __low = htobe32((uint32_t)__temp); \
uint32_t __high = htobe32((uint32_t)(__temp >> 32)); \
(((uint64_t)__low) << 32) | __high; \
}))
# define be64toh(x) (htobe64((x)))
/* ... couldn't determine endian-ness of the target platform */
#else
# error "Please define __BYTE_ORDER__!"
#endif /* defined(__linux__) || ... */
/* Loads and stores. These avoid undefined behavior due to unaligned memory
* accesses, via memcpy. */
inline static uint16_t load16(uint8_t *b) {
uint16_t x;
memcpy(&x, b, 2);
return x;
}
inline static uint32_t load32(uint8_t *b) {
uint32_t x;
memcpy(&x, b, 4);
return x;
}
inline static uint64_t load64(uint8_t *b) {
uint64_t x;
memcpy(&x, b, 8);
return x;
}
inline static void store16(uint8_t *b, uint16_t i) {
memcpy(b, &i, 2);
}
inline static void store32(uint8_t *b, uint32_t i) {
memcpy(b, &i, 4);
}
inline static void store64(uint8_t *b, uint64_t i) {
memcpy(b, &i, 8);
}
#define load16_le(b) (le16toh(load16(b)))
#define store16_le(b, i) (store16(b, htole16(i)))
#define load16_be(b) (be16toh(load16(b)))
#define store16_be(b, i) (store16(b, htobe16(i)))
#define load32_le(b) (le32toh(load32(b)))
#define store32_le(b, i) (store32(b, htole32(i)))
#define load32_be(b) (be32toh(load32(b)))
#define store32_be(b, i) (store32(b, htobe32(i)))
#define load64_le(b) (le64toh(load64(b)))
#define store64_le(b, i) (store64(b, htole64(i)))
#define load64_be(b) (be64toh(load64(b)))
#define store64_be(b, i) (store64(b, htobe64(i)))
#endif

16
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlin/internal/builtin.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_BUILTIN_H
#define __KREMLIN_BUILTIN_H
/* For alloca, when using KreMLin's -falloca */
#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN64))
# include <malloc.h>
#endif
/* If some globals need to be initialized before the main, then kremlin will
* generate and try to link last a function with this type: */
void kremlinit_globals(void);
#endif

46
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlin/internal/callconv.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_CALLCONV_H
#define __KREMLIN_CALLCONV_H
/******************************************************************************/
/* Some macros to ease compatibility */
/******************************************************************************/
/* We want to generate __cdecl safely without worrying about it being undefined.
* When using MSVC, these are always defined. When using MinGW, these are
* defined too. They have no meaning for other platforms, so we define them to
* be empty macros in other situations. */
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef __cdecl
#define __cdecl
#endif
#ifndef __stdcall
#define __stdcall
#endif
#ifndef __fastcall
#define __fastcall
#endif
#endif
/* Since KreMLin emits the inline keyword unconditionally, we follow the
* guidelines at https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Inline.html and make this
* __inline__ to ensure the code compiles with -std=c90 and earlier. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define inline __inline__
#endif
/* GCC-specific attribute syntax; everyone else gets the standard C inline
* attribute. */
#ifdef __GNU_C__
# ifndef __clang__
# define force_inline inline __attribute__((always_inline))
# else
# define force_inline inline
# endif
#else
# define force_inline inline
#endif
#endif

34
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlin/internal/compat.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef KRML_COMPAT_H
#define KRML_COMPAT_H
#include <inttypes.h>
/* A series of macros that define C implementations of types that are not Low*,
* to facilitate porting programs to Low*. */
typedef const char *Prims_string;
typedef struct {
uint32_t length;
const char *data;
} FStar_Bytes_bytes;
typedef int32_t Prims_pos, Prims_nat, Prims_nonzero, Prims_int,
krml_checked_int_t;
#define RETURN_OR(x) \
do { \
int64_t __ret = x; \
if (__ret < INT32_MIN || INT32_MAX < __ret) { \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF( \
"Prims.{int,nat,pos} integer overflow at %s:%d\n", __FILE__, \
__LINE__); \
KRML_HOST_EXIT(252); \
} \
return (int32_t)__ret; \
} while (0)
#endif

57
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlin/internal/debug.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_DEBUG_H
#define __KREMLIN_DEBUG_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include "kremlin/internal/target.h"
/******************************************************************************/
/* Debugging helpers - intended only for KreMLin developers */
/******************************************************************************/
/* In support of "-wasm -d force-c": we might need this function to be
* forward-declared, because the dependency on WasmSupport appears very late,
* after SimplifyWasm, and sadly, after the topological order has been done. */
void WasmSupport_check_buffer_size(uint32_t s);
/* A series of GCC atrocities to trace function calls (kremlin's [-d c-calls]
* option). Useful when trying to debug, say, Wasm, to compare traces. */
/* clang-format off */
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define KRML_FORMAT(X) _Generic((X), \
uint8_t : "0x%08" PRIx8, \
uint16_t: "0x%08" PRIx16, \
uint32_t: "0x%08" PRIx32, \
uint64_t: "0x%08" PRIx64, \
int8_t : "0x%08" PRIx8, \
int16_t : "0x%08" PRIx16, \
int32_t : "0x%08" PRIx32, \
int64_t : "0x%08" PRIx64, \
default : "%s")
#define KRML_FORMAT_ARG(X) _Generic((X), \
uint8_t : X, \
uint16_t: X, \
uint32_t: X, \
uint64_t: X, \
int8_t : X, \
int16_t : X, \
int32_t : X, \
int64_t : X, \
default : "unknown")
/* clang-format on */
# define KRML_DEBUG_RETURN(X) \
({ \
__auto_type _ret = (X); \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF("returning: "); \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF(KRML_FORMAT(_ret), KRML_FORMAT_ARG(_ret)); \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF(" \n"); \
_ret; \
})
#endif
#endif

102
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlin/internal/target.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_TARGET_H
#define __KREMLIN_TARGET_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "kremlin/internal/callconv.h"
/******************************************************************************/
/* Macros that KreMLin will generate. */
/******************************************************************************/
/* For "bare" targets that do not have a C stdlib, the user might want to use
* [-add-early-include '"mydefinitions.h"'] and override these. */
#ifndef KRML_HOST_PRINTF
# define KRML_HOST_PRINTF printf
#endif
#if ( \
(defined __STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) && \
(!(defined KRML_HOST_EPRINTF)))
# define KRML_HOST_EPRINTF(...) fprintf(stderr, __VA_ARGS__)
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_EXIT
# define KRML_HOST_EXIT exit
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_MALLOC
# define KRML_HOST_MALLOC malloc
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_CALLOC
# define KRML_HOST_CALLOC calloc
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_FREE
# define KRML_HOST_FREE free
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_TIME
# include <time.h>
/* Prims_nat not yet in scope */
inline static int32_t krml_time() {
return (int32_t)time(NULL);
}
# define KRML_HOST_TIME krml_time
#endif
/* In statement position, exiting is easy. */
#define KRML_EXIT \
do { \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF("Unimplemented function at %s:%d\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); \
KRML_HOST_EXIT(254); \
} while (0)
/* In expression position, use the comma-operator and a malloc to return an
* expression of the right size. KreMLin passes t as the parameter to the macro.
*/
#define KRML_EABORT(t, msg) \
(KRML_HOST_PRINTF("KreMLin abort at %s:%d\n%s\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, msg), \
KRML_HOST_EXIT(255), *((t *)KRML_HOST_MALLOC(sizeof(t))))
/* In FStar.Buffer.fst, the size of arrays is uint32_t, but it's a number of
* *elements*. Do an ugly, run-time check (some of which KreMLin can eliminate).
*/
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define _KRML_CHECK_SIZE_PRAGMA \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wtype-limits\"")
#else
# define _KRML_CHECK_SIZE_PRAGMA
#endif
#define KRML_CHECK_SIZE(size_elt, sz) \
do { \
_KRML_CHECK_SIZE_PRAGMA \
if (((size_t)(sz)) > ((size_t)(SIZE_MAX / (size_elt)))) { \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF( \
"Maximum allocatable size exceeded, aborting before overflow at " \
"%s:%d\n", \
__FILE__, __LINE__); \
KRML_HOST_EXIT(253); \
} \
} while (0)
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900
# define KRML_HOST_SNPRINTF(buf, sz, fmt, arg) _snprintf_s(buf, sz, _TRUNCATE, fmt, arg)
#else
# define KRML_HOST_SNPRINTF(buf, sz, fmt, arg) snprintf(buf, sz, fmt, arg)
#endif
#endif

61
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlin/internal/types.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef KRML_TYPES_H
#define KRML_TYPES_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Types which are either abstract, meaning that have to be implemented in C, or
* which are models, meaning that they are swapped out at compile-time for
* hand-written C types (in which case they're marked as noextract). */
typedef uint64_t FStar_UInt64_t, FStar_UInt64_t_;
typedef int64_t FStar_Int64_t, FStar_Int64_t_;
typedef uint32_t FStar_UInt32_t, FStar_UInt32_t_;
typedef int32_t FStar_Int32_t, FStar_Int32_t_;
typedef uint16_t FStar_UInt16_t, FStar_UInt16_t_;
typedef int16_t FStar_Int16_t, FStar_Int16_t_;
typedef uint8_t FStar_UInt8_t, FStar_UInt8_t_;
typedef int8_t FStar_Int8_t, FStar_Int8_t_;
/* Only useful when building Kremlib, because it's in the dependency graph of
* FStar.Int.Cast. */
typedef uint64_t FStar_UInt63_t, FStar_UInt63_t_;
typedef int64_t FStar_Int63_t, FStar_Int63_t_;
typedef double FStar_Float_float;
typedef uint32_t FStar_Char_char;
typedef FILE *FStar_IO_fd_read, *FStar_IO_fd_write;
typedef void *FStar_Dyn_dyn;
typedef const char *C_String_t, *C_String_t_;
typedef int exit_code;
typedef FILE *channel;
typedef unsigned long long TestLib_cycles;
typedef uint64_t FStar_Date_dateTime, FStar_Date_timeSpan;
/* The uint128 type is a special case since we offer several implementations of
* it, depending on the compiler and whether the user wants the verified
* implementation or not. */
#if !defined(KRML_VERIFIED_UINT128) && defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_X64)
# include <emmintrin.h>
typedef __m128i FStar_UInt128_uint128;
#elif !defined(KRML_VERIFIED_UINT128) && !defined(_MSC_VER)
typedef unsigned __int128 FStar_UInt128_uint128;
#else
typedef struct FStar_UInt128_uint128_s {
uint64_t low;
uint64_t high;
} FStar_UInt128_uint128;
#endif
typedef FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_t, FStar_UInt128_t_, uint128_t;
#endif

5
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/kremlin/internal/wasmsupport.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file is automatically included when compiling with -wasm -d force-c */
#define WasmSupport_check_buffer_size(X)

21
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/vs2010/Hacl_Curve25519.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/code/lib/kremlin -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/kremlib/compat -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs/old -I . -ccopt -march=native -verbose -ldopt -flto -tmpdir x25519-c -I ../bignum -bundle Hacl.Curve25519=* -minimal -add-include "kremlib.h" -skip-compilation x25519-c/out.krml -o x25519-c/Hacl_Curve25519.c
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#ifndef __Hacl_Curve25519_H
#define __Hacl_Curve25519_H
#include "kremlib.h"
void Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult(uint8_t *mypublic, uint8_t *secret, uint8_t *basepoint);
#define __Hacl_Curve25519_H_DEFINED
#endif

27
contrib/mbedtls/yotta/data/target_config.h → contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/vs2010/inttypes.h vendored
View File

@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
/*
* Temporary target-specific config.h for entropy collection
* Custom inttypes.h for VS2010 KreMLin requires these definitions,
* but VS2010 doesn't provide them.
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -19,17 +20,17 @@
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#if defined(TARGET_LIKE_MBED)
#define MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY
#undef MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE
#undef MBEDTLS_FS_IO
#ifndef _INTTYPES_H_VS2010
#define _INTTYPES_H_VS2010
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define inline __inline
#endif
/*
* WARNING: this is a temporary hack!
* 2. This should be in a separete yotta module which would be a target
* dependency of mbedtls (see IOTSSL-313)
*/
#if defined(TARGET_LIKE_CORTEX_M4)
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT
/* VS2010 unsigned long == 8 bytes */
#define PRIu64 "I64u"
#endif

31
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/vs2010/stdbool.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/*
* Custom stdbool.h for VS2010 KreMLin requires these definitions,
* but VS2010 doesn't provide them.
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef _STDBOOL_H_VS2010
#define _STDBOOL_H_VS2010
typedef int bool;
static bool true = 1;
static bool false = 0;
#endif

190
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/include/everest/x25519.h vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
/*
* ECDH with curve-optimized implementation multiplexing
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_X25519_H
#define MBEDTLS_X25519_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_CURVE25519 0x1d
#define MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES 32
/**
* Defines the source of the imported EC key.
*/
typedef enum
{
MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_OURS, /**< Our key. */
MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_THEIRS, /**< The key of the peer. */
} mbedtls_x25519_ecdh_side;
/**
* \brief The x25519 context structure.
*/
typedef struct
{
unsigned char our_secret[MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES];
unsigned char peer_point[MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES];
} mbedtls_x25519_context;
/**
* \brief This function initializes an x25519 context.
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context to initialize.
*/
void mbedtls_x25519_init( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function frees a context.
*
* \param ctx The context to free.
*/
void mbedtls_x25519_free( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS
* ServerKeyExchange payload.
*
* This is the first function used by a TLS server for x25519.
*
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param olen The number of characters written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_make_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ServerKeyExchange
* payload.
*
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param buf The pointer to the start of the input buffer.
* \param end The address for one Byte past the end of the buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_read_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end );
/**
* \brief This function sets up an x25519 context from an EC key.
*
* It is used by clients and servers in place of the
* ServerKeyEchange for static ECDH, and imports ECDH
* parameters from the EC key information of a certificate.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context to set up.
* \param key The EC key to use.
* \param side Defines the source of the key: 1: Our key, or
* 0: The key of the peer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_get_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_x25519_ecdh_side side );
/**
* \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret.
*
* This is the last function used by both TLS client
* and servers.
*
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param olen The number of Bytes written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_calc_secret( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS
* ClientKeyExchange payload.
*
* This is the second function used by a TLS client for x25519.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param olen The number of Bytes written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The size of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_make_public( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ClientKeyExchange
* payload.
*
* This is the second function used by a TLS server for x25519.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param buf The start of the input buffer.
* \param blen The length of the input buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_read_public( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* x25519.h */

760
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/library/Hacl_Curve25519.c vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,760 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -fbuiltin-uint128 -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/code/lib/kremlin -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/kremlib/compat -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs/old -I . -ccopt -march=native -verbose -ldopt -flto -tmpdir x25519-c -I ../bignum -bundle Hacl.Curve25519=* -minimal -add-include "kremlib.h" -skip-compilation x25519-c/out.krml -o x25519-c/Hacl_Curve25519.c
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#include "Hacl_Curve25519.h"
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_add(uint128_t x0, uint128_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_add_mod(uint128_t x0, uint128_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_logand(uint128_t x0, uint128_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_shift_right(uint128_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(uint128_t x0);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
static void Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(uint64_t *b)
{
uint64_t b4 = b[4U];
uint64_t b0 = b[0U];
uint64_t b4_ = b4 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t b0_ = b0 + (uint64_t)19U * (b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
b[4U] = b4_;
b[0U] = b0_;
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(uint64_t *output, uint128_t *input)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint128_t xi = input[i];
output[i] = (uint64_t)xi;
}
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(uint128_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint64_t s)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint128_t xi = output[i];
uint64_t yi = input[i];
output[i] = xi + (uint128_t)yi * s;
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(uint128_t *tmp)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)4U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint32_t ctr = i;
uint128_t tctr = tmp[ctr];
uint128_t tctrp1 = tmp[ctr + (uint32_t)1U];
uint64_t r0 = (uint64_t)tctr & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint128_t c = tctr >> (uint32_t)51U;
tmp[ctr] = (uint128_t)r0;
tmp[ctr + (uint32_t)1U] = tctrp1 + c;
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_shift_reduce(uint64_t *output)
{
uint64_t tmp = output[4U];
uint64_t b0;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)4U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint32_t ctr = (uint32_t)5U - i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint64_t z = output[ctr - (uint32_t)1U];
output[ctr] = z;
}
}
output[0U] = tmp;
b0 = output[0U];
output[0U] = (uint64_t)19U * b0;
}
static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_mul_shift_reduce_(uint128_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint64_t *input2)
{
uint32_t i;
uint64_t input2i;
{
uint32_t i0;
for (i0 = (uint32_t)0U; i0 < (uint32_t)4U; i0 = i0 + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t input2i0 = input2[i0];
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(output, input, input2i0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_shift_reduce(input);
}
}
i = (uint32_t)4U;
input2i = input2[i];
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(output, input, input2i);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint64_t *input2)
{
uint64_t tmp[5U] = { 0U };
memcpy(tmp, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (uint128_t), (uint32_t)5U);
{
uint128_t t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0U;
}
{
uint128_t b4;
uint128_t b0;
uint128_t b4_;
uint128_t b0_;
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_mul_shift_reduce_(t, tmp, input2);
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(t);
b4 = t[4U];
b0 = t[0U];
b4_ = b4 & (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
b0_ = b0 + (uint128_t)(uint64_t)19U * (uint64_t)(b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
t[4U] = b4_;
t[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, t);
i0 = output[0U];
i1 = output[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
output[0U] = i0_;
output[1U] = i1_;
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare__(uint128_t *tmp, uint64_t *output)
{
uint64_t r0 = output[0U];
uint64_t r1 = output[1U];
uint64_t r2 = output[2U];
uint64_t r3 = output[3U];
uint64_t r4 = output[4U];
uint64_t d0 = r0 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint64_t d1 = r1 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint64_t d2 = r2 * (uint64_t)2U * (uint64_t)19U;
uint64_t d419 = r4 * (uint64_t)19U;
uint64_t d4 = d419 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint128_t s0 = (uint128_t)r0 * r0 + (uint128_t)d4 * r1 + (uint128_t)d2 * r3;
uint128_t s1 = (uint128_t)d0 * r1 + (uint128_t)d4 * r2 + (uint128_t)(r3 * (uint64_t)19U) * r3;
uint128_t s2 = (uint128_t)d0 * r2 + (uint128_t)r1 * r1 + (uint128_t)d4 * r3;
uint128_t s3 = (uint128_t)d0 * r3 + (uint128_t)d1 * r2 + (uint128_t)r4 * d419;
uint128_t s4 = (uint128_t)d0 * r4 + (uint128_t)d1 * r3 + (uint128_t)r2 * r2;
tmp[0U] = s0;
tmp[1U] = s1;
tmp[2U] = s2;
tmp[3U] = s3;
tmp[4U] = s4;
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(uint128_t *tmp, uint64_t *output)
{
uint128_t b4;
uint128_t b0;
uint128_t b4_;
uint128_t b0_;
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare__(tmp, output);
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(tmp);
b4 = tmp[4U];
b0 = tmp[0U];
b4_ = b4 & (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
b0_ = b0 + (uint128_t)(uint64_t)19U * (uint64_t)(b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
tmp[4U] = b4_;
tmp[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, tmp);
i0 = output[0U];
i1 = output[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
output[0U] = i0_;
output[1U] = i1_;
}
static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(uint64_t *input, uint128_t *tmp, uint32_t count1)
{
uint32_t i;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(tmp, input);
for (i = (uint32_t)1U; i < count1; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(tmp, input);
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint32_t count1)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (uint128_t), (uint32_t)5U);
{
uint128_t t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0U;
}
memcpy(output, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(output, t, count1);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(uint64_t *output, uint32_t count1)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (uint128_t), (uint32_t)5U);
{
uint128_t t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0U;
}
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(output, t, count1);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Crecip_crecip(uint64_t *out, uint64_t *z)
{
uint64_t buf[20U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *a0 = buf;
uint64_t *t00 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *b0 = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
uint64_t *t01;
uint64_t *b1;
uint64_t *c0;
uint64_t *a;
uint64_t *t0;
uint64_t *b;
uint64_t *c;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(a0, z, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, a0, (uint32_t)2U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b0, t00, z);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(a0, b0, a0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, a0, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b0, t00, b0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, b0, (uint32_t)5U);
t01 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
b1 = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
c0 = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b1, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, b1, (uint32_t)10U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(c0, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, c0, (uint32_t)20U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t01, t01, c0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t01, (uint32_t)10U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b1, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, b1, (uint32_t)50U);
a = buf;
t0 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
b = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
c = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(c, t0, b);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t0, c, (uint32_t)100U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t0, t0, c);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t0, (uint32_t)50U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t0, t0, b);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t0, (uint32_t)5U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(out, t0, a);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fsum(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = a[i];
uint64_t yi = b[i];
a[i] = xi + yi;
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
uint64_t tmp[5U] = { 0U };
uint64_t b0;
uint64_t b1;
uint64_t b2;
uint64_t b3;
uint64_t b4;
memcpy(tmp, b, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof b[0U]);
b0 = tmp[0U];
b1 = tmp[1U];
b2 = tmp[2U];
b3 = tmp[3U];
b4 = tmp[4U];
tmp[0U] = b0 + (uint64_t)0x3fffffffffff68U;
tmp[1U] = b1 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[2U] = b2 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[3U] = b3 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[4U] = b4 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = a[i];
uint64_t yi = tmp[i];
a[i] = yi - xi;
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fscalar(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *b, uint64_t s)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (uint128_t), (uint32_t)5U);
{
uint128_t tmp[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
tmp[_i] = (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0U;
}
{
uint128_t b4;
uint128_t b0;
uint128_t b4_;
uint128_t b0_;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = b[i];
tmp[i] = (uint128_t)xi * s;
}
}
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(tmp);
b4 = tmp[4U];
b0 = tmp[0U];
b4_ = b4 & (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
b0_ = b0 + (uint128_t)(uint64_t)19U * (uint64_t)(b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
tmp[4U] = b4_;
tmp[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, tmp);
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fmul(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(output, a, b);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_crecip(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_Bignum_Crecip_crecip(output, input);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_step(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t swap1, uint32_t ctr)
{
uint32_t i = ctr - (uint32_t)1U;
uint64_t ai = a[i];
uint64_t bi = b[i];
uint64_t x = swap1 & (ai ^ bi);
uint64_t ai1 = ai ^ x;
uint64_t bi1 = bi ^ x;
a[i] = ai1;
b[i] = bi1;
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t swap1, uint32_t ctr)
{
if (!(ctr == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_step(a, b, swap1, ctr);
i = ctr - (uint32_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a, b, swap1, i);
}
}
static void Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t iswap)
{
uint64_t swap1 = (uint64_t)0U - iswap;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a, b, swap1, (uint32_t)5U);
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a + (uint32_t)5U, b + (uint32_t)5U, swap1, (uint32_t)5U);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Point_copy(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
memcpy(output, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
memcpy(output + (uint32_t)5U,
input + (uint32_t)5U,
(uint32_t)5U * sizeof (input + (uint32_t)5U)[0U]);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fexpand(uint64_t *output, uint8_t *input)
{
uint64_t i0 = load64_le(input);
uint8_t *x00 = input + (uint32_t)6U;
uint64_t i1 = load64_le(x00);
uint8_t *x01 = input + (uint32_t)12U;
uint64_t i2 = load64_le(x01);
uint8_t *x02 = input + (uint32_t)19U;
uint64_t i3 = load64_le(x02);
uint8_t *x0 = input + (uint32_t)24U;
uint64_t i4 = load64_le(x0);
uint64_t output0 = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output1 = i1 >> (uint32_t)3U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output2 = i2 >> (uint32_t)6U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output3 = i3 >> (uint32_t)1U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output4 = i4 >> (uint32_t)12U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
output[0U] = output0;
output[1U] = output1;
output[2U] = output2;
output[3U] = output3;
output[4U] = output4;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_pass(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t t1_ = t1 + (t0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t0_ = t0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t2_ = t2 + (t1_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t1__ = t1_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t3_ = t3 + (t2_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t2__ = t2_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t4_ = t4 + (t3_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t3__ = t3_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
input[0U] = t0_;
input[1U] = t1__;
input[2U] = t2__;
input[3U] = t3__;
input[4U] = t4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_full(uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_pass(input);
Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(input);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_pass(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t t1_ = t1 + (t0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t0_ = t0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t2_ = t2 + (t1_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t1__ = t1_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t3_ = t3 + (t2_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t2__ = t2_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t4_ = t4 + (t3_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t3__ = t3_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
input[0U] = t0_;
input[1U] = t1__;
input[2U] = t2__;
input[3U] = t3__;
input[4U] = t4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_full(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_pass(input);
Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(input);
i0 = input[0U];
i1 = input[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
input[0U] = i0_;
input[1U] = i1_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_trim(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t a0 = input[0U];
uint64_t a1 = input[1U];
uint64_t a2 = input[2U];
uint64_t a3 = input[3U];
uint64_t a4 = input[4U];
uint64_t mask0 = FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a0, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffedU);
uint64_t mask1 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a1, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask2 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a2, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask3 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a3, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask4 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a4, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask = (((mask0 & mask1) & mask2) & mask3) & mask4;
uint64_t a0_ = a0 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffedU & mask);
uint64_t a1_ = a1 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a2_ = a2 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a3_ = a3 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a4_ = a4 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
input[0U] = a0_;
input[1U] = a1_;
input[2U] = a2_;
input[3U] = a3_;
input[4U] = a4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_store(uint8_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t o0 = t1 << (uint32_t)51U | t0;
uint64_t o1 = t2 << (uint32_t)38U | t1 >> (uint32_t)13U;
uint64_t o2 = t3 << (uint32_t)25U | t2 >> (uint32_t)26U;
uint64_t o3 = t4 << (uint32_t)12U | t3 >> (uint32_t)39U;
uint8_t *b0 = output;
uint8_t *b1 = output + (uint32_t)8U;
uint8_t *b2 = output + (uint32_t)16U;
uint8_t *b3 = output + (uint32_t)24U;
store64_le(b0, o0);
store64_le(b1, o1);
store64_le(b2, o2);
store64_le(b3, o3);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract(uint8_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_full(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_full(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_trim(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_store(output, input);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_scalar_of_point(uint8_t *scalar, uint64_t *point)
{
uint64_t *x = point;
uint64_t *z = point + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t buf[10U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *zmone = buf;
uint64_t *sc = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
Hacl_Bignum_crecip(zmone, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(sc, x, zmone);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract(scalar, sc);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_AddAndDouble_fmonty(
uint64_t *pp,
uint64_t *ppq,
uint64_t *p,
uint64_t *pq,
uint64_t *qmqp
)
{
uint64_t *qx = qmqp;
uint64_t *x2 = pp;
uint64_t *z2 = pp + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *x3 = ppq;
uint64_t *z3 = ppq + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *x = p;
uint64_t *z = p + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *xprime = pq;
uint64_t *zprime = pq + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t buf[40U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *origx = buf;
uint64_t *origxprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *xxprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)25U;
uint64_t *zzprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)30U;
uint64_t *origxprime;
uint64_t *xx0;
uint64_t *zz0;
uint64_t *xxprime;
uint64_t *zzprime;
uint64_t *zzzprime;
uint64_t *zzz;
uint64_t *xx;
uint64_t *zz;
uint64_t scalar;
memcpy(origx, x, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof x[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(x, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(z, origx);
memcpy(origxprime0, xprime, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof xprime[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(xprime, zprime);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zprime, origxprime0);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(xxprime0, xprime, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(zzprime0, x, zprime);
origxprime = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
xx0 = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
zz0 = buf + (uint32_t)20U;
xxprime = buf + (uint32_t)25U;
zzprime = buf + (uint32_t)30U;
zzzprime = buf + (uint32_t)35U;
memcpy(origxprime, xxprime, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof xxprime[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(xxprime, zzprime);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zzprime, origxprime);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(x3, xxprime, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(zzzprime, zzprime, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(z3, zzzprime, qx);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(xx0, x, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(zz0, z, (uint32_t)1U);
zzz = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
xx = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
zz = buf + (uint32_t)20U;
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(x2, xx, zz);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zz, xx);
scalar = (uint64_t)121665U;
Hacl_Bignum_fscalar(zzz, zz, scalar);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(zzz, xx);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(z2, zzz, zz);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt
)
{
uint64_t bit0 = (uint64_t)(byt >> (uint32_t)7U);
uint64_t bit;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(nq, nqpq, bit0);
Hacl_EC_AddAndDouble_fmonty(nq2, nqpq2, nq, nqpq, q);
bit = (uint64_t)(byt >> (uint32_t)7U);
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(nq2, nqpq2, bit);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_double_step(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt
)
{
uint8_t byt1;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt);
byt1 = byt << (uint32_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(nq2, nqpq2, nq, nqpq, q, byt1);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt,
uint32_t i
)
{
if (!(i == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i_ = i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint8_t byt_;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_double_step(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt);
byt_ = byt << (uint32_t)2U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt_, i_);
}
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(
uint8_t *n1,
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint32_t i
)
{
if (!(i == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i1 = i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint8_t byte = n1[i1];
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byte, (uint32_t)4U);
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(n1, nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, i1);
}
}
static void Hacl_EC_Ladder_cmult(uint64_t *result, uint8_t *n1, uint64_t *q)
{
uint64_t point_buf[40U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *nq = point_buf;
uint64_t *nqpq = point_buf + (uint32_t)10U;
uint64_t *nq2 = point_buf + (uint32_t)20U;
uint64_t *nqpq2 = point_buf + (uint32_t)30U;
Hacl_EC_Point_copy(nqpq, q);
nq[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(n1, nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, (uint32_t)32U);
Hacl_EC_Point_copy(result, nq);
}
void Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult(uint8_t *mypublic, uint8_t *secret, uint8_t *basepoint)
{
uint64_t buf0[10U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *x0 = buf0;
uint64_t *z = buf0 + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *q;
Hacl_EC_Format_fexpand(x0, basepoint);
z[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
q = buf0;
{
uint8_t e[32U] = { 0U };
uint8_t e0;
uint8_t e31;
uint8_t e01;
uint8_t e311;
uint8_t e312;
uint8_t *scalar;
memcpy(e, secret, (uint32_t)32U * sizeof secret[0U]);
e0 = e[0U];
e31 = e[31U];
e01 = e0 & (uint8_t)248U;
e311 = e31 & (uint8_t)127U;
e312 = e311 | (uint8_t)64U;
e[0U] = e01;
e[31U] = e312;
scalar = e;
{
uint64_t buf[15U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *nq = buf;
uint64_t *x = nq;
x[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_cmult(nq, scalar, q);
Hacl_EC_Format_scalar_of_point(mypublic, nq);
}
}
}

41
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/library/Hacl_Curve25519_joined.c vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/*
* Interface to code from Project Everest
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#include "common.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
#if defined(__SIZEOF_INT128__) && (__SIZEOF_INT128__ == 16)
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT128
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT128)
#include "Hacl_Curve25519.c"
#else
#define KRML_VERIFIED_UINT128
#include "kremlib/FStar_UInt128_extracted.c"
#include "legacy/Hacl_Curve25519.c"
#endif
#include "kremlib/FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8.c"
#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED) */

107
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/library/everest.c vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
/*
* Interface to code from Project Everest
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org).
*/
#include "common.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "mbedtls/ecdh.h"
#include "everest/x25519.h"
#include "everest/everest.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
#include "mbedtls/platform.h"
#else
#define mbedtls_calloc calloc
#define mbedtls_free free
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
int mbedtls_everest_setup( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, int grp_id )
{
if( grp_id != MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519 )
return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA;
mbedtls_x25519_init( &ctx->ctx );
return 0;
}
void mbedtls_everest_free( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx )
{
mbedtls_x25519_free( &ctx->ctx );
}
int mbedtls_everest_make_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_make_params( x25519_ctx, olen, buf, blen, f_rng, p_rng );
}
int mbedtls_everest_read_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf,
const unsigned char *end )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_read_params( x25519_ctx, buf, end );
}
int mbedtls_everest_get_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_everest_ecdh_side side )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
mbedtls_x25519_ecdh_side s = side == MBEDTLS_EVEREST_ECDH_OURS ?
MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_OURS :
MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_THEIRS;
return mbedtls_x25519_get_params( x25519_ctx, key, s );
}
int mbedtls_everest_make_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_make_public( x25519_ctx, olen, buf, blen, f_rng, p_rng );
}
int mbedtls_everest_read_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_read_public ( x25519_ctx, buf, blen );
}
int mbedtls_everest_calc_secret( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_calc_secret( x25519_ctx, olen, buf, blen, f_rng, p_rng );
}
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED */

413
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/library/kremlib/FStar_UInt128_extracted.c vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: ../krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrB9w -minimal -fparentheses -fcurly-braces -fno-shadow -header copyright-header.txt -minimal -tmpdir extracted -warn-error +9+11 -skip-compilation -extract-uints -add-include <inttypes.h> -add-include "kremlib.h" -add-include "kremlin/internal/compat.h" extracted/prims.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives_Native.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives.krml extracted/FStar_Mul.krml extracted/FStar_Squash.krml extracted/FStar_Classical.krml extracted/FStar_StrongExcludedMiddle.krml extracted/FStar_FunctionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Base.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Base.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_Seq.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lib.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lemmas.krml extracted/FStar_BitVector.krml extracted/FStar_UInt.krml extracted/FStar_UInt32.krml extracted/FStar_Int.krml extracted/FStar_Int16.krml extracted/FStar_Preorder.krml extracted/FStar_Ghost.krml extracted/FStar_ErasedLogic.krml extracted/FStar_UInt64.krml extracted/FStar_Set.krml extracted/FStar_PropositionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_PredicateExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_TSet.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Map.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperHeap.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Witnessed.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_ST.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_All.krml extracted/FStar_Date.krml extracted/FStar_Universe.krml extracted/FStar_GSet.krml extracted/FStar_ModifiesGen.krml extracted/LowStar_Monotonic_Buffer.krml extracted/LowStar_Buffer.krml extracted/Spec_Loops.krml extracted/LowStar_BufferOps.krml extracted/C_Loops.krml extracted/FStar_UInt8.krml extracted/FStar_Kremlin_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_UInt63.krml extracted/FStar_Exn.krml extracted/FStar_ST.krml extracted/FStar_All.krml extracted/FStar_Dyn.krml extracted/FStar_Int63.krml extracted/FStar_Int64.krml extracted/FStar_Int32.krml extracted/FStar_Int8.krml extracted/FStar_UInt16.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast.krml extracted/FStar_UInt128.krml extracted/C_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_List.krml extracted/FStar_Float.krml extracted/FStar_IO.krml extracted/C.krml extracted/FStar_Char.krml extracted/FStar_String.krml extracted/LowStar_Modifies.krml extracted/C_String.krml extracted/FStar_Bytes.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_IO.krml extracted/C_Failure.krml extracted/TestLib.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast_Full.krml
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#include "FStar_UInt128.h"
#include "kremlin/c_endianness.h"
#include "FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8.h"
uint64_t FStar_UInt128___proj__Mkuint128__item__low(FStar_UInt128_uint128 projectee)
{
return projectee.low;
}
uint64_t FStar_UInt128___proj__Mkuint128__item__high(FStar_UInt128_uint128 projectee)
{
return projectee.high;
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_constant_time_carry(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
{
return (a ^ ((a ^ b) | ((a - b) ^ b))) >> (uint32_t)63U;
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_carry(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
{
return FStar_UInt128_constant_time_carry(a, b);
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low + b.low, a.high + b.high + FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low + b.low, b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_add_underspec(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low + b.low, a.high + b.high + FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low + b.low, b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_add_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low + b.low, a.high + b.high + FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low + b.low, b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_sub(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low - b.low, a.high - b.high - FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low, a.low - b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_sub_underspec(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low - b.low, a.high - b.high - FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low, a.low - b.low) };
return flat;
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_sub_mod_impl(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low - b.low, a.high - b.high - FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low, a.low - b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_sub_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return FStar_UInt128_sub_mod_impl(a, b);
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logand(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a.low & b.low, a.high & b.high };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logxor(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a.low ^ b.low, a.high ^ b.high };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logor(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a.low | b.low, a.high | b.high };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_lognot(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { ~a.low, ~a.high };
return flat;
}
static uint32_t FStar_UInt128_u32_64 = (uint32_t)64U;
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_left(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo, uint32_t s)
{
return (hi << s) + (lo >> (FStar_UInt128_u32_64 - s));
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_left_respec(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo, uint32_t s)
{
return FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_left(hi, lo, s);
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_shift_left_small(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
if (s == (uint32_t)0U)
{
return a;
}
else
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low << s, FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_left_respec(a.high, a.low, s) };
return flat;
}
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_shift_left_large(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { (uint64_t)0U, a.low << (s - FStar_UInt128_u32_64) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_left(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
if (s < FStar_UInt128_u32_64)
{
return FStar_UInt128_shift_left_small(a, s);
}
else
{
return FStar_UInt128_shift_left_large(a, s);
}
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_right(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo, uint32_t s)
{
return (lo >> s) + (hi << (FStar_UInt128_u32_64 - s));
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_right_respec(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo, uint32_t s)
{
return FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_right(hi, lo, s);
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_shift_right_small(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
if (s == (uint32_t)0U)
{
return a;
}
else
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_right_respec(a.high, a.low, s), a.high >> s };
return flat;
}
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_shift_right_large(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a.high >> (s - FStar_UInt128_u32_64), (uint64_t)0U };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_right(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
if (s < FStar_UInt128_u32_64)
{
return FStar_UInt128_shift_right_small(a, s);
}
else
{
return FStar_UInt128_shift_right_large(a, s);
}
}
bool FStar_UInt128_eq(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.low == b.low && a.high == b.high;
}
bool FStar_UInt128_gt(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.high > b.high || (a.high == b.high && a.low > b.low);
}
bool FStar_UInt128_lt(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.high < b.high || (a.high == b.high && a.low < b.low);
}
bool FStar_UInt128_gte(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.high > b.high || (a.high == b.high && a.low >= b.low);
}
bool FStar_UInt128_lte(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.high < b.high || (a.high == b.high && a.low <= b.low);
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_eq_mask(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat =
{
FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.low,
b.low)
& FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high),
FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.low,
b.low)
& FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high)
};
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_gte_mask(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat =
{
(FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a.high, b.high) & ~FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high))
| (FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high) & FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a.low, b.low)),
(FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a.high, b.high) & ~FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high))
| (FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high) & FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a.low, b.low))
};
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(uint64_t a)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a, (uint64_t)0U };
return flat;
}
uint64_t FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a)
{
return a.low;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_add;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Question_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_add_underspec;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Percent_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_add_mod;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_sub;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Question_Hat)(
FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0,
FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1
) = FStar_UInt128_sub_underspec;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Percent_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_sub_mod;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Amp_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_logand;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Hat_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_logxor;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Bar_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_logor;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Less_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1) =
FStar_UInt128_shift_left;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Greater_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1) =
FStar_UInt128_shift_right;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_eq;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_gt;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_lt;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_gte;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_lte;
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(uint64_t a)
{
return a & (uint64_t)0xffffffffU;
}
static uint32_t FStar_UInt128_u32_32 = (uint32_t)32U;
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_u32_combine(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo)
{
return lo + (hi << FStar_UInt128_u32_32);
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul32(uint64_t x, uint32_t y)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat =
{
FStar_UInt128_u32_combine((x >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
* (uint64_t)y
+ (FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * (uint64_t)y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32),
FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * (uint64_t)y)),
((x >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
* (uint64_t)y
+ (FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * (uint64_t)y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32))
>> FStar_UInt128_u32_32
};
return flat;
}
typedef struct K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_s
{
uint64_t fst;
uint64_t snd;
uint64_t thd;
uint64_t f3;
}
K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t;
static K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide_impl_t_(uint64_t x, uint64_t y)
{
K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t
flat =
{
FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x),
FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(y)),
x
>> FStar_UInt128_u32_32,
(x >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
* FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(y)
+ (FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(y) >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
};
return flat;
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_u32_combine_(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo)
{
return lo + (hi << FStar_UInt128_u32_32);
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul_wide_impl(uint64_t x, uint64_t y)
{
K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t scrut = FStar_UInt128_mul_wide_impl_t_(x, y);
uint64_t u1 = scrut.fst;
uint64_t w3 = scrut.snd;
uint64_t x_ = scrut.thd;
uint64_t t_ = scrut.f3;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat =
{
FStar_UInt128_u32_combine_(u1 * (y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32) + FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(t_),
w3),
x_
* (y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
+ (t_ >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
+ ((u1 * (y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32) + FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(t_)) >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
};
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(uint64_t x, uint64_t y)
{
return FStar_UInt128_mul_wide_impl(x, y);
}

100
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/library/kremlib/FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8.c vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: ../krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrB9w -minimal -fparentheses -fcurly-braces -fno-shadow -header copyright-header.txt -minimal -tmpdir dist/minimal -skip-compilation -extract-uints -add-include <inttypes.h> -add-include <stdbool.h> -add-include "kremlin/internal/compat.h" -add-include "kremlin/internal/types.h" -bundle FStar.UInt64+FStar.UInt32+FStar.UInt16+FStar.UInt8=* extracted/prims.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives_Native.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives.krml extracted/FStar_Mul.krml extracted/FStar_Squash.krml extracted/FStar_Classical.krml extracted/FStar_StrongExcludedMiddle.krml extracted/FStar_FunctionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Base.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Base.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_Seq.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lib.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lemmas.krml extracted/FStar_BitVector.krml extracted/FStar_UInt.krml extracted/FStar_UInt32.krml extracted/FStar_Int.krml extracted/FStar_Int16.krml extracted/FStar_Preorder.krml extracted/FStar_Ghost.krml extracted/FStar_ErasedLogic.krml extracted/FStar_UInt64.krml extracted/FStar_Set.krml extracted/FStar_PropositionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_PredicateExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_TSet.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Map.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperHeap.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Witnessed.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_ST.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_All.krml extracted/FStar_Date.krml extracted/FStar_Universe.krml extracted/FStar_GSet.krml extracted/FStar_ModifiesGen.krml extracted/LowStar_Monotonic_Buffer.krml extracted/LowStar_Buffer.krml extracted/Spec_Loops.krml extracted/LowStar_BufferOps.krml extracted/C_Loops.krml extracted/FStar_UInt8.krml extracted/FStar_Kremlin_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_UInt63.krml extracted/FStar_Exn.krml extracted/FStar_ST.krml extracted/FStar_All.krml extracted/FStar_Dyn.krml extracted/FStar_Int63.krml extracted/FStar_Int64.krml extracted/FStar_Int32.krml extracted/FStar_Int8.krml extracted/FStar_UInt16.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast.krml extracted/FStar_UInt128.krml extracted/C_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_List.krml extracted/FStar_Float.krml extracted/FStar_IO.krml extracted/C.krml extracted/FStar_Char.krml extracted/FStar_String.krml extracted/LowStar_Modifies.krml extracted/C_String.krml extracted/FStar_Bytes.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_IO.krml extracted/C_Failure.krml extracted/TestLib.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast_Full.krml
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#include "FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8.h"
uint64_t FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
{
uint64_t x = a ^ b;
uint64_t minus_x = ~x + (uint64_t)1U;
uint64_t x_or_minus_x = x | minus_x;
uint64_t xnx = x_or_minus_x >> (uint32_t)63U;
return xnx - (uint64_t)1U;
}
uint64_t FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
{
uint64_t x = a;
uint64_t y = b;
uint64_t x_xor_y = x ^ y;
uint64_t x_sub_y = x - y;
uint64_t x_sub_y_xor_y = x_sub_y ^ y;
uint64_t q = x_xor_y | x_sub_y_xor_y;
uint64_t x_xor_q = x ^ q;
uint64_t x_xor_q_ = x_xor_q >> (uint32_t)63U;
return x_xor_q_ - (uint64_t)1U;
}
uint32_t FStar_UInt32_eq_mask(uint32_t a, uint32_t b)
{
uint32_t x = a ^ b;
uint32_t minus_x = ~x + (uint32_t)1U;
uint32_t x_or_minus_x = x | minus_x;
uint32_t xnx = x_or_minus_x >> (uint32_t)31U;
return xnx - (uint32_t)1U;
}
uint32_t FStar_UInt32_gte_mask(uint32_t a, uint32_t b)
{
uint32_t x = a;
uint32_t y = b;
uint32_t x_xor_y = x ^ y;
uint32_t x_sub_y = x - y;
uint32_t x_sub_y_xor_y = x_sub_y ^ y;
uint32_t q = x_xor_y | x_sub_y_xor_y;
uint32_t x_xor_q = x ^ q;
uint32_t x_xor_q_ = x_xor_q >> (uint32_t)31U;
return x_xor_q_ - (uint32_t)1U;
}
uint16_t FStar_UInt16_eq_mask(uint16_t a, uint16_t b)
{
uint16_t x = a ^ b;
uint16_t minus_x = ~x + (uint16_t)1U;
uint16_t x_or_minus_x = x | minus_x;
uint16_t xnx = x_or_minus_x >> (uint32_t)15U;
return xnx - (uint16_t)1U;
}
uint16_t FStar_UInt16_gte_mask(uint16_t a, uint16_t b)
{
uint16_t x = a;
uint16_t y = b;
uint16_t x_xor_y = x ^ y;
uint16_t x_sub_y = x - y;
uint16_t x_sub_y_xor_y = x_sub_y ^ y;
uint16_t q = x_xor_y | x_sub_y_xor_y;
uint16_t x_xor_q = x ^ q;
uint16_t x_xor_q_ = x_xor_q >> (uint32_t)15U;
return x_xor_q_ - (uint16_t)1U;
}
uint8_t FStar_UInt8_eq_mask(uint8_t a, uint8_t b)
{
uint8_t x = a ^ b;
uint8_t minus_x = ~x + (uint8_t)1U;
uint8_t x_or_minus_x = x | minus_x;
uint8_t xnx = x_or_minus_x >> (uint32_t)7U;
return xnx - (uint8_t)1U;
}
uint8_t FStar_UInt8_gte_mask(uint8_t a, uint8_t b)
{
uint8_t x = a;
uint8_t y = b;
uint8_t x_xor_y = x ^ y;
uint8_t x_sub_y = x - y;
uint8_t x_sub_y_xor_y = x_sub_y ^ y;
uint8_t q = x_xor_y | x_sub_y_xor_y;
uint8_t x_xor_q = x ^ q;
uint8_t x_xor_q_ = x_xor_q >> (uint32_t)7U;
return x_xor_q_ - (uint8_t)1U;
}

805
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/library/legacy/Hacl_Curve25519.c vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,805 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/code/lib/kremlin -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/kremlib/compat -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs/old -I . -ccopt -march=native -verbose -ldopt -flto -tmpdir x25519-c -I ../bignum -bundle Hacl.Curve25519=* -minimal -add-include "kremlib.h" -skip-compilation x25519-c/out.krml -o x25519-c/Hacl_Curve25519.c
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#include "Hacl_Curve25519.h"
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_add_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_logand(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_right(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
static void Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(uint64_t *b)
{
uint64_t b4 = b[4U];
uint64_t b0 = b[0U];
uint64_t b4_ = b4 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t b0_ = b0 + (uint64_t)19U * (b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
b[4U] = b4_;
b[0U] = b0_;
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(uint64_t *output, FStar_UInt128_uint128 *input)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 xi = input[i];
output[i] = FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(xi);
}
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(
FStar_UInt128_uint128 *output,
uint64_t *input,
uint64_t s
)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 xi = output[i];
uint64_t yi = input[i];
output[i] = FStar_UInt128_add_mod(xi, FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(yi, s));
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(FStar_UInt128_uint128 *tmp)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)4U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint32_t ctr = i;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 tctr = tmp[ctr];
FStar_UInt128_uint128 tctrp1 = tmp[ctr + (uint32_t)1U];
uint64_t r0 = FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(tctr) & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 c = FStar_UInt128_shift_right(tctr, (uint32_t)51U);
tmp[ctr] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(r0);
tmp[ctr + (uint32_t)1U] = FStar_UInt128_add(tctrp1, c);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_shift_reduce(uint64_t *output)
{
uint64_t tmp = output[4U];
uint64_t b0;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)4U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint32_t ctr = (uint32_t)5U - i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint64_t z = output[ctr - (uint32_t)1U];
output[ctr] = z;
}
}
output[0U] = tmp;
b0 = output[0U];
output[0U] = (uint64_t)19U * b0;
}
static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_mul_shift_reduce_(
FStar_UInt128_uint128 *output,
uint64_t *input,
uint64_t *input2
)
{
uint32_t i;
uint64_t input2i;
{
uint32_t i0;
for (i0 = (uint32_t)0U; i0 < (uint32_t)4U; i0 = i0 + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t input2i0 = input2[i0];
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(output, input, input2i0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_shift_reduce(input);
}
}
i = (uint32_t)4U;
input2i = input2[i];
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(output, input, input2i);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint64_t *input2)
{
uint64_t tmp[5U] = { 0U };
memcpy(tmp, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (FStar_UInt128_uint128), (uint32_t)5U);
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0U);
}
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4_;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0_;
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_mul_shift_reduce_(t, tmp, input2);
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(t);
b4 = t[4U];
b0 = t[0U];
b4_ = FStar_UInt128_logand(b4, FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU));
b0_ =
FStar_UInt128_add(b0,
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide((uint64_t)19U,
FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_shift_right(b4, (uint32_t)51U))));
t[4U] = b4_;
t[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, t);
i0 = output[0U];
i1 = output[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
output[0U] = i0_;
output[1U] = i1_;
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare__(FStar_UInt128_uint128 *tmp, uint64_t *output)
{
uint64_t r0 = output[0U];
uint64_t r1 = output[1U];
uint64_t r2 = output[2U];
uint64_t r3 = output[3U];
uint64_t r4 = output[4U];
uint64_t d0 = r0 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint64_t d1 = r1 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint64_t d2 = r2 * (uint64_t)2U * (uint64_t)19U;
uint64_t d419 = r4 * (uint64_t)19U;
uint64_t d4 = d419 * (uint64_t)2U;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s0 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r0, r0),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d4, r1)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d2, r3));
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s1 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d0, r1),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d4, r2)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r3 * (uint64_t)19U, r3));
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s2 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d0, r2),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r1, r1)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d4, r3));
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s3 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d0, r3),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d1, r2)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r4, d419));
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s4 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d0, r4),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d1, r3)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r2, r2));
tmp[0U] = s0;
tmp[1U] = s1;
tmp[2U] = s2;
tmp[3U] = s3;
tmp[4U] = s4;
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(FStar_UInt128_uint128 *tmp, uint64_t *output)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4_;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0_;
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare__(tmp, output);
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(tmp);
b4 = tmp[4U];
b0 = tmp[0U];
b4_ = FStar_UInt128_logand(b4, FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU));
b0_ =
FStar_UInt128_add(b0,
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide((uint64_t)19U,
FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_shift_right(b4, (uint32_t)51U))));
tmp[4U] = b4_;
tmp[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, tmp);
i0 = output[0U];
i1 = output[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
output[0U] = i0_;
output[1U] = i1_;
}
static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(
uint64_t *input,
FStar_UInt128_uint128 *tmp,
uint32_t count1
)
{
uint32_t i;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(tmp, input);
for (i = (uint32_t)1U; i < count1; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(tmp, input);
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint32_t count1)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (FStar_UInt128_uint128), (uint32_t)5U);
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0U);
}
memcpy(output, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(output, t, count1);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(uint64_t *output, uint32_t count1)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (FStar_UInt128_uint128), (uint32_t)5U);
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0U);
}
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(output, t, count1);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Crecip_crecip(uint64_t *out, uint64_t *z)
{
uint64_t buf[20U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *a0 = buf;
uint64_t *t00 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *b0 = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
uint64_t *t01;
uint64_t *b1;
uint64_t *c0;
uint64_t *a;
uint64_t *t0;
uint64_t *b;
uint64_t *c;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(a0, z, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, a0, (uint32_t)2U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b0, t00, z);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(a0, b0, a0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, a0, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b0, t00, b0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, b0, (uint32_t)5U);
t01 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
b1 = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
c0 = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b1, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, b1, (uint32_t)10U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(c0, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, c0, (uint32_t)20U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t01, t01, c0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t01, (uint32_t)10U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b1, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, b1, (uint32_t)50U);
a = buf;
t0 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
b = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
c = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(c, t0, b);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t0, c, (uint32_t)100U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t0, t0, c);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t0, (uint32_t)50U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t0, t0, b);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t0, (uint32_t)5U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(out, t0, a);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fsum(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = a[i];
uint64_t yi = b[i];
a[i] = xi + yi;
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
uint64_t tmp[5U] = { 0U };
uint64_t b0;
uint64_t b1;
uint64_t b2;
uint64_t b3;
uint64_t b4;
memcpy(tmp, b, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof b[0U]);
b0 = tmp[0U];
b1 = tmp[1U];
b2 = tmp[2U];
b3 = tmp[3U];
b4 = tmp[4U];
tmp[0U] = b0 + (uint64_t)0x3fffffffffff68U;
tmp[1U] = b1 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[2U] = b2 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[3U] = b3 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[4U] = b4 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = a[i];
uint64_t yi = tmp[i];
a[i] = yi - xi;
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fscalar(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *b, uint64_t s)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (FStar_UInt128_uint128), (uint32_t)5U);
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 tmp[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
tmp[_i] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0U);
}
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4_;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0_;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = b[i];
tmp[i] = FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(xi, s);
}
}
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(tmp);
b4 = tmp[4U];
b0 = tmp[0U];
b4_ = FStar_UInt128_logand(b4, FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU));
b0_ =
FStar_UInt128_add(b0,
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide((uint64_t)19U,
FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_shift_right(b4, (uint32_t)51U))));
tmp[4U] = b4_;
tmp[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, tmp);
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fmul(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(output, a, b);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_crecip(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_Bignum_Crecip_crecip(output, input);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_step(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t swap1, uint32_t ctr)
{
uint32_t i = ctr - (uint32_t)1U;
uint64_t ai = a[i];
uint64_t bi = b[i];
uint64_t x = swap1 & (ai ^ bi);
uint64_t ai1 = ai ^ x;
uint64_t bi1 = bi ^ x;
a[i] = ai1;
b[i] = bi1;
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t swap1, uint32_t ctr)
{
if (!(ctr == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_step(a, b, swap1, ctr);
i = ctr - (uint32_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a, b, swap1, i);
}
}
static void Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t iswap)
{
uint64_t swap1 = (uint64_t)0U - iswap;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a, b, swap1, (uint32_t)5U);
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a + (uint32_t)5U, b + (uint32_t)5U, swap1, (uint32_t)5U);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Point_copy(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
memcpy(output, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
memcpy(output + (uint32_t)5U,
input + (uint32_t)5U,
(uint32_t)5U * sizeof (input + (uint32_t)5U)[0U]);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fexpand(uint64_t *output, uint8_t *input)
{
uint64_t i0 = load64_le(input);
uint8_t *x00 = input + (uint32_t)6U;
uint64_t i1 = load64_le(x00);
uint8_t *x01 = input + (uint32_t)12U;
uint64_t i2 = load64_le(x01);
uint8_t *x02 = input + (uint32_t)19U;
uint64_t i3 = load64_le(x02);
uint8_t *x0 = input + (uint32_t)24U;
uint64_t i4 = load64_le(x0);
uint64_t output0 = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output1 = i1 >> (uint32_t)3U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output2 = i2 >> (uint32_t)6U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output3 = i3 >> (uint32_t)1U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output4 = i4 >> (uint32_t)12U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
output[0U] = output0;
output[1U] = output1;
output[2U] = output2;
output[3U] = output3;
output[4U] = output4;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_pass(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t t1_ = t1 + (t0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t0_ = t0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t2_ = t2 + (t1_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t1__ = t1_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t3_ = t3 + (t2_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t2__ = t2_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t4_ = t4 + (t3_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t3__ = t3_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
input[0U] = t0_;
input[1U] = t1__;
input[2U] = t2__;
input[3U] = t3__;
input[4U] = t4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_full(uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_pass(input);
Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(input);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_pass(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t t1_ = t1 + (t0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t0_ = t0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t2_ = t2 + (t1_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t1__ = t1_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t3_ = t3 + (t2_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t2__ = t2_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t4_ = t4 + (t3_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t3__ = t3_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
input[0U] = t0_;
input[1U] = t1__;
input[2U] = t2__;
input[3U] = t3__;
input[4U] = t4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_full(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_pass(input);
Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(input);
i0 = input[0U];
i1 = input[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
input[0U] = i0_;
input[1U] = i1_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_trim(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t a0 = input[0U];
uint64_t a1 = input[1U];
uint64_t a2 = input[2U];
uint64_t a3 = input[3U];
uint64_t a4 = input[4U];
uint64_t mask0 = FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a0, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffedU);
uint64_t mask1 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a1, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask2 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a2, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask3 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a3, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask4 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a4, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask = (((mask0 & mask1) & mask2) & mask3) & mask4;
uint64_t a0_ = a0 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffedU & mask);
uint64_t a1_ = a1 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a2_ = a2 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a3_ = a3 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a4_ = a4 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
input[0U] = a0_;
input[1U] = a1_;
input[2U] = a2_;
input[3U] = a3_;
input[4U] = a4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_store(uint8_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t o0 = t1 << (uint32_t)51U | t0;
uint64_t o1 = t2 << (uint32_t)38U | t1 >> (uint32_t)13U;
uint64_t o2 = t3 << (uint32_t)25U | t2 >> (uint32_t)26U;
uint64_t o3 = t4 << (uint32_t)12U | t3 >> (uint32_t)39U;
uint8_t *b0 = output;
uint8_t *b1 = output + (uint32_t)8U;
uint8_t *b2 = output + (uint32_t)16U;
uint8_t *b3 = output + (uint32_t)24U;
store64_le(b0, o0);
store64_le(b1, o1);
store64_le(b2, o2);
store64_le(b3, o3);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract(uint8_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_full(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_full(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_trim(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_store(output, input);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_scalar_of_point(uint8_t *scalar, uint64_t *point)
{
uint64_t *x = point;
uint64_t *z = point + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t buf[10U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *zmone = buf;
uint64_t *sc = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
Hacl_Bignum_crecip(zmone, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(sc, x, zmone);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract(scalar, sc);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_AddAndDouble_fmonty(
uint64_t *pp,
uint64_t *ppq,
uint64_t *p,
uint64_t *pq,
uint64_t *qmqp
)
{
uint64_t *qx = qmqp;
uint64_t *x2 = pp;
uint64_t *z2 = pp + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *x3 = ppq;
uint64_t *z3 = ppq + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *x = p;
uint64_t *z = p + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *xprime = pq;
uint64_t *zprime = pq + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t buf[40U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *origx = buf;
uint64_t *origxprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *xxprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)25U;
uint64_t *zzprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)30U;
uint64_t *origxprime;
uint64_t *xx0;
uint64_t *zz0;
uint64_t *xxprime;
uint64_t *zzprime;
uint64_t *zzzprime;
uint64_t *zzz;
uint64_t *xx;
uint64_t *zz;
uint64_t scalar;
memcpy(origx, x, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof x[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(x, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(z, origx);
memcpy(origxprime0, xprime, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof xprime[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(xprime, zprime);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zprime, origxprime0);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(xxprime0, xprime, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(zzprime0, x, zprime);
origxprime = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
xx0 = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
zz0 = buf + (uint32_t)20U;
xxprime = buf + (uint32_t)25U;
zzprime = buf + (uint32_t)30U;
zzzprime = buf + (uint32_t)35U;
memcpy(origxprime, xxprime, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof xxprime[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(xxprime, zzprime);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zzprime, origxprime);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(x3, xxprime, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(zzzprime, zzprime, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(z3, zzzprime, qx);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(xx0, x, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(zz0, z, (uint32_t)1U);
zzz = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
xx = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
zz = buf + (uint32_t)20U;
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(x2, xx, zz);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zz, xx);
scalar = (uint64_t)121665U;
Hacl_Bignum_fscalar(zzz, zz, scalar);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(zzz, xx);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(z2, zzz, zz);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt
)
{
uint64_t bit0 = (uint64_t)(byt >> (uint32_t)7U);
uint64_t bit;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(nq, nqpq, bit0);
Hacl_EC_AddAndDouble_fmonty(nq2, nqpq2, nq, nqpq, q);
bit = (uint64_t)(byt >> (uint32_t)7U);
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(nq2, nqpq2, bit);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_double_step(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt
)
{
uint8_t byt1;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt);
byt1 = byt << (uint32_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(nq2, nqpq2, nq, nqpq, q, byt1);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt,
uint32_t i
)
{
if (!(i == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i_ = i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint8_t byt_;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_double_step(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt);
byt_ = byt << (uint32_t)2U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt_, i_);
}
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(
uint8_t *n1,
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint32_t i
)
{
if (!(i == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i1 = i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint8_t byte = n1[i1];
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byte, (uint32_t)4U);
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(n1, nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, i1);
}
}
static void Hacl_EC_Ladder_cmult(uint64_t *result, uint8_t *n1, uint64_t *q)
{
uint64_t point_buf[40U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *nq = point_buf;
uint64_t *nqpq = point_buf + (uint32_t)10U;
uint64_t *nq2 = point_buf + (uint32_t)20U;
uint64_t *nqpq2 = point_buf + (uint32_t)30U;
Hacl_EC_Point_copy(nqpq, q);
nq[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(n1, nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, (uint32_t)32U);
Hacl_EC_Point_copy(result, nq);
}
void Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult(uint8_t *mypublic, uint8_t *secret, uint8_t *basepoint)
{
uint64_t buf0[10U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *x0 = buf0;
uint64_t *z = buf0 + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *q;
Hacl_EC_Format_fexpand(x0, basepoint);
z[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
q = buf0;
{
uint8_t e[32U] = { 0U };
uint8_t e0;
uint8_t e31;
uint8_t e01;
uint8_t e311;
uint8_t e312;
uint8_t *scalar;
memcpy(e, secret, (uint32_t)32U * sizeof secret[0U]);
e0 = e[0U];
e31 = e[31U];
e01 = e0 & (uint8_t)248U;
e311 = e31 & (uint8_t)127U;
e312 = e311 | (uint8_t)64U;
e[0U] = e01;
e[31U] = e312;
scalar = e;
{
uint64_t buf[15U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *nq = buf;
uint64_t *x = nq;
x[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_cmult(nq, scalar, q);
Hacl_EC_Format_scalar_of_point(mypublic, nq);
}
}
}

186
contrib/mbedtls/3rdparty/everest/library/x25519.c vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/*
* ECDH with curve-optimized implementation multiplexing
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#include "common.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
#include <mbedtls/ecdh.h>
#if !(defined(__SIZEOF_INT128__) && (__SIZEOF_INT128__ == 16))
#define KRML_VERIFIED_UINT128
#endif
#include <Hacl_Curve25519.h>
#include <mbedtls/platform_util.h>
#include "x25519.h"
#include <string.h>
/*
* Initialize context
*/
void mbedtls_x25519_init( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx )
{
mbedtls_platform_zeroize( ctx, sizeof( mbedtls_x25519_context ) );
}
/*
* Free context
*/
void mbedtls_x25519_free( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx )
{
if( ctx == NULL )
return;
mbedtls_platform_zeroize( ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
mbedtls_platform_zeroize( ctx->peer_point, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_make_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng )
{
int ret = 0;
uint8_t base[MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES] = {0};
if( ( ret = f_rng( p_rng, ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES ) ) != 0 )
return ret;
*olen = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES + 4;
if( blen < *olen )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_NAMED_CURVE;
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_CURVE25519 >> 8;
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_CURVE25519 & 0xFF;
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES;
base[0] = 9;
Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult( buf, ctx->our_secret, base );
base[0] = 0;
if( memcmp( buf, base, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES) == 0 )
return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED;
return( 0 );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_read_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end )
{
if( end - *buf < MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES + 1 )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
if( ( *(*buf)++ != MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES ) )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
memcpy( ctx->peer_point, *buf, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
*buf += MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES;
return( 0 );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_get_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_x25519_ecdh_side side )
{
size_t olen = 0;
switch( side ) {
case MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_THEIRS:
return mbedtls_ecp_point_write_binary( &key->grp, &key->Q, MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED, &olen, ctx->peer_point, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
case MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_OURS:
return mbedtls_mpi_write_binary_le( &key->d, ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
default:
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
}
}
int mbedtls_x25519_calc_secret( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng )
{
/* f_rng and p_rng are not used here because this implementation does not
need blinding since it has constant trace. */
(( void )f_rng);
(( void )p_rng);
*olen = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES;
if( blen < *olen )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult( buf, ctx->our_secret, ctx->peer_point);
/* Wipe the DH secret and don't let the peer chose a small subgroup point */
mbedtls_platform_zeroize( ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
if( memcmp( buf, ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES) == 0 )
return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED;
return( 0 );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_make_public( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng )
{
int ret = 0;
unsigned char base[MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES] = { 0 };
if( ctx == NULL )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
if( ( ret = f_rng( p_rng, ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES ) ) != 0 )
return ret;
*olen = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES + 1;
if( blen < *olen )
return(MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES;
base[0] = 9;
Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult( buf, ctx->our_secret, base );
base[0] = 0;
if( memcmp( buf, base, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES ) == 0 )
return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED;
return( ret );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_read_public( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen )
{
if( blen < MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES + 1 )
return(MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
if( (*buf++ != MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES) )
return(MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA);
memcpy( ctx->peer_point, buf, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
return( 0 );
}
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_C && MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED */

273
contrib/mbedtls/CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -1,66 +1,236 @@
cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6)
project("mbed TLS" C)
#
# CMake build system design considerations:
#
# - Include directories:
# + Do not define include directories globally using the include_directories
# command but rather at the target level using the
# target_include_directories command. That way, it is easier to guarantee
# that targets are built using the proper list of include directories.
# + Use the PUBLIC and PRIVATE keywords to specifiy the scope of include
# directories. That way, a target linking to a library (using the
# target_link_librairies command) inherits from the library PUBLIC include
# directories and not from the PRIVATE ones.
# + Note: there is currently one remaining include_directories command in the
# CMake files. It is related to ZLIB support which is planned to be removed.
# When the support is removed, the associated include_directories command
# will be removed as well as this note.
# - MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX: CMake targets are designed to be alterable by calling
# CMake in order to avoid target name clashes, via the use of
# MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX. The value of this variable is prefixed to the
# mbedtls, mbedx509, mbedcrypto and apidoc targets.
#
cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.8.12)
if(TEST_CPP)
project("mbed TLS" C CXX)
else()
project("mbed TLS" C)
endif()
# Set the project root directory.
set(MBEDTLS_DIR ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
option(USE_PKCS11_HELPER_LIBRARY "Build mbed TLS with the pkcs11-helper library." OFF)
option(ENABLE_ZLIB_SUPPORT "Build mbed TLS with zlib library." OFF)
option(ENABLE_PROGRAMS "Build mbed TLS programs." ON)
option(UNSAFE_BUILD "Allow unsafe builds. These builds ARE NOT SECURE." OFF)
option(MBEDTLS_FATAL_WARNINGS "Compiler warnings treated as errors" ON)
string(REGEX MATCH "Clang" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
string(REGEX MATCH "GNU" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
string(REGEX MATCH "IAR" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
string(REGEX MATCH "MSVC" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
# the test suites currently have compile errors with MSVC
if(MSVC)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
option(ENABLE_TESTING "Build mbed TLS tests." OFF)
else()
option(ENABLE_TESTING "Build mbed TLS tests." ON)
endif()
set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}
CACHE STRING "Choose the type of build: None Debug Release Coverage ASan ASanDbg MemSan MemSanDbg Check CheckFull"
FORCE)
# Warning string - created as a list for compatibility with CMake 2.8
set(WARNING_BORDER "*******************************************************\n")
set(NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L1 "**** WARNING! MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY defined!\n")
set(NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L2 "**** THIS BUILD HAS NO DEFINED ENTROPY SOURCES\n")
set(NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L3 "**** AND IS *NOT* SUITABLE FOR PRODUCTION USE\n")
set(NULL_ENTROPY_WARNING "${WARNING_BORDER}"
"${NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L1}"
"${NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L2}"
"${NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L3}"
"${WARNING_BORDER}")
set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L1 "**** WARNING! MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY defined!\n")
set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L2 "**** Using 128-bit keys for CTR_DRBG limits the security of generated\n")
set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L3 "**** keys and operations that use random values generated to 128-bit security\n")
set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARNING "${WARNING_BORDER}"
"${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L1}"
"${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L2}"
"${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L3}"
"${WARNING_BORDER}")
# Python 3 is only needed here to check for configuration warnings.
if(NOT CMAKE_VERSION VERSION_LESS 3.15.0)
set(Python3_FIND_STRATEGY LOCATION)
find_package(Python3 COMPONENTS Interpreter)
if(Python3_Interpreter_FOUND)
set(MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE ${Python3_EXECUTABLE})
endif()
else()
find_package(PythonInterp 3)
if(PYTHONINTERP_FOUND)
set(MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE ${PYTHON_EXECUTABLE})
endif()
endif()
if(MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE)
# If 128-bit keys are configured for CTR_DRBG, display an appropriate warning
execute_process(COMMAND ${MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/scripts/config.py -f ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/mbedtls/config.h get MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY
RESULT_VARIABLE result)
if(${result} EQUAL 0)
message(WARNING ${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARNING})
endif()
# If NULL Entropy is configured, display an appropriate warning
execute_process(COMMAND ${MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/scripts/config.py -f ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/mbedtls/config.h get MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY
RESULT_VARIABLE result)
if(${result} EQUAL 0)
message(WARNING ${NULL_ENTROPY_WARNING})
if(NOT UNSAFE_BUILD)
message(FATAL_ERROR "\
\n\
Warning! You have enabled MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY. \
This option is not safe for production use and negates all security \
It is intended for development use only. \
\n\
To confirm you want to build with this option, re-run cmake with the \
option: \n\
cmake -DUNSAFE_BUILD=ON ")
return()
endif()
endif()
endif()
# If this is the root project add longer list of available CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE values
if(CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR STREQUAL CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR)
set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}
CACHE STRING "Choose the type of build: None Debug Release Coverage ASan ASanDbg MemSan MemSanDbg Check CheckFull"
FORCE)
endif()
# Create a symbolic link from ${base_name} in the binary directory
# to the corresponding path in the source directory.
function(link_to_source base_name)
# Get OS dependent path to use in `execute_process`
if (CMAKE_HOST_WIN32)
#mklink is an internal command of cmd.exe it can only work with \
string(REPLACE "/" "\\" link "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${base_name}")
string(REPLACE "/" "\\" target "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${base_name}")
else()
set(link "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${base_name}")
set(target "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${base_name}")
endif()
if (NOT EXISTS ${link})
if (CMAKE_HOST_UNIX)
set(command ln -s ${target} ${link})
else()
if (IS_DIRECTORY ${target})
set(command cmd.exe /c mklink /j ${link} ${target})
else()
set(command cmd.exe /c mklink /h ${link} ${target})
endif()
endif()
execute_process(COMMAND ${command}
RESULT_VARIABLE result
ERROR_VARIABLE output)
if (NOT ${result} EQUAL 0)
message(FATAL_ERROR "Could not create symbolic link for: ${target} --> ${output}")
endif()
endif()
endfunction(link_to_source)
string(REGEX MATCH "Clang" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCC)
include(CheckCCompilerFlag)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
# some warnings we want are not available with old GCC versions
# note: starting with CMake 2.8 we could use CMAKE_C_COMPILER_VERSION
execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_C_COMPILER} -dumpversion
OUTPUT_VARIABLE GCC_VERSION)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -Wextra -W -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wwrite-strings")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -Wextra -Wwrite-strings")
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 4.3 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 4.3)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wvla")
endif()
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 4.5 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 4.5)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wlogical-op")
endif()
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 4.8 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 4.8)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wshadow")
endif()
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 5.0)
CHECK_C_COMPILER_FLAG("-Wformat-signedness" C_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_WFORMAT_SIGNEDNESS)
if(C_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_WFORMAT_SIGNEDNESS)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wformat-signedness")
endif()
endif()
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE "-O2")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG "-O0 -g3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_COVERAGE "-O0 -g3 --coverage")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN "-Werror -fsanitize=address -fno-common -O3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG "-Werror -fsanitize=address -fno-common -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls ")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK "-Werror -Os")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK "-Os")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECKFULL "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK} -Wcast-qual")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCC)
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -Wextra -W -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wimplicit-fallthrough -Wshadow")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -Wextra -Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wimplicit-fallthrough -Wshadow -Wvla")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE "-O2")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG "-O0 -g3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_COVERAGE "-O0 -g3 --coverage")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN "-Werror -fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover -O3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG "-Werror -fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls ")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MEMSAN "-Werror -fsanitize=memory -O3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MEMSANDBG "-Werror -fsanitize=memory -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls -fsanitize-memory-track-origins=2")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK "-Werror -Os")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MEMSAN "-fsanitize=memory -O3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MEMSANDBG "-fsanitize=memory -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls -fsanitize-memory-track-origins=2")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK "-Os")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
if(MSVC)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK "/WX")
endif(MSVC)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} --warn_about_c_style_casts --warnings_are_errors -Ohz")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
# Strictest warnings
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /W3")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
if(MBEDTLS_FATAL_WARNINGS)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /WX")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Werror")
if(UNSAFE_BUILD)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wno-error=cpp")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN} -Wno-error=cpp")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG} -Wno-error=cpp")
endif(UNSAFE_BUILD)
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
endif(MBEDTLS_FATAL_WARNINGS)
if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Coverage")
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCC OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
set(CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS "--coverage")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCC OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Coverage")
if(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)
@ -68,8 +238,6 @@ else()
set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR lib)
endif()
include_directories(include/)
if(ENABLE_ZLIB_SUPPORT)
find_package(ZLIB)
@ -78,27 +246,43 @@ if(ENABLE_ZLIB_SUPPORT)
endif(ZLIB_FOUND)
endif(ENABLE_ZLIB_SUPPORT)
add_subdirectory(library)
add_subdirectory(include)
add_subdirectory(3rdparty)
list(APPEND libs ${thirdparty_lib})
add_subdirectory(library)
#
# The C files in tests/src directory contain test code shared among test suites
# and programs. This shared test code is compiled and linked to test suites and
# programs objects as a set of compiled objects. The compiled objects are NOT
# built into a library that the test suite and program objects would link
# against as they link against the mbedcrypto, mbedx509 and mbedtls libraries.
# The reason is that such library is expected to have mutual dependencies with
# the aforementioned libraries and that there is as of today no portable way of
# handling such dependencies (only toolchain specific solutions).
#
# Thus the below definition of the `mbedtls_test` CMake library of objects
# target. This library of objects is used by tests and programs CMake files
# to define the test executables.
#
if(ENABLE_TESTING OR ENABLE_PROGRAMS)
file(GLOB MBEDTLS_TEST_FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/src/*.c ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/src/drivers/*.c)
add_library(mbedtls_test OBJECT ${MBEDTLS_TEST_FILES})
target_include_directories(mbedtls_test
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/include
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library)
endif()
if(ENABLE_PROGRAMS)
add_subdirectory(programs)
endif()
# targets for doxygen only work on Unix
if(UNIX)
ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(apidoc
COMMAND mkdir -p apidoc
COMMAND cp include/mbedtls/config.h include/mbedtls/config.h.bak
COMMAND scripts/config.pl realfull
COMMAND doxygen doxygen/mbedtls.doxyfile
COMMAND mv include/mbedtls/config.h.bak include/mbedtls/config.h
WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(apidoc_clean
COMMAND rm -rf apidoc
WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
endif(UNIX)
ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(${MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX}apidoc
COMMAND doxygen mbedtls.doxyfile
WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/doxygen)
if(ENABLE_TESTING)
enable_testing()
@ -134,4 +318,13 @@ if(ENABLE_TESTING)
COMMAND mv DartConfiguration.tcl.bak DartConfiguration.tcl
)
endif(UNIX)
# Make scripts needed for testing available in an out-of-source build.
if (NOT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
link_to_source(scripts)
# Copy (don't link) DartConfiguration.tcl, needed for memcheck, to
# keep things simple with the sed commands in the memcheck target.
configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/DartConfiguration.tcl
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/DartConfiguration.tcl COPYONLY)
endif()
endif()

82
contrib/mbedtls/CONTRIBUTING.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
Contributing
============
We gratefully accept bug reports and contributions from the community. There are some requirements we need to fulfill in order to be able to integrate contributions:
- As with any open source project, contributions will be reviewed by the project team and community and may need some modifications to be accepted.
- The contribution should not break API or ABI, unless there is a real justification for that. If there is an API change, the contribution, if accepted, will be merged only when there will be a major release.
Coding Standards
----------------
- We would ask that contributions conform to [our coding standards](https://tls.mbed.org/kb/development/mbedtls-coding-standards), and that contributions are fully tested before submission, as mentioned in the [Tests](#tests) and [Continuous Integration](#continuous-integration-tests) sections.
- The code should be written in a clean and readable style.
- The code should be written in a portable generic way, that will benefit the whole community, and not only your own needs.
- The code should be secure, and will be reviewed from a security point of view as well.
Making a Contribution
---------------------
1. [Check for open issues](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/issues) or [start a discussion](https://lists.trustedfirmware.org/mailman/listinfo/mbed-tls) around a feature idea or a bug.
1. Fork the [Mbed TLS repository on GitHub](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls) to start making your changes. As a general rule, you should use the ["development" branch](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/tree/development) as a basis.
1. Write a test which shows that the bug was fixed or that the feature works as expected.
1. Send a pull request (PR) and work with us until it gets merged and published. Contributions may need some modifications, so a few rounds of review and fixing may be necessary. We will include your name in the ChangeLog :)
1. For quick merging, the contribution should be short, and concentrated on a single feature or topic. The larger the contribution is, the longer it would take to review it and merge it.
1. All new files should include the [Apache-2.0](https://spdx.org/licenses/Apache-2.0.html) standard license header where possible.
1. Ensure that each commit has at least one `Signed-off-by:` line from the committer. If anyone else contributes to the commit, they should also add their own `Signed-off-by:` line. By adding this line, contributor(s) certify that the contribution is made under the terms of the [Developer Certificate of Origin](dco.txt). The contribution licensing is described in the [License section of the README](README.md#License).
API/ABI Compatibility
---------------------
The project aims to minimise the impact on users upgrading to newer versions of the library and it should not be necessary for a user to make any changes to their own code to work with a newer version of the library. Unless the user has made an active decision to use newer features, a newer generation of the library or a change has been necessary due to a security issue or other significant software defect, no modifications to their own code should be necessary. To achieve this, API compatibility is maintained between different versions of Mbed TLS on the main development branch and in LTS (Long Term Support) branches.
To minimise such disruption to users, where a change to the interface is required, all changes to the ABI or API, even on the main development branch where new features are added, need to be justifiable by either being a significant enhancement, new feature or bug fix which is best resolved by an interface change.
Where changes to an existing interface are necessary, functions in the public interface which need to be changed, are marked as 'deprecated'. This is done with the preprocessor symbols `MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING` and `MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED`. Then, a new function with a new name but similar if not identical behaviour to the original function containing the necessary changes should be created alongside the existing deprecated function.
When a build is made with the deprecation preprocessor symbols defined, a compiler warning will be generated to warn a user that the function will be removed at some point in the future, notifying users that they should change from the older deprecated function to the newer function at their own convenience.
Therefore, no changes are permitted to the definition of functions in the public interface which will change the API. Instead the interface can only be changed by its extension. As described above, if a function needs to be changed, a new function needs to be created alongside it, with a new name, and whatever change is necessary, such as a new parameter or the addition of a return value.
Periodically, the library will remove deprecated functions from the library which will be a breaking change in the API, but such changes will be made only in a planned, structured way that gives sufficient notice to users of the library.
Long Term Support Branches
--------------------------
Mbed TLS maintains several LTS (Long Term Support) branches, which are maintained continuously for a given period. The LTS branches are provided to allow users of the library to have a maintained, stable version of the library which contains only security fixes and fixes for other defects, without encountering additional features or API extensions which may introduce issues or change the code size or RAM usage, which can be significant considerations on some platforms. To allow users to take advantage of the LTS branches, these branches maintain backwards compatibility for both the public API and ABI.
When backporting to these branches please observe the following rules:
1. Any change to the library which changes the API or ABI cannot be backported.
1. All bug fixes that correct a defect that is also present in an LTS branch must be backported to that LTS branch. If a bug fix introduces a change to the API such as a new function, the fix should be reworked to avoid the API change. API changes without very strong justification are unlikely to be accepted.
1. If a contribution is a new feature or enhancement, no backporting is required. Exceptions to this may be additional test cases or quality improvements such as changes to build or test scripts.
It would be highly appreciated if contributions are backported to LTS branches in addition to the [development branch](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/tree/development) by contributors.
Currently maintained LTS branches are:
1. [mbedtls-2.7](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/tree/mbedtls-2.7)
1. [mbedtls-2.16](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/tree/mbedtls-2.16)
Tests
-----
As mentioned, tests that show the correctness of the feature or bug fix should be added to the pull request, if no such tests exist.
Mbed TLS includes a comprehensive set of test suites in the `tests/` directory that are dynamically generated to produce the actual test source files (e.g. `test_suite_mpi.c`). These files are generated from a `function file` (e.g. `suites/test_suite_mpi.function`) and a `data file` (e.g. `suites/test_suite_mpi.data`). The function file contains the test functions. The data file contains the test cases, specified as parameters that will be passed to the test function.
[A Knowledge Base article describing how to add additional tests is available on the Mbed TLS website](https://tls.mbed.org/kb/development/test_suites).
A test script `tests/scripts/basic-build-test.sh` is available to show test coverage of the library. New code contributions should provide a similar level of code coverage to that which already exists for the library.
Sample applications, if needed, should be modified as well.
Continuous Integration Tests
----------------------------
Once a PR has been made, the Continuous Integration (CI) tests are triggered and run. You should follow the result of the CI tests, and fix failures.
It is advised to enable the [githooks scripts](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/tree/development/tests/git-scripts) prior to pushing your changes, for catching some of the issues as early as possible.
Documentation
-------------
Mbed TLS is well documented, but if you think documentation is needed, speak out!
1. All interfaces should be documented through Doxygen. New APIs should introduce Doxygen documentation.
1. Complex parts in the code should include comments.
1. If needed, a Readme file is advised.
1. If a [Knowledge Base (KB)](https://tls.mbed.org/kb) article should be added, write this as a comment in the PR description.
1. A [ChangeLog](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/blob/development/ChangeLog.d/00README.md) entry should be added for this contribution.

2182
contrib/mbedtls/ChangeLog
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

88
contrib/mbedtls/ChangeLog.d/00README.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
# Pending changelog entry directory
This directory contains changelog entries that have not yet been merged
to the changelog file ([`../ChangeLog`](../ChangeLog)).
## What requires a changelog entry?
Write a changelog entry if there is a user-visible change. This includes:
* Bug fixes in the library or in sample programs: fixing a security hole,
fixing broken behavior, fixing the build in some configuration or on some
platform, etc.
* New features in the library, new sample programs, or new platform support.
* Changes in existing behavior. These should be rare. Changes in features
that are documented as experimental may or may not be announced, depending
on the extent of the change and how widely we expect the feature to be used.
We generally don't include changelog entries for:
* Documentation improvements.
* Performance improvements, unless they are particularly significant.
* Changes to parts of the code base that users don't interact with directly,
such as test code and test data.
Until Mbed TLS 2.24.0, we required changelog entries in more cases.
Looking at older changelog entries is good practice for how to write a
changelog entry, but not for deciding whether to write one.
## Changelog entry file format
A changelog entry file must have the extension `*.txt` and must have the
following format:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Security
* Change description.
* Another change description.
Features
* Yet another change description. This is a long change description that
spans multiple lines.
* Yet again another change description.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The permitted changelog entry categories are as follows:
<!-- Keep this synchronized with STANDARD_CATEGORIES in assemble_changelog.py! -->
API changes
Default behavior changes
Requirement changes
New deprecations
Removals
Features
Security
Bugfix
Changes
Use “Changes” for anything that doesn't fit in the other categories.
## How to write a changelog entry
Each entry starts with three spaces, an asterisk and a space. Continuation
lines start with 5 spaces. Lines wrap at 79 characters.
Write full English sentences with proper capitalization and punctuation. Use
the present tense. Use the imperative where applicable. For example: “Fix a
bug in mbedtls_xxx() ….”
Include GitHub issue numbers where relevant. Use the format “#1234” for an
Mbed TLS issue. Add other external references such as CVE numbers where
applicable.
Credit bug reporters where applicable.
**Explain why, not how**. Remember that the audience is the users of the
library, not its developers. In particular, for a bug fix, explain the
consequences of the bug, not how the bug was fixed. For a new feature, explain
why one might be interested in the feature. For an API change or a deprecation,
explain how to update existing applications.
See [existing entries](../ChangeLog) for examples.
## How `ChangeLog` is updated
Run [`../scripts/assemble_changelog.py`](../scripts/assemble_changelog.py)
from a Git working copy
to move the entries from files in `ChangeLog.d` to the main `ChangeLog` file.

204
contrib/mbedtls/LICENSE
View File

@ -1,2 +1,202 @@
Unless specifically indicated otherwise in a file, files are licensed
under the Apache 2.0 license, as can be found in: apache-2.0.txt
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.

228
contrib/mbedtls/README.md
View File

@ -1,62 +1,59 @@
README for mbed TLS
README for Mbed TLS
===================
Mbed TLS is a C library that implements cryptographic primitives, X.509 certificate manipulation and the SSL/TLS and DTLS protocols. Its small code footprint makes it suitable for embedded systems.
Mbed TLS includes a reference implementation of the [PSA Cryptography API](#psa-cryptography-api). This is currently a preview for evaluation purposes only.
Configuration
-------------
mbed TLS should build out of the box on most systems. Some platform specific options are available in the fully-documented configuration file `include/mbedtls/config.h`, which is also the place where features can be selected. This file can be edited manually, or in a more programmatic way using the Perl script `scripts/config.pl` (use `--help` for usage instructions).
Mbed TLS should build out of the box on most systems. Some platform specific options are available in the fully documented configuration file `include/mbedtls/config.h`, which is also the place where features can be selected. This file can be edited manually, or in a more programmatic way using the Python 3 script `scripts/config.py` (use `--help` for usage instructions).
Compiler options can be set using standard variables such as `CC` and `CFLAGS` when using the Make and CMake build system (see below).
Compiler options can be set using conventional environment variables such as `CC` and `CFLAGS` when using the Make and CMake build system (see below).
We provide some non-standard configurations focused on specific use cases in the `configs/` directory. You can read more about those in `configs/README.txt`
Documentation
-------------
Documentation for the Mbed TLS interfaces in the default library configuration is available as part of the [Mbed TLS documentation](https://tls.mbed.org/api/).
To generate a local copy of the library documentation in HTML format, tailored to your compile-time configuration:
1. Make sure that [Doxygen](http://www.doxygen.nl/) is installed. We use version 1.8.11 but slightly older or more recent versions should work.
1. Run `make apidoc`.
1. Browse `apidoc/index.html` or `apidoc/modules.html`.
Compiling
---------
There are currently four active build systems within the mbed TLS releases:
There are currently three active build systems used within Mbed TLS releases:
- yotta
- Make
- GNU Make
- CMake
- Microsoft Visual Studio (Visual Studio 6 and Visual Studio 2010)
- Microsoft Visual Studio (Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 or later)
The main systems used for development are CMake and yotta. Those systems are always complete and up-to-date. The others should reflect all changes present in the CMake and yotta build system, but some features are not ported there by default.
Please note that the yotta option is slightly different from the other build systems:
- a more minimalistic configuration file is used by default
- depending on the yotta target, features of mbed OS will be used in examples and tests
The main systems used for development are CMake and GNU Make. Those systems are always complete and up-to-date. The others should reflect all changes present in the CMake and Make build system, although features may not be ported there automatically.
The Make and CMake build systems create three libraries: libmbedcrypto, libmbedx509, and libmbedtls. Note that libmbedtls depends on libmbedx509 and libmbedcrypto, and libmbedx509 depends on libmbedcrypto. As a result, some linkers will expect flags to be in a specific order, for example the GNU linker wants `-lmbedtls -lmbedx509 -lmbedcrypto`. Also, when loading shared libraries using dlopen(), you'll need to load libmbedcrypto first, then libmbedx509, before you can load libmbedtls.
### Yotta
### Tool versions
[yotta](http://yottabuild.org) is a package manager and build system developed by mbed; it is the build system of mbed OS. To install it on your platform, please follow the yotta [installation instructions](http://docs.yottabuild.org/#installing).
You need the following tools to build the library with the provided makefiles:
Once yotta is installed, you can use it to download the latest version of mbed TLS form the yotta registry with:
yotta install mbedtls
and build it with:
yotta build
If, on the other hand, you already have a copy of mbed TLS from a source other than the yotta registry, for example from cloning our GitHub repository, or from downloading a tarball of the standalone edition, then you'll need first need to generate the yotta module by running:
yotta/create-module.sh
from the mbed TLS root directory. This will create the yotta module in the `yotta/module` directory. You can then change to that directory and build as usual:
cd yotta/module
yotta build
In any case, you'll probably want to set the yotta target before building unless it's already set globally; for more information on using yotta, please consult the [yotta documentation](http://docs.yottabuild.org/).
For more details on the yotta/mbed OS edition of mbed TLS, including example programs, please consult the [Readme at the root of the yotta module](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/blob/development/yotta/data/README.md).
* GNU Make or a build tool that CMake supports.
* A C99 toolchain (compiler, linker, archiver). We actively test with GCC 5.4, Clang 3.8, IAR8 and Visual Studio 2013. More recent versions should work. Slightly older versions may work.
* Python 3 to generate the test code.
* Perl to run the tests.
### Make
We intentionally only use the absolute minimum of `Make` functionality, as a lot of `Make` features are not supported on all different implementations of Make on different platforms. As such, the Makefiles sometimes require some handwork or export statements in order to work for your platform.
We require GNU Make. To build the library and the sample programs, GNU Make and a C compiler are sufficient. Some of the more advanced build targets require some Unix/Linux tools.
In order to build the source using Make, just enter at the command line:
We intentionally only use a minimum of functionality in the makefiles in order to keep them as simple and independent of different toolchains as possible, to allow users to more easily move between different platforms. Users who need more features are recommended to use CMake.
In order to build from the source code using GNU Make, just enter at the command line:
make
@ -64,7 +61,7 @@ In order to run the tests, enter:
make check
The tests need Perl to be built and run. If you don't have Perl installed, you can skip building the tests with:
The tests need Python to be built and Perl to be run. If you don't have one of them installed, you can skip building the tests with:
make no_test
@ -74,26 +71,29 @@ You'll still be able to run a much smaller set of tests with:
In order to build for a Windows platform, you should use `WINDOWS_BUILD=1` if the target is Windows but the build environment is Unix-like (for instance when cross-compiling, or compiling from an MSYS shell), and `WINDOWS=1` if the build environment is a Windows shell (for instance using mingw32-make) (in that case some targets will not be available).
Setting the variable `SHARED` in your environment will build shared libraries in addition to the static libraries. Setting `DEBUG` gives you a debug build. You can override `CFLAGS` and `LDFLAGS` by setting them in your environment or on the make command line; if you do so, essential parts such as `-I` will still be preserved. Warning options may be overridden separately using `WARNING_CFLAGS`.
Setting the variable `SHARED` in your environment will build shared libraries in addition to the static libraries. Setting `DEBUG` gives you a debug build. You can override `CFLAGS` and `LDFLAGS` by setting them in your environment or on the make command line; compiler warning options may be overridden separately using `WARNING_CFLAGS`. Some directory-specific options (for example, `-I` directives) are still preserved.
Depending on your platform, you might run into some issues. Please check the Makefiles in `library/`, `programs/` and `tests/` for options to manually add or remove for specific platforms. You can also check [the mbed TLS Knowledge Base](https://tls.mbed.org/kb) for articles on your platform or issue.
Please note that setting `CFLAGS` overrides its default value of `-O2` and setting `WARNING_CFLAGS` overrides its default value (starting with `-Wall -Wextra`), so if you just want to add some warning options to the default ones, you can do so by setting `CFLAGS=-O2 -Werror` for example. Setting `WARNING_CFLAGS` is useful when you want to get rid of its default content (for example because your compiler doesn't accept `-Wall` as an option). Directory-specific options cannot be overridden from the command line.
In case you find that you need to do something else as well, please let us know what, so we can add it to the KB.
Depending on your platform, you might run into some issues. Please check the Makefiles in `library/`, `programs/` and `tests/` for options to manually add or remove for specific platforms. You can also check [the Mbed TLS Knowledge Base](https://tls.mbed.org/kb) for articles on your platform or issue.
In case you find that you need to do something else as well, please let us know what, so we can add it to the [Mbed TLS Knowledge Base](https://tls.mbed.org/kb).
### CMake
In order to build the source using CMake, just enter at the command line:
In order to build the source using CMake in a separate directory (recommended), just enter at the command line:
cmake .
make
mkdir /path/to/build_dir && cd /path/to/build_dir
cmake /path/to/mbedtls_source
cmake --build .
In order to run the tests, enter:
make test
ctest
The test suites need Perl to be built. If you don't have Perl installed, you'll want to disable the test suites with:
The test suites need Python to be built and Perl to be executed. If you don't have one of these installed, you'll want to disable the test suites with:
cmake -DENABLE_TESTING=Off .
cmake -DENABLE_TESTING=Off /path/to/mbedtls_source
If you disabled the test suites, but kept the programs enabled, you can still run a much smaller set of tests with:
@ -101,47 +101,82 @@ If you disabled the test suites, but kept the programs enabled, you can still ru
To configure CMake for building shared libraries, use:
cmake -DUSE_SHARED_MBEDTLS_LIBRARY=On .
cmake -DUSE_SHARED_MBEDTLS_LIBRARY=On /path/to/mbedtls_source
There are many different build modes available within the CMake buildsystem. Most of them are available for gcc and clang, though some are compiler-specific:
- Release. This generates the default code without any unnecessary information in the binary files.
- Debug. This generates debug information and disables optimization of the code.
- Coverage. This generates code coverage information in addition to debug information.
- ASan. This instruments the code with AddressSanitizer to check for memory errors. (This includes LeakSanitizer, with recent version of gcc and clang.) (With recent version of clang, this mode also instruments the code with UndefinedSanitizer to check for undefined behaviour.)
- ASanDbg. Same as ASan but slower, with debug information and better stack traces.
- MemSan. This instruments the code with MemorySanitizer to check for uninitialised memory reads. Experimental, needs recent clang on Linux/x86\_64.
- MemSanDbg. Same as MemSan but slower, with debug information, better stack traces and origin tracking.
- Check. This activates the compiler warnings that depend on optimization and treats all warnings as errors.
- `Release`. This generates the default code without any unnecessary information in the binary files.
- `Debug`. This generates debug information and disables optimization of the code.
- `Coverage`. This generates code coverage information in addition to debug information.
- `ASan`. This instruments the code with AddressSanitizer to check for memory errors. (This includes LeakSanitizer, with recent version of gcc and clang.) (With recent version of clang, this mode also instruments the code with UndefinedSanitizer to check for undefined behaviour.)
- `ASanDbg`. Same as ASan but slower, with debug information and better stack traces.
- `MemSan`. This instruments the code with MemorySanitizer to check for uninitialised memory reads. Experimental, needs recent clang on Linux/x86\_64.
- `MemSanDbg`. Same as MemSan but slower, with debug information, better stack traces and origin tracking.
- `Check`. This activates the compiler warnings that depend on optimization and treats all warnings as errors.
Switching build modes in CMake is simple. For debug mode, enter at the command line:
cmake -D CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug .
cmake -D CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug /path/to/mbedtls_source
To list other available CMake options, use:
cmake -LH
Note that, with CMake, if you want to change the compiler or its options after you already ran CMake, you need to clear its cache first, e.g. (using GNU find):
Note that, with CMake, you can't adjust the compiler or its flags after the
initial invocation of cmake. This means that `CC=your_cc make` and `make
CC=your_cc` will *not* work (similarly with `CFLAGS` and other variables).
These variables need to be adjusted when invoking cmake for the first time,
for example:
CC=your_cc cmake /path/to/mbedtls_source
If you already invoked cmake and want to change those settings, you need to
remove the build directory and create it again.
Note that it is possible to build in-place; this will however overwrite the
provided Makefiles (see `scripts/tmp_ignore_makefiles.sh` if you want to
prevent `git status` from showing them as modified). In order to do so, from
the Mbed TLS source directory, use:
cmake .
make
If you want to change `CC` or `CFLAGS` afterwards, you will need to remove the
CMake cache. This can be done with the following command using GNU find:
find . -iname '*cmake*' -not -name CMakeLists.txt -exec rm -rf {} +
CC=gcc CFLAGS='-fstack-protector-strong -Wa,--noexecstack' cmake .
You can now make the desired change:
CC=your_cc cmake .
make
Regarding variables, also note that if you set CFLAGS when invoking cmake,
your value of CFLAGS doesn't override the content provided by cmake (depending
on the build mode as seen above), it's merely prepended to it.
#### Mbed TLS as a subproject
Mbed TLS supports being built as a CMake subproject. One can
use `add_subdirectory()` from a parent CMake project to include Mbed TLS as a
subproject.
### Microsoft Visual Studio
The build files for Microsoft Visual Studio are generated for Visual Studio 2010.
The solution file `mbedTLS.sln` contains all the basic projects needed to build the library and all the programs. The files in tests are not generated and compiled, as these need a perl environment as well. However, the selftest program in `programs/test/` is still available.
The solution file `mbedTLS.sln` contains all the basic projects needed to build the library and all the programs. The files in tests are not generated and compiled, as these need Python and perl environments as well. However, the selftest program in `programs/test/` is still available.
Example programs
----------------
We've included example programs for a lot of different features and uses in `programs/`. Most programs only focus on a single feature or usage scenario, so keep that in mind when copying parts of the code.
We've included example programs for a lot of different features and uses in [`programs/`](programs/README.md).
Please note that the goal of these sample programs is to demonstrate specific features of the library, and the code may need to be adapted to build a real-world application.
Tests
-----
mbed TLS includes an elaborate test suite in `tests/` that initially requires Perl to generate the tests files (e.g. `test\_suite\_mpi.c`). These files are generated from a `function file` (e.g. `suites/test\_suite\_mpi.function`) and a `data file` (e.g. `suites/test\_suite\_mpi.data`). The `function file` contains the test functions. The `data file` contains the test cases, specified as parameters that will be passed to the test function.
Mbed TLS includes an elaborate test suite in `tests/` that initially requires Python to generate the tests files (e.g. `test\_suite\_mpi.c`). These files are generated from a `function file` (e.g. `suites/test\_suite\_mpi.function`) and a `data file` (e.g. `suites/test\_suite\_mpi.data`). The `function file` contains the test functions. The `data file` contains the test cases, specified as parameters that will be passed to the test function.
For machines with a Unix shell and OpenSSL (and optionally GnuTLS) installed, additional test scripts are available:
@ -151,23 +186,62 @@ For machines with a Unix shell and OpenSSL (and optionally GnuTLS) installed, ad
- `tests/scripts/key-exchanges.pl` test builds in configurations with a single key exchange enabled
- `tests/scripts/all.sh` runs a combination of the above tests, plus some more, with various build options (such as ASan, full `config.h`, etc).
Configurations
--------------
Porting Mbed TLS
----------------
We provide some non-standard configurations focused on specific use cases in the `configs/` directory. You can read more about those in `configs/README.txt`
Mbed TLS can be ported to many different architectures, OS's and platforms. Before starting a port, you may find the following Knowledge Base articles useful:
- [Porting Mbed TLS to a new environment or OS](https://tls.mbed.org/kb/how-to/how-do-i-port-mbed-tls-to-a-new-environment-OS)
- [What external dependencies does Mbed TLS rely on?](https://tls.mbed.org/kb/development/what-external-dependencies-does-mbedtls-rely-on)
- [How do I configure Mbed TLS](https://tls.mbed.org/kb/compiling-and-building/how-do-i-configure-mbedtls)
PSA cryptography API
--------------------
### PSA API design
Arm's [Platform Security Architecture (PSA)](https://developer.arm.com/architectures/security-architectures/platform-security-architecture) is a holistic set of threat models, security analyses, hardware and firmware architecture specifications, and an open source firmware reference implementation. PSA provides a recipe, based on industry best practice, that allows security to be consistently designed in, at both a hardware and firmware level.
The [PSA cryptography API](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/psa/#application-programming-interface) provides access to a set of cryptographic primitives. It has a dual purpose. First, it can be used in a PSA-compliant platform to build services, such as secure boot, secure storage and secure communication. Second, it can also be used independently of other PSA components on any platform.
The design goals of the PSA cryptography API include:
* The API distinguishes caller memory from internal memory, which allows the library to be implemented in an isolated space for additional security. Library calls can be implemented as direct function calls if isolation is not desired, and as remote procedure calls if isolation is desired.
* The structure of internal data is hidden to the application, which allows substituting alternative implementations at build time or run time, for example, in order to take advantage of hardware accelerators.
* All access to the keys happens through key identifiers, which allows support for external cryptoprocessors that is transparent to applications.
* The interface to algorithms is generic, favoring algorithm agility.
* The interface is designed to be easy to use and hard to accidentally misuse.
Arm welcomes feedback on the design of the API. If you think something could be improved, please open an issue on our Github repository. Alternatively, if you prefer to provide your feedback privately, please email us at [`mbed-crypto@arm.com`](mailto:mbed-crypto@arm.com). All feedback received by email is treated confidentially.
### PSA API documentation
A browsable copy of the PSA Cryptography API documents is available on the [PSA cryptography interfaces documentation portal](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/psa/#application-programming-interface) in [PDF](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/PSA_Cryptography_API_Specification.pdf) and [HTML](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/html/index.html) formats.
### PSA implementation in Mbed TLS
Mbed TLS includes a reference implementation of the PSA Cryptography API.
This implementation is not yet as mature as the rest of the library. Some parts of the code have not been reviewed as thoroughly, and some parts of the PSA implementation are not yet well optimized for code size.
The X.509 and TLS code can use PSA cryptography for a limited subset of operations. To enable this support, activate the compilation option `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO` in `config.h`.
There are currently a few deviations where the library does not yet implement the latest version of the specification. Please refer to the [compliance issues on Github](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbed-crypto/labels/compliance) for an up-to-date list.
### Upcoming features
Future releases of this library will include:
* A driver programming interface, which makes it possible to use hardware accelerators instead of the default software implementation for chosen algorithms.
* Support for external keys to be stored and manipulated exclusively in a separate cryptoprocessor.
* A configuration mechanism to compile only the algorithms you need for your application.
* A wider set of cryptographic algorithms.
License
-------
Unless specifically indicated otherwise in a file, Mbed TLS files are provided under the [Apache-2.0](https://spdx.org/licenses/Apache-2.0.html) license. See the [LICENSE](LICENSE) file for the full text of this license. Contributors must accept that their contributions are made under both the Apache-2.0 AND [GPL-2.0-or-later](https://spdx.org/licenses/GPL-2.0-or-later.html) licenses. This enables LTS (Long Term Support) branches of the software to be provided under either the Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later licenses.
Contributing
------------
We gratefully accept bug reports and contributions from the community. There are some requirements we need to fulfill in order to be able to integrate contributions:
- Simple bug fixes to existing code do not contain copyright themselves and we can integrate without issue. The same is true of trivial contributions.
- For larger contributions, such as a new feature, the code can possibly fall under copyright law. We then need your consent to share in the ownership of the copyright. We have a form for this, which we will send to you in case you submit a contribution or pull request that we deem this necessary for.
### Process
1. [Check for open issues](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls/issues) or [start a discussion](https://tls.mbed.org/discussions) around a feature idea or a bug.
2. Fork the [mbed TLS repository on GitHub](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbedtls) to start making your changes. As a general rule, you should use the "development" branch as a basis.
3. Write a test which shows that the bug was fixed or that the feature works as expected.
4. Send a pull request and bug us until it gets merged and published. We will include your name in the ChangeLog :)
We gratefully accept bug reports and contributions from the community. Please see the [contributing guidelines](CONTRIBUTING.md) for details on how to do this.

202
contrib/mbedtls/apache-2.0.txt
View File

@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.

2
contrib/mbedtls/configs/README.txt
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ These files are complete replacements for the default config.h. To use one of
them, you can pick one of the following methods:
1. Replace the default file include/mbedtls/config.h with the chosen one.
(Depending on your compiler, you may need to ajust the line with
(Depending on your compiler, you may need to adjust the line with
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h" then.)
2. Define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE and adjust the include path accordingly.

13
contrib/mbedtls/configs/config-ccm-psk-tls1_2.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
/*
* Minimal configuration for TLS 1.2 with PSK and AES-CCM ciphersuites
/**
* \file config-ccm-psk-tls1_2.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Minimal configuration for TLS 1.2 with PSK and AES-CCM ciphersuites
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -15,8 +18,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/*
* Minimal configuration for TLS 1.2 with PSK and AES-CCM ciphersuites
@ -78,7 +79,7 @@
* both ends of the connection! (See comments in "mbedtls/ssl.h".)
* The optimal size here depends on the typical size of records.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN 512
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN 1024
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"

11
contrib/mbedtls/configs/config-mini-tls1_1.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
/*
* Minimal configuration for TLS 1.1 (RFC 4346)
/**
* \file config-mini-tls1_1.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Minimal configuration for TLS 1.1 (RFC 4346)
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -15,8 +18,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/*
* Minimal configuration for TLS 1.1 (RFC 4346), implementing only the

59
contrib/mbedtls/configs/config-picocoin.h → contrib/mbedtls/configs/config-no-entropy.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
/*
* Reduced configuration used by Picocoin.
/**
* \file config-no-entropy.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Minimal configuration of features that do not require an entropy source
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -15,18 +18,15 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/*
* Reduced configuration used by Picocoin.
* Minimal configuration of features that do not require an entropy source
* Distinguishing reatures:
* - no entropy module
* - no TLS protocol implementation available due to absence of an entropy
* source
*
* See README.txt for usage instructions.
*
* Distinguishing features:
* - no SSL/TLS;
* - no X.509;
* - ECDSA/PK and some other chosen crypto bits.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
@ -39,32 +39,51 @@
/* mbed TLS feature support */
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_REMOVE_ARC4_CIPHERSUITES
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC
#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED
#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY
#define MBEDTLS_FS_IO
#define MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
#define MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST
#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CHECK_KEY_USAGE
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CHECK_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE
/* mbed TLS modules */
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_C
#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C
#define MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C
//#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
/* Miscellaneous options */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"

3371
contrib/mbedtls/configs/config-psa-crypto.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

11
contrib/mbedtls/configs/config-suite-b.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
/*
* Minimal configuration for TLS NSA Suite B Profile (RFC 6460)
/**
* \file config-suite-b.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Minimal configuration for TLS NSA Suite B Profile (RFC 6460)
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -15,8 +18,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/*
* Minimal configuration for TLS NSA Suite B Profile (RFC 6460)

99
contrib/mbedtls/configs/config-symmetric-only.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/**
* \file config-symmetric-only.h
*
* \brief Configuration without any asymmetric cryptography.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
/* System support */
//#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE
/* Mbed Crypto feature support */
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ONE_AND_ZEROS
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS
#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY
#define MBEDTLS_FS_IO
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
#define MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST
#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES
/* Mbed Crypto modules */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ARC4_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_C
#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_DES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C
//#define MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C
#define MBEDTLS_HKDF_C
#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD2_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD4_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C
#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C
#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_C
#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
#define MBEDTLS_XTEA_C
#include "mbedtls/config_psa.h"
#include "check_config.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

16
contrib/mbedtls/configs/config-thread.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
/*
* Minimal configuration for using TLS as part of Thread
/**
* \file config-thread.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Minimal configuration for using TLS as part of Thread
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -15,8 +18,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/*
@ -57,6 +58,7 @@
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
@ -85,10 +87,6 @@
/* Save ROM and a few bytes of RAM by specifying our own ciphersuite list */
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES MBEDTLS_TLS_ECJPAKE_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8
#if defined(TARGET_LIKE_MBED)
#include "mbedtls/target_config.h"
#endif
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

37
contrib/mbedtls/dco.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
Developer Certificate of Origin
Version 1.1
Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 The Linux Foundation and its contributors.
1 Letterman Drive
Suite D4700
San Francisco, CA, 94129
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Developer's Certificate of Origin 1.1
By making a contribution to this project, I certify that:
(a) The contribution was created in whole or in part by me and I
have the right to submit it under the open source license
indicated in the file; or
(b) The contribution is based upon previous work that, to the best
of my knowledge, is covered under an appropriate open source
license and I have the right under that license to submit that
work with modifications, whether created in whole or in part
by me, under the same open source license (unless I am
permitted to submit under a different license), as indicated
in the file; or
(c) The contribution was provided directly to me by some other
person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified
it.
(d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution
are public and that a record of the contribution (including all
personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is
maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with
this project or the open source license(s) involved.

3
contrib/mbedtls/docs/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
*.html
*.pdf
!PSACryptoDriverModelSpec.pdf

BIN
contrib/mbedtls/docs/PSACryptoDriverModelSpec.pdf Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

316
contrib/mbedtls/docs/architecture/mbed-crypto-storage-specification.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
Mbed Crypto storage specification
=================================
This document specifies how Mbed Crypto uses storage.
Mbed Crypto may be upgraded on an existing device with the storage preserved. Therefore:
1. Any change may break existing installations and may require an upgrade path.
1. This document retains historical information about all past released versions. Do not remove information from this document unless it has always been incorrect or it is about a version that you are sure was never released.
Mbed Crypto 0.1.0
-----------------
Tags: mbedcrypto-0.1.0b, mbedcrypto-0.1.0b2
Released in November 2018. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS 5.11.
Supported backends:
* [PSA ITS](#file-namespace-on-its-for-0.1.0)
* [C stdio](#file-namespace-on-stdio-for-0.1.0)
Supported features:
* [Persistent transparent keys](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0) designated by a [slot number](#key-names-for-0.1.0).
* [Nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-0.1.0) on ITS only.
This is a beta release, and we do not promise backward compatibility, with one exception:
> On Mbed OS, if a device has a nonvolatile random seed file produced with Mbed OS 5.11.x and is upgraded to a later version of Mbed OS, the nonvolatile random seed file is preserved or upgraded.
We do not make any promises regarding key storage, or regarding the nonvolatile random seed file on other platforms.
### Key names for 0.1.0
Information about each key is stored in a dedicated file whose name is constructed from the key identifier. The way in which the file name is constructed depends on the storage backend. The content of the file is described [below](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0).
The valid values for a key identifier are the range from 1 to 0xfffeffff. This limitation on the range is not documented in user-facing documentation: according to the user-facing documentation, arbitrary 32-bit values are valid.
The code uses the following constant in an internal header (note that despite the name, this value is actually one plus the maximum permitted value):
#define PSA_MAX_PERSISTENT_KEY_IDENTIFIER 0xffff0000
There is a shared namespace for all callers.
### Key file format for 0.1.0
All integers are encoded in little-endian order in 8-bit bytes.
The layout of a key file is:
* magic (8 bytes): `"PSA\0KEY\0"`
* version (4 bytes): 0
* type (4 bytes): `psa_key_type_t` value
* policy usage flags (4 bytes): `psa_key_usage_t` value
* policy usage algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value
* key material length (4 bytes)
* key material: output of `psa_export_key`
* Any trailing data is rejected on load.
### Nonvolatile random seed file format for 0.1.0
The nonvolatile random seed file contains a seed for the random generator. If present, it is rewritten at each boot as part of the random generator initialization.
The file format is just the seed as a byte string with no metadata or encoding of any kind.
### File namespace on ITS for 0.1.0
Assumption: ITS provides a 32-bit file identifier namespace. The Crypto service can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
* File 0: unused.
* Files 1 through 0xfffeffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-0.1.0).
* File 0xffffff52 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`): [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-0.1.0).
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffff51, 0xffffff53 through 0xffffffff: unused.
### File namespace on stdio for 0.1.0
Assumption: C stdio, allowing names containing lowercase letters, digits and underscores, of length up to 23.
An undocumented build-time configuration value `CRYPTO_STORAGE_FILE_LOCATION` allows storing the key files in a directory other than the current directory. This value is simply prepended to the file name (so it must end with a directory separator to put the keys in a different directory).
* `CRYPTO_STORAGE_FILE_LOCATION "psa_key_slot_0"`: used as a temporary file. Must be writable. May be overwritten or deleted if present.
* `sprintf(CRYPTO_STORAGE_FILE_LOCATION "psa_key_slot_%lu", key_id)` [content](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0) of the [key whose identifier](#key-names-for-0.1.0) is `key_id`.
* Other files: unused.
Mbed Crypto 1.0.0
-----------------
Tags: mbedcrypto-1.0.0d4, mbedcrypto-1.0.0
Released in February 2019. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS 5.12.
Supported integrations:
* [PSA platform](#file-namespace-on-a-psa-platform-for-1.0.0)
* [library using PSA ITS](#file-namespace-on-its-as-a-library-for-1.0.0)
* [library using C stdio](#file-namespace-on-stdio-for-1.0.0)
Supported features:
* [Persistent transparent keys](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) designated by a [key identifier and owner](#key-names-for-1.0.0).
* [Nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-1.0.0) on ITS only.
Backward compatibility commitments: TBD
### Key names for 1.0.0
Information about each key is stored in a dedicated file designated by the key identifier. In integrations where there is no concept of key owner (in particular, in library integrations), the key identifier is exactly the key identifier as defined in the PSA Cryptography API specification (`psa_key_id_t`). In integrations where there is a concept of key owner (integration into a service for example), the key identifier is made of an owner identifier (its semantics and type are integration specific) and of the key identifier (`psa_key_id_t`) from the key owner point of view.
The way in which the file name is constructed from the key identifier depends on the storage backend. The content of the file is described [below](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0).
* Library integration: the key file name is just the key identifier as defined in the PSA crypto specification. This is a 32-bit value.
* PSA service integration: the key file name is `(uint32_t)owner_uid << 32 | key_id` where `key_id` is the key identifier from the owner point of view and `owner_uid` (of type `int32_t`) is the calling partition identifier provided to the server by the partition manager. This is a 64-bit value.
### Key file format for 1.0.0
The layout is identical to [0.1.0](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0) so far. However note that the encoding of key types, algorithms and key material has changed, therefore the storage format is not compatible (despite using the same value in the version field so far).
### Nonvolatile random seed file format for 1.0.0
[Identical to 0.1.0](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-0.1.0).
### File namespace on a PSA platform for 1.0.0
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The Crypto service can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
Assumption: the owner identifier is a nonzero value of type `int32_t`.
* Files 0 through 0xffffff51, 0xffffff53 through 0xffffffff: unused, reserved for internal use of the crypto library or crypto service.
* File 0xffffff52 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`): [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-0.1.0).
* Files 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-1.0.0). The upper 32 bits determine the owner.
### File namespace on ITS as a library for 1.0.0
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The entity using the crypto library can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
This is a library integration, so there is no owner. The key file identifier is identical to the key identifier.
* File 0: unused.
* Files 1 through 0xfffeffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-1.0.0).
* File 0xffffff52 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`): [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-1.0.0).
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffff51, 0xffffff53 through 0xffffffff, 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffffffff: unused.
### File namespace on stdio for 1.0.0
This is a library integration, so there is no owner. The key file identifier is identical to the key identifier.
[Identical to 0.1.0](#file-namespace-on-stdio-for-0.1.0).
### Upgrade from 0.1.0 to 1.0.0.
* Delete files 1 through 0xfffeffff, which contain keys in a format that is no longer supported.
### Suggested changes to make before 1.0.0
The library integration and the PSA platform integration use different sets of file names. This is annoyingly non-uniform. For example, if we want to store non-key files, we have room in different ranges (0 through 0xffffffff on a PSA platform, 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffffffffffff in a library integration).
It would simplify things to always have a 32-bit owner, with a nonzero value, and thus reserve the range 0–0xffffffff for internal library use.
Mbed Crypto 1.1.0
-----------------
Tags: mbedcrypto-1.1.0
Released in early June 2019. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS 5.13.
Identical to [1.0.0](#mbed-crypto-1.0.0) except for some changes in the key file format.
### Key file format for 1.1.0
The key file format is identical to [1.0.0](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0), except for the following changes:
* A new policy field, marked as [NEW:1.1.0] below.
* The encoding of key types, algorithms and key material has changed, therefore the storage format is not compatible (despite using the same value in the version field so far).
A self-contained description of the file layout follows.
All integers are encoded in little-endian order in 8-bit bytes.
The layout of a key file is:
* magic (8 bytes): `"PSA\0KEY\0"`
* version (4 bytes): 0
* type (4 bytes): `psa_key_type_t` value
* policy usage flags (4 bytes): `psa_key_usage_t` value
* policy usage algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value
* policy enrollment algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value [NEW:1.1.0]
* key material length (4 bytes)
* key material: output of `psa_export_key`
* Any trailing data is rejected on load.
Mbed Crypto TBD
---------------
Tags: TBD
Released in TBD 2019. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS TBD.
### Changes introduced in TBD
* The layout of a key file now has a lifetime field before the type field.
* Key files can store references to keys in a secure element. In such key files, the key material contains the slot number.
### File namespace on a PSA platform on TBD
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The Crypto service can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
Assumption: the owner identifier is a nonzero value of type `int32_t`.
* Files 0 through 0xfffeffff: unused.
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffff: reserved for internal use of the crypto library or crypto service. See [non-key files](#non-key-files-on-tbd).
* Files 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-1.0.0). The upper 32 bits determine the owner.
### File namespace on ITS as a library on TBD
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The entity using the crypto library can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
This is a library integration, so there is no owner. The key file identifier is identical to the key identifier.
* File 0: unused.
* Files 1 through 0xfffeffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-1.0.0).
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffff: reserved for internal use of the crypto library or crypto service. See [non-key files](#non-key-files-on-tbd).
* Files 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffffffff: unused.
### Non-key files on TBD
File identifiers in the range 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffff are reserved for internal use in Mbed Crypto.
* Files 0xfffffe02 through 0xfffffeff (`PSA_CRYPTO_SE_DRIVER_ITS_UID_BASE + lifetime`): secure element driver storage. The content of the file is the secure element driver's persistent data.
* File 0xffffff52 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`): [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-1.0.0).
* File 0xffffff54 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_TRANSACTION_UID`): [transaction file](#transaction-file-format-for-tbd).
* Other files are unused and reserved for future use.
### Key file format for TBD
All integers are encoded in little-endian order in 8-bit bytes except where otherwise indicated.
The layout of a key file is:
* magic (8 bytes): `"PSA\0KEY\0"`.
* version (4 bytes): 0.
* lifetime (4 bytes): `psa_key_lifetime_t` value.
* type (4 bytes): `psa_key_type_t` value.
* policy usage flags (4 bytes): `psa_key_usage_t` value.
* policy usage algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* policy enrollment algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* key material length (4 bytes).
* key material:
* For a transparent key: output of `psa_export_key`.
* For an opaque key (unified driver interface): driver-specific opaque key blob.
* For an opaque key (key in a secure element): slot number (8 bytes), in platform endianness.
* Any trailing data is rejected on load.
### Transaction file format for TBD
The transaction file contains data about an ongoing action that cannot be completed atomically. It exists only if there is an ongoing transaction.
All integers are encoded in platform endianness.
All currently existing transactions concern a key in a secure element.
The layout of a transaction file is:
* type (2 bytes): the [transaction type](#transaction-types-on-tbd).
* unused (2 bytes)
* lifetime (4 bytes): `psa_key_lifetime_t` value that corresponds to a key in a secure element.
* slot number (8 bytes): `psa_key_slot_number_t` value. This is the unique designation of the key for the secure element driver.
* key identifier (4 bytes in a library integration, 8 bytes on a PSA platform): the internal representation of the key identifier. On a PSA platform, this encodes the key owner in the same way as [in file identifiers for key files](#file-namespace-on-a-psa-platform-on-tbd)).
#### Transaction types on TBD
* 0x0001: key creation. The following locations may or may not contain data about the key that is being created:
* The slot in the secure element designated by the slot number.
* The file containing the key metadata designated by the key identifier.
* The driver persistent data.
* 0x0002: key destruction. The following locations may or may not still contain data about the key that is being destroyed:
* The slot in the secure element designated by the slot number.
* The file containing the key metadata designated by the key identifier.
* The driver persistent data.
Mbed Crypto TBD
---------------
Tags: TBD
Released in TBD 2020. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS TBD.
### Changes introduced in TBD
* The type field has been split into a type and a bits field of 2 bytes each.
### Key file format for TBD
All integers are encoded in little-endian order in 8-bit bytes except where otherwise indicated.
The layout of a key file is:
* magic (8 bytes): `"PSA\0KEY\0"`.
* version (4 bytes): 0.
* lifetime (4 bytes): `psa_key_lifetime_t` value.
* type (2 bytes): `psa_key_type_t` value.
* bits (2 bytes): `psa_key_bits_t` value.
* policy usage flags (4 bytes): `psa_key_usage_t` value.
* policy usage algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* policy enrollment algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* key material length (4 bytes).
* key material:
* For a transparent key: output of `psa_export_key`.
* For an opaque key (unified driver interface): driver-specific opaque key blob.
* For an opaque key (key in a secure element): slot number (8 bytes), in platform endianness.
* Any trailing data is rejected on load.

115
contrib/mbedtls/docs/architecture/testing/driver-interface-test-strategy.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
# Mbed Crypto driver interface test strategy
This document describes the test strategy for the driver interfaces in Mbed Crypto. Mbed Crypto has interfaces for secure element drivers, accelerator drivers and entropy drivers. This document is about testing Mbed Crypto itself; testing drivers is out of scope.
The driver interfaces are standardized through PSA Cryptography functional specifications.
## Secure element driver interface
The secure element driver interface (SE interface for short) is defined by [`psa/crypto_se_driver.h`](../../../include/psa/crypto_se_driver.h). This is an interface between Mbed Crypto and one or more third-party drivers.
The SE interface consists of one function provided by Mbed Crypto (`psa_register_se_driver`) and many functions that drivers must implement. To make a driver usable by Mbed Crypto, the initialization code must call `psa_register_se_driver` with a structure that describes the driver. The structure mostly contains function pointers, pointing to the driver's methods. All calls to a driver function are triggered by a call to a PSA crypto API function.
### SE driver interface unit tests
This section describes unit tests that must be implemented to validate the secure element driver interface. Note that a test case may cover multiple requirements; for example a “good case” test can validate that the proper function is called, that it receives the expected inputs and that it produces the expected outputs.
Many SE driver interface unit tests could be covered by running the existing API tests with a key in a secure element.
#### SE driver registration
* Test `psa_register_se_driver` with valid and with invalid arguments.
* Make at least one failing call to `psa_register_se_driver` followed by a successful call.
* Make at least one test that successfully registers the maximum number of drivers and fails to register one more.
#### Dispatch to SE driver
For each API function that can lead to a driver call (more precisely, for each driver method call site, but this is practically equivalent):
* Make at least one test with a key in a secure element that checks that the driver method is called. A few API functions involve multiple driver methods; these should validate that all the expected driver methods are called.
* Make at least one test with a key that is not in a secure element that checks that the driver method is not called.
* Make at least one test with a key in a secure element with a driver that does not have the requisite method (i.e. the method pointer is `NULL`) but has the substructure containing that method, and check that the return value is `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED`.
* Make at least one test with a key in a secure element with a driver that does not have the substructure containing that method (i.e. the pointer to the substructure is `NULL`), and check that the return value is `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED`.
* At least one test should register multiple drivers with a key in each driver and check that the expected driver is called. This does not need to be done for all operations (use a white-box approach to determine if operations may use different code paths to choose the driver).
* At least one test should register the same driver structure with multiple lifetime values and check that the driver receives the expected lifetime value.
Some methods only make sense as a group (for example a driver that provides the MAC methods must provide all or none). In those cases, test with all of them null and none of them null.
#### SE driver inputs
For each API function that can lead to a driver call (more precisely, for each driver method call site, but this is practically equivalent):
* Wherever the specification guarantees parameters that satisfy certain preconditions, check these preconditions whenever practical.
* If the API function can take parameters that are invalid and must not reach the driver, call the API function with such parameters and verify that the driver method is not called.
* Check that the expected inputs reach the driver. This may be implicit in a test that checks the outputs if the only realistic way to obtain the correct outputs is to start from the expected inputs (as is often the case for cryptographic material, but not for metadata).
#### SE driver outputs
For each API function that leads to a driver call, call it with parameters that cause a driver to be invoked and check how Mbed Crypto handles the outputs.
* Correct outputs.
* Incorrect outputs such as an invalid output length.
* Expected errors (e.g. `PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE` from a signature verification method).
* Unexpected errors. At least test that if the driver returns `PSA_ERROR_GENERIC_ERROR`, this is propagated correctly.
Key creation functions invoke multiple methods and need more complex error handling:
* Check the consequence of errors detected at each stage (slot number allocation or validation, key creation method, storage accesses).
* Check that the storage ends up in the expected state. At least make sure that no intermediate file remains after a failure.
#### Persistence of SE keys
The following tests must be performed at least one for each key creation method (import, generate, ...).
* Test that keys in a secure element survive `psa_close_key(); psa_open_key()`.
* Test that keys in a secure element survive `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free(); psa_crypto_init()`.
* Test that the driver's persistent data survives `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free(); psa_crypto_init()`.
* Test that `psa_destroy_key()` does not leave any trace of the key.
#### Resilience for SE drivers
Creating or removing a key in a secure element involves multiple storage modifications (M<sub>1</sub>, ..., M<sub>n</sub>). If the operation is interrupted by a reset at any point, it must be either rolled back or completed.
* For each potential interruption point (before M<sub>1</sub>, between M<sub>1</sub> and M<sub>2</sub>, ..., after M<sub>n</sub>), call `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free(); psa_crypto_init()` at that point and check that this either rolls back or completes the operation that was started.
* This must be done for each key creation method and for key destruction.
* This must be done for each possible flow, including error cases (e.g. a key creation that fails midway due to `OUT_OF_MEMORY`).
* The recovery during `psa_crypto_init` can itself be interrupted. Test those interruptions too.
* Two things need to be tested: the key that is being created or destroyed, and the driver's persistent storage.
* Check both that the storage has the expected content (this can be done by e.g. using a key that is supposed to be present) and does not have any unexpected content (for keys, this can be done by checking that `psa_open_key` fails with `PSA_ERRROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST`).
This requires instrumenting the storage implementation, either to force it to fail at each point or to record successive storage states and replay each of them. Each `psa_its_xxx` function call is assumed to be atomic.
### SE driver system tests
#### Real-world use case
We must have at least one driver that is close to real-world conditions:
* With its own source tree.
* Running on actual hardware.
* Run the full driver validation test suite (which does not yet exist).
* Run at least one test application (e.g. the Mbed OS TLS example).
This requirement shall be fulfilled by the [Microchip ATECC508A driver](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbed-os-atecc608a/).
#### Complete driver
We should have at least one driver that covers the whole interface:
* With its own source tree.
* Implementing all the methods.
* Run the full driver validation test suite (which does not yet exist).
A PKCS#11 driver would be a good candidate. It would be useful as part of our product offering.
## Accelerator driver interface
The accelerator driver interface is defined by [`psa/crypto_accel_driver.h`](../../../include/psa/crypto_accel_driver.h).
TODO
## Entropy driver interface
The entropy driver interface is defined by [`psa/crypto_entropy_driver.h`](../../../include/psa/crypto_entropy_driver.h).
TODO

367
contrib/mbedtls/docs/architecture/testing/invasive-testing.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
# Mbed TLS invasive testing strategy
## Introduction
In Mbed TLS, we use black-box testing as much as possible: test the documented behavior of the product, in a realistic environment. However this is not always sufficient.
The goal of this document is to identify areas where black-box testing is insufficient and to propose solutions.
This is a test strategy document, not a test plan. A description of exactly what is tested is out of scope.
This document is structured as follows:
* [“Rules”](#rules) gives general rules and is written for brevity.
* [“Requirements”](#requirements) explores the reasons why invasive testing is needed and how it should be done.
* [“Possible approaches”](#possible-approaches) discusses some general methods for non-black-box testing.
* [“Solutions”](#solutions) explains how we currently solve, or intend to solve, specific problems.
### TLS
This document currently focuses on data structure manipulation and storage, which is what the crypto/keystore and X.509 parts of the library are about. More work is needed to fully take TLS into account.
## Rules
Always follow these rules unless you have a good reason not to. If you deviate, document the rationale somewhere.
See the section [“Possible approaches”](#possible-approaches) for a rationale.
### Interface design for testing
Do not add test-specific interfaces if there's a practical way of doing it another way. All public interfaces should be useful in at least some configurations. Features with a significant impact on the code size or attack surface should have a compile-time guard.
### Reliance on internal details
In unit tests and in test programs, it's ok to include header files from `library/`. Do not define non-public interfaces in public headers (`include/mbedtls` has `*_internal.h` headers for legacy reasons, but this approach is deprecated). In contrast, sample programs must not include header files from `library/`.
Sometimes it makes sense to have unit tests on functions that aren't part of the public API. Declare such functions in `library/*.h` and include the corresponding header in the test code. If the function should be `static` for optimization but can't be `static` for testing, declare it as `MBEDTLS_STATIC_TESTABLE`, and make the tests that use it depend on `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS` (see [“rules for compile-time options”](#rules-for-compile-time-options)).
If test code or test data depends on internal details of the library and not just on its documented behavior, add a comment in the code that explains the dependency. For example:
> ```
> /* This test file is specific to the ITS implementation in PSA Crypto
> * on top of stdio. It expects to know what the stdio name of a file is
> * based on its keystore name.
> */
> ```
> ```
> # This test assumes that PSA_MAX_KEY_BITS (currently 65536-8 bits = 8191 bytes
> # and not expected to be raised any time soon) is less than the maximum
> # output from HKDF-SHA512 (255*64 = 16320 bytes).
> ```
### Rules for compile-time options
If the most practical way to test something is to add code to the product that is only useful for testing, do so, but obey the following rules. For more information, see the [rationale](#guidelines-for-compile-time-options).
* **Only use test-specific code when necessary.** Anything that can be tested through the documented API must be tested through the documented API.
* **Test-specific code must be guarded by `#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)`**. Do not create fine-grained guards for test-specific code.
* **Do not use `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS` for security checks or assertions.** Security checks belong in the product.
* **Merely defining `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS` must not change the behavior**. It may define extra functions. It may add fields to structures, but if so, make it very clear that these fields have no impact on non-test-specific fields.
* **Where tests must be able to change the behavior, do it by function substitution.** See [“rules for function substitution”](#rules-for-function-substitution) for more details.
#### Rules for function substitution
This section explains how to replace a library function `mbedtls_foo()` by alternative code for test purposes. That is, library code calls `mbedtls_foo()`, and there is a mechanism to arrange for these calls to invoke different code.
Often `mbedtls_foo` is a macro which is defined to be a system function (like `mbedtls_calloc` or `mbedtls_fopen`), which we replace to mock or wrap the system function. This is useful to simulate I/O failure, for example. Note that if the macro can be replaced at compile time to support alternative platforms, the test code should be compatible with this compile-time configuration so that it works on these alternative platforms as well.
Sometimes the substitutable function is a `static inline` function that does nothing (not a macro, to avoid accidentally skipping side effects in its parameters), to provide a hook for test code; such functions should have a name that starts with the prefix `mbedtls_test_hook_`. In such cases, the function should generally not modify its parameters, so any pointer argument should be const. The function should return void.
With `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS` set, `mbedtls_foo` is a global variable of function pointer type. This global variable is initialized to the system function, or to a function that does nothing. The global variable is defined in a header in the `library` directory such as `psa_crypto_invasive.h`. This is similar to the platform function configuration mechanism with `MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_xxx_ALT`.
In unit test code that needs to modify the internal behavior:
* The test function (or the whole test file) must depend on `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS`.
* At the beginning of the test function, set the global function pointers to the desired value.
* In the test function's cleanup code, restore the global function pointers to their default value.
## Requirements
### General goals
We need to balance the following goals, which are sometimes contradictory.
* Coverage: we need to test behaviors which are not easy to trigger by using the API or which cannot be triggered deterministically, for example I/O failures.
* Correctness: we want to test the actual product, not a modified version, since conclusions drawn from a test of a modified product may not apply to the real product.
* Effacement: the product should not include features that are solely present for test purposes, since these increase the attack surface and the code size.
* Portability: tests should work on every platform. Skipping tests on certain platforms may hide errors that are only apparent on such platforms.
* Maintainability: tests should only enforce the documented behavior of the product, to avoid extra work when the product's internal or implementation-specific behavior changes. We should also not give the impression that whatever the tests check is guaranteed behavior of the product which cannot change in future versions.
Where those goals conflict, we should at least mitigate the goals that cannot be fulfilled, and document the architectural choices and their rationale.
### Problem areas
#### Allocation
Resource allocation can fail, but rarely does so in a typical test environment. How does the product cope if some allocations fail?
Resources include:
* Memory.
* Files in storage (PSA API only — in the Mbed TLS API, black-box unit tests are sufficient).
* Key slots (PSA API only).
* Key slots in a secure element (PSA SE HAL).
* Communication handles (PSA crypto service only).
#### Storage
Storage can fail, either due to hardware errors or to active attacks on trusted storage. How does the code cope if some storage accesses fail?
We also need to test resilience: if the system is reset during an operation, does it restart in a correct state?
#### Cleanup
When code should clean up resources, how do we know that they have truly been cleaned up?
* Zeroization of confidential data after use.
* Freeing memory.
* Freeing key slots.
* Freeing key slots in a secure element.
* Deleting files in storage (PSA API only).
#### Internal data
Sometimes it is useful to peek or poke internal data.
* Check consistency of internal data (e.g. output of key generation).
* Check the format of files (which matters so that the product can still read old files after an upgrade).
* Inject faults and test corruption checks inside the product.
## Possible approaches
Key to requirement tables:
* ++ requirement is fully met
* \+ requirement is mostly met
* ~ requirement is partially met but there are limitations
* ! requirement is somewhat problematic
* !! requirement is very problematic
### Fine-grained public interfaces
We can include all the features we want to test in the public interface. Then the tests can be truly black-box. The limitation of this approach is that this requires adding a lot of interfaces that are not useful in production. These interfaces have costs: they increase the code size, the attack surface, and the testing burden (exponentially, because we need to test all these interfaces in combination).
As a rule, we do not add public interfaces solely for testing purposes. We only add public interfaces if they are also useful in production, at least sometimes. For example, the main purpose of `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free` is to clean up all resources in tests, but this is also useful in production in some applications that only want to use PSA Crypto during part of their lifetime.
Mbed TLS traditionally has very fine-grained public interfaces, with many platform functions that can be substituted (`MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_xxx` macros). PSA Crypto has more opacity and less platform substitution macros.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ~ Many useful tests are not reasonably achievable |
| Correctness | ++ Ideal |
| Effacement | !! Requires adding many otherwise-useless interfaces |
| Portability | ++ Ideal; the additional interfaces may be useful for portability beyond testing |
| Maintainability | !! Combinatorial explosion on the testing burden |
| | ! Public interfaces must remain for backward compatibility even if the test architecture changes |
### Fine-grained undocumented interfaces
We can include all the features we want to test in undocumented interfaces. Undocumented interfaces are described in public headers for the sake of the C compiler, but are described as “do not use” in comments (or not described at all) and are not included in Doxygen-rendered documentation. This mitigates some of the downsides of [fine-grained public interfaces](#fine-grained-public-interfaces), but not all. In particular, the extra interfaces do increase the code size, the attack surface and the test surface.
Mbed TLS traditionally has a few internal interfaces, mostly intended for cross-module abstraction leakage rather than for testing. For the PSA API, we favor [internal interfaces](#internal-interfaces).
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ~ Many useful tests are not reasonably achievable |
| Correctness | ++ Ideal |
| Effacement | !! Requires adding many otherwise-useless interfaces |
| Portability | ++ Ideal; the additional interfaces may be useful for portability beyond testing |
| Maintainability | ! Combinatorial explosion on the testing burden |
### Internal interfaces
We can write tests that call internal functions that are not exposed in the public interfaces. This is nice when it works, because it lets us test the unchanged product without compromising the design of the public interface.
A limitation is that these interfaces must exist in the first place. If they don't, this has mostly the same downside as public interfaces: the extra interfaces increase the code size and the attack surface for no direct benefit to the product.
Another limitation is that internal interfaces need to be used correctly. We may accidentally rely on internal details in the tests that are not necessarily always true (for example that are platform-specific). We may accidentally use these internal interfaces in ways that don't correspond to the actual product.
This approach is mostly portable since it only relies on C interfaces. A limitation is that the test-only interfaces must not be hidden at link time (but link-time hiding is not something we currently do). Another limitation is that this approach does not work for users who patch the library by replacing some modules; this is a secondary concern since we do not officially offer this as a feature.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ~ Many useful tests require additional internal interfaces |
| Correctness | + Does not require a product change |
| | ~ The tests may call internal functions in a way that does not reflect actual usage inside the product |
| Effacement | ++ Fine as long as the internal interfaces aren't added solely for test purposes |
| Portability | + Fine as long as we control how the tests are linked |
| | ~ Doesn't work if the users rewrite an internal module |
| Maintainability | + Tests interfaces that are documented; dependencies in the tests are easily noticed when changing these interfaces |
### Static analysis
If we guarantee certain properties through static analysis, we don't need to test them. This puts some constraints on the properties:
* We need to have confidence in the specification (but we can gain this confidence by evaluating the specification on test data).
* This does not work for platform-dependent properties unless we have a formal model of the platform.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ~ Good for platform-independent properties, if we can guarantee them statically |
| Correctness | + Good as long as we have confidence in the specification |
| Effacement | ++ Zero impact on the code |
| Portability | ++ Zero runtime burden |
| Maintainability | ~ Static analysis is hard, but it's also helpful |
### Compile-time options
If there's code that we want to have in the product for testing, but not in production, we can add a compile-time option to enable it. This is very powerful and usually easy to use, but comes with a major downside: we aren't testing the same code anymore.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ++ Most things can be tested that way |
| Correctness | ! Difficult to ensure that what we test is what we run |
| Effacement | ++ No impact on the product when built normally or on the documentation, if done right |
| | ! Risk of getting “no impact” wrong |
| Portability | ++ It's just C code so it works everywhere |
| | ~ Doesn't work if the users rewrite an internal module |
| Maintainability | + Test interfaces impact the product source code, but at least they're clearly marked as such in the code |
#### Guidelines for compile-time options
* **Minimize the number of compile-time options.**<br>
Either we're testing or we're not. Fine-grained options for testing would require more test builds, especially if combinatorics enters the play.
* **Merely enabling the compile-time option should not change the behavior.**<br>
When building in test mode, the code should have exactly the same behavior. Changing the behavior should require some action at runtime (calling a function or changing a variable).
* **Minimize the impact on code**.<br>
We should not have test-specific conditional compilation littered through the code, as that makes the code hard to read.
### Runtime instrumentation
Some properties can be tested through runtime instrumentation: have the compiler or a similar tool inject something into the binary.
* Sanitizers check for certain bad usage patterns (ASan, MSan, UBSan, Valgrind).
* We can inject external libraries at link time. This can be a way to make system functions fail.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ! Limited scope |
| Correctness | + Instrumentation generally does not affect the program's functional behavior |
| Effacement | ++ Zero impact on the code |
| Portability | ~ Depends on the method |
| Maintainability | ~ Depending on the instrumentation, this may require additional builds and scripts |
| | + Many properties come for free, but some require effort (e.g. the test code itself must be leak-free to avoid false positives in a leak detector) |
### Debugger-based testing
If we want to do something in a test that the product isn't capable of doing, we can use a debugger to read or modify the memory, or hook into the code at arbitrary points.
This is a very powerful approach, but it comes with limitations:
* The debugger may introduce behavior changes (e.g. timing). If we modify data structures in memory, we may do so in a way that the code doesn't expect.
* Due to compiler optimizations, the memory may not have the layout that we expect.
* Writing reliable debugger scripts is hard. We need to have confidence that we're testing what we mean to test, even in the face of compiler optimizations. Languages such as gdb make it hard to automate even relatively simple things such as finding the place(s) in the binary corresponding to some place in the source code.
* Debugger scripts are very much non-portable.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ++ The sky is the limit |
| Correctness | ++ The code is unmodified, and tested as compiled (so we even detect compiler-induced bugs) |
| | ! Compiler optimizations may hinder |
| | ~ Modifying the execution may introduce divergence |
| Effacement | ++ Zero impact on the code |
| Portability | !! Not all environments have a debugger, and even if they do, we'd need completely different scripts for every debugger |
| Maintainability | ! Writing reliable debugger scripts is hard |
| | !! Very tight coupling with the details of the source code and even with the compiler |
## Solutions
This section lists some strategies that are currently used for invasive testing, or planned to be used. This list is not intended to be exhaustive.
### Memory management
#### Zeroization testing
Goal: test that `mbedtls_platform_zeroize` does wipe the memory buffer.
Solution ([debugger](#debugger-based-testing)): implemented in `tests/scripts/test_zeroize.gdb`.
Rationale: this cannot be tested by adding C code, because the danger is that the compiler optimizes the zeroization away, and any C code that observes the zeroization would cause the compiler not to optimize it away.
#### Memory cleanup
Goal: test the absence of memory leaks.
Solution ([instrumentation](#runtime-instrumentation)): run tests with ASan. (We also use Valgrind, but it's slower than ASan, so we favor ASan.)
Since we run many test jobs with a memory leak detector, each test function or test program must clean up after itself. Use the cleanup code (after the `exit` label in test functions) to free any memory that the function may have allocated.
#### Robustness against memory allocation failure
Solution: TODO. We don't test this at all at this point.
#### PSA key store memory cleanup
Goal: test the absence of resource leaks in the PSA key store code, in particular that `psa_close_key` and `psa_destroy_key` work correctly.
Solution ([internal interface](#internal-interfaces)): in most tests involving PSA functions, the cleanup code explicitly calls `PSA_DONE()` instead of `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free()`. `PSA_DONE` fails the test if the key store in memory is not empty.
Note there must also be tests that call `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free` with keys still open, to verify that it does close all keys.
`PSA_DONE` is a macro defined in `psa_crypto_helpers.h` which uses `mbedtls_psa_get_stats()` to get information about the keystore content before calling `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free()`. This feature is mostly but not exclusively useful for testing, and may be moved under `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS`.
### PSA storage
#### PSA storage cleanup on success
Goal: test that no stray files are left over in the key store after a test that succeeded.
Solution: TODO. Currently the various test suites do it differently.
#### PSA storage cleanup on failure
Goal: ensure that no stray files are left over in the key store even if a test has failed (as that could cause other tests to fail).
Solution: TODO. Currently the various test suites do it differently.
#### PSA storage resilience
Goal: test the resilience of PSA storage against power failures.
Solution: TODO.
See the [secure element driver interface test strategy](driver-interface-test-strategy.html) for more information.
#### Corrupted storage
Goal: test the robustness against corrupted storage.
Solution ([internal interface](#internal-interfaces)): call `psa_its` functions to modify the storage.
#### Storage read failure
Goal: test the robustness against read errors.
Solution: TODO
#### Storage write failure
Goal: test the robustness against write errors (`STORAGE_FAILURE` or `INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE`).
Solution: TODO
#### Storage format stability
Goal: test that the storage format does not change between versions (or if it does, an upgrade path must be provided).
Solution ([internal interface](#internal-interfaces)): call internal functions to inspect the content of the file.
Note that the storage format is defined not only by the general layout, but also by the numerical values of encodings for key types and other metadata. For numerical values, there is a risk that we would accidentally modify a single value or a few values, so the tests should be exhaustive. This probably requires some compile-time analysis (perhaps the automation for `psa_constant_names` can be used here). TODO
### Other fault injection
#### PSA crypto init failure
Goal: test the failure of `psa_crypto_init`.
Solution ([compile-time option](#compile-time-options)): replace entropy initialization functions by functions that can fail. This is the only failure point for `psa_crypto_init` that is present in all builds.
When we implement the PSA entropy driver interface, this should be reworked to use the entropy driver interface.
#### PSA crypto data corruption
The PSA crypto subsystem has a few checks to detect corrupted data in memory. We currently don't have a way to exercise those checks.
Solution: TODO. To corrupt a multipart operation structure, we can do it by looking inside the structure content, but only when running without isolation. To corrupt the key store, we would need to add a function to the library or to use a debugger.

58
contrib/mbedtls/docs/architecture/testing/test-framework.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
# Mbed TLS test framework
This document is an overview of the Mbed TLS test framework and test tools.
This document is incomplete. You can help by expanding it.
## Unit tests
See <https://tls.mbed.org/kb/development/test_suites>
### Unit test descriptions
Each test case has a description which succinctly describes for a human audience what the test does. The first non-comment line of each paragraph in a `.data` file is the test description. The following rules and guidelines apply:
* Test descriptions may not contain semicolons, line breaks and other control characters, or non-ASCII characters. <br>
Rationale: keep the tools that process test descriptions (`generate_test_code.py`, [outcome file](#outcome-file) tools) simple.
* Test descriptions must be unique within a `.data` file. If you can't think of a better description, the convention is to append `#1`, `#2`, etc. <br>
Rationale: make it easy to relate a failure log to the test data. Avoid confusion between cases in the [outcome file](#outcome-file).
* Test descriptions should be a maximum of **66 characters**. <br>
Rationale: 66 characters is what our various tools assume (leaving room for 14 more characters on an 80-column line). Longer descriptions may be truncated or may break a visual alignment. <br>
We have a lot of test cases with longer descriptions, but they should be avoided. At least please make sure that the first 66 characters describe the test uniquely.
* Make the description descriptive. “foo: x=2, y=4” is more descriptive than “foo #2”. “foo: 0<x<y, both even” is even better if these inequalities and parities are why this particular test data was chosen.
* Avoid changing the description of an existing test case without a good reason. This breaks the tracking of failures across CI runs, since this tracking is based on the descriptions.
`tests/scripts/check_test_cases.py` enforces some rules and warns if some guidelines are violated.
## TLS tests
### SSL extension tests
#### SSL test case descriptions
Each test case in `ssl-opt.sh` has a description which succinctly describes for a human audience what the test does. The test description is the first parameter to `run_tests`.
The same rules and guidelines apply as for [unit test descriptions](#unit-test-descriptions). In addition, the description must be written on the same line as `run_test`, in double quotes, for the sake of `check_test_cases.py`.
## Running tests
### Outcome file
#### Generating an outcome file
Unit tests and `ssl-opt.sh` record the outcome of each test case in a **test outcome file**. This feature is enabled if the environment variable `MBEDTLS_TEST_OUTCOME_FILE` is set. Set it to the path of the desired file.
If you run `all.sh --outcome-file test-outcome.csv`, this collects the outcome of all the test cases in `test-outcome.csv`.
#### Outcome file format
The outcome file is in a CSV format using `;` (semicolon) as the delimiter and no quoting. This means that fields may not contain newlines or semicolons. There is no title line.
The outcome file has 6 fields:
* **Platform**: a description of the platform, e.g. `Linux-x86_64` or `Linux-x86_64-gcc7-msan`.
* **Configuration**: a unique description of the configuration (`config.h`).
* **Test suite**: `test_suite_xxx` or `ssl-opt`.
* **Test case**: the description of the test case.
* **Result**: one of `PASS`, `SKIP` or `FAIL`.
* **Cause**: more information explaining the result.

49
contrib/mbedtls/docs/architecture/tls13-experimental.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
TLS 1.3 Experimental Developments
=================================
Overview
--------
Mbed TLS doesn't support the TLS 1.3 protocol yet, but a prototype is in development.
Stable parts of this prototype that can be independently tested are being successively
upstreamed under the guard of the following macro:
```
MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3_EXPERIMENTAL
```
This macro will likely be renamed to `MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3` once a minimal viable
implementation of the TLS 1.3 protocol is available.
See the [documentation of `MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3_EXPERIMENTAL`](../../include/mbedtls/config.h)
for more information.
Status
------
The following lists which parts of the TLS 1.3 prototype have already been upstreamed
together with their level of testing:
* TLS 1.3 record protection mechanisms
The record protection routines `mbedtls_ssl_{encrypt|decrypt}_buf()` have been extended
to support the modified TLS 1.3 record protection mechanism, including modified computation
of AAD, IV, and the introduction of a flexible padding.
Those record protection routines have unit tests in `test_suite_ssl` alongside the
tests for the other record protection routines.
TODO: Add some test vectors from RFC 8448.
- The HKDF key derivation function on which the TLS 1.3 key schedule is based,
is already present as an independent module controlled by `MBEDTLS_HKDF_C`
independently of the development of the TLS 1.3 prototype.
- The TLS 1.3-specific HKDF-based key derivation functions (see RFC 8446):
* HKDF-Expand-Label
* Derive-Secret
- Secret evolution
* The traffic {Key,IV} generation from secret
Those functions are implemented in `library/ssl_tls13_keys.c` and
tested in `test_suite_ssl` using test vectors from RFC 8448 and
https://tls13.ulfheim.net/.

894
contrib/mbedtls/docs/getting_started.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,894 @@
## Getting started with Mbed Crypto
### What is Mbed Crypto?
Mbed Crypto is an open source cryptographic library that supports a wide range of cryptographic operations, including:
* Key management
* Hashing
* Symmetric cryptography
* Asymmetric cryptography
* Message authentication (MAC)
* Key generation and derivation
* Authenticated encryption with associated data (AEAD)
The Mbed Crypto library is a reference implementation of the cryptography interface of the Arm Platform Security Architecture (PSA). It is written in portable C.
The Mbed Crypto library is distributed under the Apache License, version 2.0.
#### Platform Security Architecture (PSA)
Arm's Platform Security Architecture (PSA) is a holistic set of threat models,
security analyses, hardware and firmware architecture specifications, and an open source firmware reference implementation. PSA provides a recipe, based on industry best practice, that enables you to design security into both hardware and firmware consistently. Part of the API provided by PSA is the cryptography interface, which provides access to a set of primitives.
### Using Mbed Crypto
* [Getting the Mbed Crypto library](#getting-the-mbed-crypto-library)
* [Building the Mbed Crypto library](#building-the-mbed-crypto-library)
* [Using the Mbed Crypto library](#using-the-mbed-crypto-library)
* [Importing a key](#importing-a-key)
* [Signing a message using RSA](#signing-a-message-using-RSA)
* [Encrypting or decrypting using symmetric ciphers](#encrypting-or-decrypting-using-symmetric-ciphers)
* [Hashing a message](#hashing-a-message)
* [Deriving a new key from an existing key](#deriving-a-new-key-from-an-existing-key)
* [Generating a random value](#generating-a-random-value)
* [Authenticating and encrypting or decrypting a message](#authenticating-and-encrypting-or-decrypting-a-message)
* [Generating and exporting keys](#generating-and-exporting-keys)
* [More about the Mbed Crypto library](#more-about-the-mbed-crypto-library)
### Getting the Mbed Crypto library
Mbed Crypto releases are available in the [public GitHub repository](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbed-crypto).
### Building the Mbed Crypto library
**Prerequisites to building the library with the provided makefiles:**
* GNU Make.
* A C toolchain (compiler, linker, archiver).
* Python 2 or Python 3 (either works) to generate the test code.
* Perl to run the tests.
If you have a C compiler such as GCC or Clang, just run `make` in the top-level directory to build the library, a set of unit tests and some sample programs.
To select a different compiler, set the `CC` variable to the name or path of the compiler and linker (default: `cc`) and set `AR` to a compatible archiver (default: `ar`); for example:
```
make CC=arm-linux-gnueabi-gcc AR=arm-linux-gnueabi-ar
```
The provided makefiles pass options to the compiler that assume a GCC-like command line syntax. To use a different compiler, you may need to pass different values for `CFLAGS`, `WARNINGS_CFLAGS` and `LDFLAGS`.
To run the unit tests on the host machine, run `make test` from the top-level directory. If you are cross-compiling, copy the test executable from the `tests` directory to the target machine.
### Using the Mbed Crypto library
To use the Mbed Crypto APIs, call `psa_crypto_init()` before calling any other API. This initializes the library.
### Importing a key
To use a key for cryptography operations in Mbed Crypto, you need to first
import it. The import operation returns the identifier of the key for use
with other function calls.
**Prerequisites to importing keys:**
* Initialize the library with a successful call to `psa_crypto_init()`.
This example shows how to import a key:
```C
void import_a_key(const uint8_t *key, size_t key_len)
{
psa_status_t status;
psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
psa_key_id_t key;
printf("Import an AES key...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
/* Set key attributes */
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, 0);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, 0);
psa_set_key_type(&attributes, PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES);
psa_set_key_bits(&attributes, 128);
/* Import the key */
status = psa_import_key(&attributes, key, key_len, &key);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to import key\n");
return;
}
printf("Imported a key\n");
/* Free the attributes */
psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
/* Destroy the key */
psa_destroy_key(key);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
}
```
### Signing a message using RSA
Mbed Crypto supports encrypting, decrypting, signing and verifying messages using public key signature algorithms, such as RSA or ECDSA.
**Prerequisites to performing asymmetric signature operations:**
* Initialize the library with a successful call to `psa_crypto_init()`.
* Have a valid key with appropriate attributes set:
* Usage flag `PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH` to allow signing.
* Usage flag `PSA_KEY_USAGE_VERIFY_HASH` to allow signature verification.
* Algorithm set to the desired signature algorithm.
This example shows how to sign a hash that has already been calculated:
```C
void sign_a_message_using_rsa(const uint8_t *key, size_t key_len)
{
psa_status_t status;
psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
uint8_t hash[32] = {0x50, 0xd8, 0x58, 0xe0, 0x98, 0x5e, 0xcc, 0x7f,
0x60, 0x41, 0x8a, 0xaf, 0x0c, 0xc5, 0xab, 0x58,
0x7f, 0x42, 0xc2, 0x57, 0x0a, 0x88, 0x40, 0x95,
0xa9, 0xe8, 0xcc, 0xac, 0xd0, 0xf6, 0x54, 0x5c};
uint8_t signature[PSA_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE] = {0};
size_t signature_length;
psa_key_id_t key;
printf("Sign a message...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
/* Set key attributes */
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW);
psa_set_key_type(&attributes, PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR);
psa_set_key_bits(&attributes, 1024);
/* Import the key */
status = psa_import_key(&attributes, key, key_len, &key);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to import key\n");
return;
}
/* Sign message using the key */
status = psa_sign_hash(key, PSA_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN_RAW,
hash, sizeof(hash),
signature, sizeof(signature),
&signature_length);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to sign\n");
return;
}
printf("Signed a message\n");
/* Free the attributes */
psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
/* Destroy the key */
psa_destroy_key(key);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
}
```
### Using symmetric ciphers
Mbed Crypto supports encrypting and decrypting messages using various symmetric cipher algorithms (both block and stream ciphers).
**Prerequisites to working with the symmetric cipher API:**
* Initialize the library with a successful call to `psa_crypto_init()`.
* Have a symmetric key. This key's usage flags must include `PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT` to allow encryption or `PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT` to allow decryption.
**To encrypt a message with a symmetric cipher:**
1. Allocate an operation (`psa_cipher_operation_t`) structure to pass to the cipher functions.
1. Initialize the operation structure to zero or to `PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT`.
1. Call `psa_cipher_encrypt_setup()` to specify the algorithm and the key to be used.
1. Call either `psa_cipher_generate_iv()` or `psa_cipher_set_iv()` to generate or set the initialization vector (IV). We recommend calling `psa_cipher_generate_iv()`, unless you require a specific IV value.
1. Call `psa_cipher_update()` with the message to encrypt. You may call this function multiple times, passing successive fragments of the message on successive calls.
1. Call `psa_cipher_finish()` to end the operation and output the encrypted message.
This example shows how to encrypt data using an AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) key in CBC (Cipher Block Chaining) mode with no padding (assuming all prerequisites have been fulfilled):
```c
void encrypt_with_symmetric_ciphers(const uint8_t *key, size_t key_len)
{
enum {
block_size = PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_SIZE(PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES),
};
psa_status_t status;
psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
psa_algorithm_t alg = PSA_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING;
uint8_t plaintext[block_size] = SOME_PLAINTEXT;
uint8_t iv[block_size];
size_t iv_len;
uint8_t output[block_size];
size_t output_len;
psa_key_id_t key;
psa_cipher_operation_t operation = PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT;
printf("Encrypt with cipher...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS)
{
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
/* Import a key */
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, alg);
psa_set_key_type(&attributes, PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES);
psa_set_key_bits(&attributes, 128);
status = psa_import_key(&attributes, key, key_len, &key);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to import a key\n");
return;
}
psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
/* Encrypt the plaintext */
status = psa_cipher_encrypt_setup(&operation, key, alg);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to begin cipher operation\n");
return;
}
status = psa_cipher_generate_iv(&operation, iv, sizeof(iv), &iv_len);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to generate IV\n");
return;
}
status = psa_cipher_update(&operation, plaintext, sizeof(plaintext),
output, sizeof(output), &output_len);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to update cipher operation\n");
return;
}
status = psa_cipher_finish(&operation, output + output_len,
sizeof(output) - output_len, &output_len);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to finish cipher operation\n");
return;
}
printf("Encrypted plaintext\n");
/* Clean up cipher operation context */
psa_cipher_abort(&operation);
/* Destroy the key */
psa_destroy_key(key);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
}
```
**To decrypt a message with a symmetric cipher:**
1. Allocate an operation (`psa_cipher_operation_t`) structure to pass to the cipher functions.
1. Initialize the operation structure to zero or to `PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT`.
1. Call `psa_cipher_decrypt_setup()` to specify the algorithm and the key to be used.
1. Call `psa_cipher_set_iv()` with the IV for the decryption.
1. Call `psa_cipher_update()` with the message to encrypt. You may call this function multiple times, passing successive fragments of the message on successive calls.
1. Call `psa_cipher_finish()` to end the operation and output the decrypted message.
This example shows how to decrypt encrypted data using an AES key in CBC mode with no padding
(assuming all prerequisites have been fulfilled):
```c
void decrypt_with_symmetric_ciphers(const uint8_t *key, size_t key_len)
{
enum {
block_size = PSA_BLOCK_CIPHER_BLOCK_SIZE(PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES),
};
psa_status_t status;
psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
psa_algorithm_t alg = PSA_ALG_CBC_NO_PADDING;
psa_cipher_operation_t operation = PSA_CIPHER_OPERATION_INIT;
uint8_t ciphertext[block_size] = SOME_CIPHERTEXT;
uint8_t iv[block_size] = ENCRYPTED_WITH_IV;
uint8_t output[block_size];
size_t output_len;
psa_key_id_t key;
printf("Decrypt with cipher...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS)
{
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
/* Import a key */
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, alg);
psa_set_key_type(&attributes, PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES);
psa_set_key_bits(&attributes, 128);
status = psa_import_key(&attributes, key, key_len, &key);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to import a key\n");
return;
}
psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
/* Decrypt the ciphertext */
status = psa_cipher_decrypt_setup(&operation, key, alg);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to begin cipher operation\n");
return;
}
status = psa_cipher_set_iv(&operation, iv, sizeof(iv));
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to set IV\n");
return;
}
status = psa_cipher_update(&operation, ciphertext, sizeof(ciphertext),
output, sizeof(output), &output_len);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to update cipher operation\n");
return;
}
status = psa_cipher_finish(&operation, output + output_len,
sizeof(output) - output_len, &output_len);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to finish cipher operation\n");
return;
}
printf("Decrypted ciphertext\n");
/* Clean up cipher operation context */
psa_cipher_abort(&operation);
/* Destroy the key */
psa_destroy_key(key);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
}
```
#### Handling cipher operation contexts
After you've initialized the operation structure with a successful call to `psa_cipher_encrypt_setup()` or `psa_cipher_decrypt_setup()`, you can terminate the operation at any time by calling `psa_cipher_abort()`.
The call to `psa_cipher_abort()` frees any resources associated with the operation, except for the operation structure itself.
Mbed Crypto implicitly calls `psa_cipher_abort()` when:
* A call to `psa_cipher_generate_iv()`, `psa_cipher_set_iv()` or `psa_cipher_update()` fails (returning any status other than `PSA_SUCCESS`).
* A call to `psa_cipher_finish()` succeeds or fails.
After an implicit or explicit call to `psa_cipher_abort()`, the operation structure is invalidated; in other words, you cannot reuse the operation structure for the same operation. You can, however, reuse the operation structure for a different operation by calling either `psa_cipher_encrypt_setup()` or `psa_cipher_decrypt_setup()` again.
You must call `psa_cipher_abort()` at some point for any operation that is initialized successfully (by a successful call to `psa_cipher_encrypt_setup()` or `psa_cipher_decrypt_setup()`).
Making multiple sequential calls to `psa_cipher_abort()` on an operation that is terminated (either implicitly or explicitly) is safe and has no effect.
### Hashing a message
Mbed Crypto lets you compute and verify hashes using various hashing
algorithms.
**Prerequisites to working with the hash APIs:**
* Initialize the library with a successful call to `psa_crypto_init()`.
**To calculate a hash:**
1. Allocate an operation structure (`psa_hash_operation_t`) to pass to the hash functions.
1. Initialize the operation structure to zero or to `PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT`.
1. Call `psa_hash_setup()` to specify the hash algorithm.
1. Call `psa_hash_update()` with the message to encrypt. You may call this function multiple times, passing successive fragments of the message on successive calls.
1. Call `psa_hash_finish()` to calculate the hash, or `psa_hash_verify()` to compare the computed hash with an expected hash value.
This example shows how to calculate the SHA-256 hash of a message:
```c
psa_status_t status;
psa_algorithm_t alg = PSA_ALG_SHA_256;
psa_hash_operation_t operation = PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT;
unsigned char input[] = { 'a', 'b', 'c' };
unsigned char actual_hash[PSA_HASH_MAX_SIZE];
size_t actual_hash_len;
printf("Hash a message...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
/* Compute hash of message */
status = psa_hash_setup(&operation, alg);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to begin hash operation\n");
return;
}
status = psa_hash_update(&operation, input, sizeof(input));
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to update hash operation\n");
return;
}
status = psa_hash_finish(&operation, actual_hash, sizeof(actual_hash),
&actual_hash_len);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to finish hash operation\n");
return;
}
printf("Hashed a message\n");
/* Clean up hash operation context */
psa_hash_abort(&operation);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
```
This example shows how to verify the SHA-256 hash of a message:
```c
psa_status_t status;
psa_algorithm_t alg = PSA_ALG_SHA_256;
psa_hash_operation_t operation = PSA_HASH_OPERATION_INIT;
unsigned char input[] = { 'a', 'b', 'c' };
unsigned char expected_hash[] = {
0xba, 0x78, 0x16, 0xbf, 0x8f, 0x01, 0xcf, 0xea, 0x41, 0x41, 0x40, 0xde,
0x5d, 0xae, 0x22, 0x23, 0xb0, 0x03, 0x61, 0xa3, 0x96, 0x17, 0x7a, 0x9c,
0xb4, 0x10, 0xff, 0x61, 0xf2, 0x00, 0x15, 0xad
};
size_t expected_hash_len = PSA_HASH_SIZE(alg);
printf("Verify a hash...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
/* Verify message hash */
status = psa_hash_setup(&operation, alg);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to begin hash operation\n");
return;
}
status = psa_hash_update(&operation, input, sizeof(input));
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to update hash operation\n");
return;
}
status = psa_hash_verify(&operation, expected_hash, expected_hash_len);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to verify hash\n");
return;
}
printf("Verified a hash\n");
/* Clean up hash operation context */
psa_hash_abort(&operation);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
```
The API provides the macro `PSA_HASH_SIZE`, which returns the expected hash length (in bytes) for the specified algorithm.
#### Handling hash operation contexts
After a successful call to `psa_hash_setup()`, you can terminate the operation at any time by calling `psa_hash_abort()`. The call to `psa_hash_abort()` frees any resources associated with the operation, except for the operation structure itself.
Mbed Crypto implicitly calls `psa_hash_abort()` when:
1. A call to `psa_hash_update()` fails (returning any status other than `PSA_SUCCESS`).
1. A call to `psa_hash_finish()` succeeds or fails.
1. A call to `psa_hash_verify()` succeeds or fails.
After an implicit or explicit call to `psa_hash_abort()`, the operation structure is invalidated; in other words, you cannot reuse the operation structure for the same operation. You can, however, reuse the operation structure for a different operation by calling `psa_hash_setup()` again.
You must call `psa_hash_abort()` at some point for any operation that is initialized successfully (by a successful call to `psa_hash_setup()`) .
Making multiple sequential calls to `psa_hash_abort()` on an operation that has already been terminated (either implicitly or explicitly) is safe and has no effect.
### Generating a random value
Mbed Crypto can generate random data.
**Prerequisites to generating random data:**
* Initialize the library with a successful call to `psa_crypto_init()`.
<span class="notes">**Note:** To generate a random key, use `psa_generate_key()` instead of `psa_generate_random()`.</span>
This example shows how to generate ten bytes of random data by calling `psa_generate_random()`:
```C
psa_status_t status;
uint8_t random[10] = { 0 };
printf("Generate random...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
status = psa_generate_random(random, sizeof(random));
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to generate a random value\n");
return;
}
printf("Generated random data\n");
/* Clean up */
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
```
### Deriving a new key from an existing key
Mbed Crypto provides a key derivation API that lets you derive new keys from
existing ones. The key derivation API has functions to take inputs, including
other keys and data, and functions to generate outputs, such as new keys or
other data.
You must first initialize and set up a key derivation context,
provided with a key and, optionally, other data. Then, use the key derivation context to either read derived data to a buffer or send derived data directly to a key slot.
See the documentation for the particular algorithm (such as HKDF or the TLS1.2 PRF) for
information about which inputs to pass when, and when you can obtain which outputs.
**Prerequisites to working with the key derivation APIs:**
* Initialize the library with a successful call to `psa_crypto_init()`.
* Use a key with the appropriate attributes set:
* Usage flags set for key derivation (`PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE`)
* Key type set to `PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE`.
* Algorithm set to a key derivation algorithm
(for example, `PSA_ALG_HKDF(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)`).
**To derive a new AES-CTR 128-bit encryption key into a given key slot using HKDF
with a given key, salt and info:**
1. Set up the key derivation context using the `psa_key_derivation_setup()`
function, specifying the derivation algorithm `PSA_ALG_HKDF(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)`.
1. Provide an optional salt with `psa_key_derivation_input_bytes()`.
1. Provide info with `psa_key_derivation_input_bytes()`.
1. Provide a secret with `psa_key_derivation_input_key()`, referencing a key that
can be used for key derivation.
1. Set the key attributes desired for the new derived key. We'll set
the `PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT` usage flag and the `PSA_ALG_CTR` algorithm for this
example.
1. Derive the key by calling `psa_key_derivation_output_key()`.
1. Clean up the key derivation context.
At this point, the derived key slot holds a new 128-bit AES-CTR encryption key
derived from the key, salt and info provided:
```C
psa_status_t status;
psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
static const unsigned char key[] = {
0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,
0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,
0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,
0x0b };
static const unsigned char salt[] = {
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06,
0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c };
static const unsigned char info[] = {
0xf0, 0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6,
0xf7, 0xf8, 0xf9 };
psa_algorithm_t alg = PSA_ALG_HKDF(PSA_ALG_SHA_256);
psa_key_derivation_operation_t operation =
PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_OPERATION_INIT;
size_t derived_bits = 128;
size_t capacity = PSA_BITS_TO_BYTES(derived_bits);
psa_key_id_t base_key;
psa_key_id_t derived_key;
printf("Derive a key (HKDF)...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
/* Import a key for use in key derivation. If such a key has already been
* generated or imported, you can skip this part. */
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_DERIVE);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, alg);
psa_set_key_type(&attributes, PSA_KEY_TYPE_DERIVE);
status = psa_import_key(&attributes, key, sizeof(key), &base_key);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to import a key\n");
return;
}
psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
/* Derive a key */
status = psa_key_derivation_setup(&operation, alg);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to begin key derivation\n");
return;
}
status = psa_key_derivation_set_capacity(&operation, capacity);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to set capacity\n");
return;
}
status = psa_key_derivation_input_bytes(&operation,
PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SALT,
salt, sizeof(salt));
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to input salt (extract)\n");
return;
}
status = psa_key_derivation_input_key(&operation,
PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_SECRET,
base_key);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to input key (extract)\n");
return;
}
status = psa_key_derivation_input_bytes(&operation,
PSA_KEY_DERIVATION_INPUT_INFO,
info, sizeof(info));
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to input info (expand)\n");
return;
}
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, PSA_ALG_CTR);
psa_set_key_type(&attributes, PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES);
psa_set_key_bits(&attributes, 128);
status = psa_key_derivation_output_key(&attributes, &operation,
&derived_key);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to derive key\n");
return;
}
psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
printf("Derived key\n");
/* Clean up key derivation operation */
psa_key_derivation_abort(&operation);
/* Destroy the keys */
psa_destroy_key(derived_key);
psa_destroy_key(base_key);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
```
### Authenticating and encrypting or decrypting a message
Mbed Crypto provides a simple way to authenticate and encrypt with associated data (AEAD), supporting the `PSA_ALG_CCM` algorithm.
**Prerequisites to working with the AEAD cipher APIs:**
* Initialize the library with a successful call to `psa_crypto_init()`.
* The key attributes for the key used for derivation must have the `PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT` or `PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT` usage flags.
This example shows how to authenticate and encrypt a message:
```C
psa_status_t status;
static const uint8_t key[] = {
0xC0, 0xC1, 0xC2, 0xC3, 0xC4, 0xC5, 0xC6, 0xC7,
0xC8, 0xC9, 0xCA, 0xCB, 0xCC, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xCF };
static const uint8_t nonce[] = {
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
0x08, 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0B };
static const uint8_t additional_data[] = {
0xEC, 0x46, 0xBB, 0x63, 0xB0, 0x25,
0x20, 0xC3, 0x3C, 0x49, 0xFD, 0x70 };
static const uint8_t input_data[] = {
0xB9, 0x6B, 0x49, 0xE2, 0x1D, 0x62, 0x17, 0x41,
0x63, 0x28, 0x75, 0xDB, 0x7F, 0x6C, 0x92, 0x43,
0xD2, 0xD7, 0xC2 };
uint8_t *output_data = NULL;
size_t output_size = 0;
size_t output_length = 0;
size_t tag_length = 16;
psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
psa_key_id_t key;
printf("Authenticate encrypt...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
output_size = sizeof(input_data) + tag_length;
output_data = (uint8_t *)malloc(output_size);
if (!output_data) {
printf("Out of memory\n");
return;
}
/* Import a key */
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, PSA_ALG_CCM);
psa_set_key_type(&attributes, PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES);
psa_set_key_bits(&attributes, 128);
status = psa_import_key(&attributes, key, sizeof(key), &key);
psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
/* Authenticate and encrypt */
status = psa_aead_encrypt(key, PSA_ALG_CCM,
nonce, sizeof(nonce),
additional_data, sizeof(additional_data),
input_data, sizeof(input_data),
output_data, output_size,
&output_length);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to authenticate and encrypt\n");
return;
}
printf("Authenticated and encrypted\n");
/* Clean up */
free(output_data);
/* Destroy the key */
psa_destroy_key(key);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
```
This example shows how to authenticate and decrypt a message:
```C
psa_status_t status;
static const uint8_t key_data[] = {
0xC0, 0xC1, 0xC2, 0xC3, 0xC4, 0xC5, 0xC6, 0xC7,
0xC8, 0xC9, 0xCA, 0xCB, 0xCC, 0xCD, 0xCE, 0xCF };
static const uint8_t nonce[] = {
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
0x08, 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0B };
static const uint8_t additional_data[] = {
0xEC, 0x46, 0xBB, 0x63, 0xB0, 0x25,
0x20, 0xC3, 0x3C, 0x49, 0xFD, 0x70 };
static const uint8_t input_data[] = {
0x20, 0x30, 0xE0, 0x36, 0xED, 0x09, 0xA0, 0x45, 0xAF, 0x3C, 0xBA, 0xEE,
0x0F, 0xC8, 0x48, 0xAF, 0xCD, 0x89, 0x54, 0xF4, 0xF6, 0x3F, 0x28, 0x9A,
0xA1, 0xDD, 0xB2, 0xB8, 0x09, 0xCD, 0x7C, 0xE1, 0x46, 0xE9, 0x98 };
uint8_t *output_data = NULL;
size_t output_size = 0;
size_t output_length = 0;
psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
psa_key_id_t key;
printf("Authenticate decrypt...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
output_size = sizeof(input_data);
output_data = (uint8_t *)malloc(output_size);
if (!output_data) {
printf("Out of memory\n");
return;
}
/* Import a key */
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, PSA_ALG_CCM);
psa_set_key_type(&attributes, PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES);
psa_set_key_bits(&attributes, 128);
status = psa_import_key(&attributes, key_data, sizeof(key_data), &key);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to import a key\n");
return;
}
psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
/* Authenticate and decrypt */
status = psa_aead_decrypt(key, PSA_ALG_CCM,
nonce, sizeof(nonce),
additional_data, sizeof(additional_data),
input_data, sizeof(input_data),
output_data, output_size,
&output_length);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to authenticate and decrypt %ld\n", status);
return;
}
printf("Authenticated and decrypted\n");
/* Clean up */
free(output_data);
/* Destroy the key */
psa_destroy_key(key);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
```
### Generating and exporting keys
Mbed Crypto provides a simple way to generate a key or key pair.
**Prerequisites to using key generation and export APIs:**
* Initialize the library with a successful call to `psa_crypto_init()`.
**To generate an ECDSA key:**
1. Set the desired key attributes for key generation by calling
`psa_set_key_algorithm()` with the chosen ECDSA algorithm (such as
`PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)`). You only want to export the public key, not the key pair (or private key); therefore, do not set `PSA_KEY_USAGE_EXPORT`.
1. Generate a key by calling `psa_generate_key()`.
1. Export the generated public key by calling `psa_export_public_key()`:
```C
enum {
key_bits = 256,
};
psa_status_t status;
size_t exported_length = 0;
static uint8_t exported[PSA_KEY_EXPORT_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_bits)];
psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
psa_key_id_t key;
printf("Generate a key pair...\t");
fflush(stdout);
/* Initialize PSA Crypto */
status = psa_crypto_init();
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to initialize PSA Crypto\n");
return;
}
/* Generate a key */
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_SIGN_HASH);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes,
PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(PSA_ALG_SHA_256));
psa_set_key_type(&attributes,
PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(PSA_ECC_FAMILY_SECP_R1));
psa_set_key_bits(&attributes, key_bits);
status = psa_generate_key(&attributes, &key);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to generate key\n");
return;
}
psa_reset_key_attributes(&attributes);
status = psa_export_public_key(key, exported, sizeof(exported),
&exported_length);
if (status != PSA_SUCCESS) {
printf("Failed to export public key %ld\n", status);
return;
}
printf("Exported a public key\n");
/* Destroy the key */
psa_destroy_key(key);
mbedtls_psa_crypto_free();
```
### More about the PSA Crypto API
For more information about the PSA Crypto API, please see the [PSA Cryptography API Specification](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/html/index.html).

4
contrib/mbedtls/docs/proposed/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
The documents in this directory are proposed specifications for Mbed
TLS features. They are not implemented yet, or only partially
implemented. Please follow activity on the `development` branch of
Mbed TLS if you are interested in these features.

238
contrib/mbedtls/docs/proposed/psa-conditional-inclusion-c.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
Conditional inclusion of cryptographic mechanism through the PSA API in Mbed TLS
================================================================================
This document is a proposed interface for deciding at build time which cryptographic mechanisms to include in the PSA Cryptography interface.
This is currently a proposal for Mbed TLS. It is not currently on track for standardization in PSA.
Time-stamp: "2020/11/26 09:30:50 GMT"
## Introduction
### Purpose of this specification
The [PSA Cryptography API specification](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/psa/#application-programming-interface) specifies the interface between a PSA Cryptography implementation and an application. The interface defines a number of categories of cryptographic algorithms (hashes, MAC, signatures, etc.). In each category, a typical implementation offers many algorithms (e.g. for signatures: RSA-PKCS#1v1.5, RSA-PSS, ECDSA). When building the implementation for a specific use case, it is often desirable to include only a subset of the available cryptographic mechanisms, primarily in order to reduce the code footprint of the compiled system.
The present document proposes a way for an application using the PSA cryptography interface to declare which mechanisms it requires.
### Conditional inclusion of legacy cryptography modules
Mbed TLS offers a way to select which cryptographic mechanisms are included in a build through its configuration file (`config.h`). This mechanism is based on two main sets of symbols: `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` controls the availability of the mechanism to the application, and `MBEDTLS_xxx_ALT` controls the availability of an alternative implementation, so the software implementation is only included if `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` is defined but not `MBEDTLS_xxx_ALT`.
### PSA evolution
In the PSA cryptography interface, the **core** (built-in implementations of cryptographic mechanisms) can be augmented with drivers. **Transparent drivers** replace the built-in implementation of a cryptographic mechanism (or, with **fallback**, the built-in implementation is tried if the driver only has partial support for the mechanism). **Opaque drivers** implement cryptographic mechanisms on keys which are stored in a separate domain such as a secure element, for which the core only does key management and dispatch using wrapped key blobs or key identifiers.
The current model is difficult to adapt to the PSA interface for several reasons. The `MBEDTLS_xxx_ALT` symbols are somewhat inconsistent, and in particular do not work well for asymmetric cryptography. For example, many parts of the ECC code have no `MBEDTLS_xxx_ALT` symbol, so a platform with ECC acceleration that can perform all ECDSA and ECDH operations in the accelerator would still embark the `bignum` module and large parts of the `ecp_curves`, `ecp` and `ecdsa` modules. Also the availability of a transparent driver for a mechanism does not translate directly to `MBEDTLS_xxx` symbols.
### Requirements
[Req.interface] The application can declare which cryptographic mechanisms it needs.
[Req.inclusion] If the application does not require a mechanism, a suitably configured Mbed TLS build must not include it. The granularity of mechanisms must work for typical use cases and has [acceptable limitations](#acceptable-limitations).
[Req.drivers] If a PSA driver is available in the build, a suitably configured Mbed TLS build must not include the corresponding software code (unless a software fallback is needed).
[Req.c] The configuration mechanism consists of C preprocessor definitions, and the build does not require tools other than a C compiler. This is necessary to allow building an application and Mbed TLS in development environments that do not allow third-party tools.
[Req.adaptability] The implementation of the mechanism must be adaptable with future evolution of the PSA cryptography specifications and Mbed TLS. Therefore the interface must remain sufficiently simple and abstract.
### Acceptable limitations
[Limitation.matrix] If a mechanism is defined by a combination of algorithms and key types, for example a block cipher mode (CBC, CTR, CFB, …) and a block permutation (AES, CAMELLIA, ARIA, …), there is no requirement to include only specific combinations.
[Limitation.direction] For mechanisms that have multiple directions (for example encrypt/decrypt, sign/verify), there is no requirement to include only one direction.
[Limitation.size] There is no requirement to include only support for certain key sizes.
[Limitation.multipart] Where there are multiple ways to perform an operation, for example single-part and multi-part, there is no mechanism to select only one or a subset of the possible ways.
## Interface
### PSA Crypto configuration file
The PSA Crypto configuration file `psa/crypto_config.h` defines a series of symbols of the form `PSA_WANT_xxx` where `xxx` describes the feature that the symbol enables. The symbols are documented in the section [“PSA Crypto configuration symbols”](#psa-crypto-configuration-symbols) below.
The symbol `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` in `mbedtls/config.h` determines whether `psa/crypto_config.h` is used.
* If `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is unset, which is the default at least in Mbed TLS 2.x versions, things are as they are today: the PSA subsystem includes generic code unconditionally, and includes support for specific mechanisms conditionally based on the existing `MBEDTLS_xxx_` symbols.
* If `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is set, the necessary software implementations of cryptographic algorithms are included based on both the content of the PSA Crypto configuration file and the Mbed TLS configuration file. For example, the code in `aes.c` is enabled if either `mbedtls/config.h` contains `MBEDTLS_AES_C` or `psa/crypto_config.h` contains `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES`.
### PSA Crypto configuration symbols
#### Configuration symbol syntax
A PSA Crypto configuration symbol is a C preprocessor symbol whose name starts with `PSA_WANT_`.
* If the symbol is not defined, the corresponding feature is not included.
* If the symbol is defined to a preprocessor expression with the value `1`, the corresponding feature is included.
* If the symbol is defined with a different value, the behavior is currently undefined and reserved for future use.
#### Configuration symbol usage
The presence of a symbol `PSA_WANT_xxx` in the Mbed TLS configuration determines whether a feature is available through the PSA API. These symbols should be used in any place that requires conditional compilation based on the availability of a cryptographic mechanism through the PSA API, including:
* In Mbed TLS test code.
* In Mbed TLS library code using `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO`, for example in TLS to determine which cipher suites to enable.
* In application code that provides additional features based on cryptographic capabilities, for example additional key parsing and formatting functions, or cipher suite availability for network protocols.
#### Configuration symbol semantics
If a feature is not requested for inclusion in the PSA Crypto configuration file, it may still be included in the build, either because the feature has been requested in some other way, or because the library does not support the exclusion of this feature. Mbed TLS should make a best effort to support the exclusion of all features, but in some cases this may be judged too much effort for too little benefit.
#### Configuration symbols for key types
For each constant or constructor macro of the form `PSA_KEY_TYPE_xxx`, the symbol **`PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx`** indicates that support for this key type is desired.
For asymmetric cryptography, `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR` determines whether private-key operations are desired, and `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_PUBLIC_KEY` determines whether public-key operations are desired. `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR` implicitly enables `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_PUBLIC_KEY`: there is no way to only include private-key operations (which typically saves little code).
#### Configuration symbols for curves
For elliptic curve key types, only the specified curves are included. To include a curve, include a symbol of the form **`PSA_WANT_ECC_family_size`**. For example: `PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256` for secp256r1, `PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_CURVE25519`. It is an error to require an ECC key type but no curve, and Mbed TLS will reject this at compile time.
#### Configuration symbols for algorithms
For each constant or constructor macro of the form `PSA_ALG_xxx`, the symbol **`PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx`** indicates that support for this algorithm is desired.
For parametrized algorithms, the `PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx` symbol indicates whether the base mechanism is supported. Parameters must themselves be included through their own `PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx` symbols. It is an error to include a base mechanism without at least one possible parameter, and Mbed TLS will reject this at compile time. For example, `PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA` requires the inclusion of randomized ECDSA for all hash algorithms whose corresponding symbol `PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx` is enabled.
## Implementation
### Additional non-public symbols
#### Accounting for transparent drivers
In addition to the [configuration symbols](#psa-crypto-configuration-symbols), we need two parallel or mostly parallel sets of symbols:
* **`MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx`** indicates whether a fully-featured, fallback-free transparent driver is available.
* **`MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx`** indicates whether the software implementation is needed.
`MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` is one of the outputs of the transpilation of a driver description, alongside the glue code for calling the drivers.
`MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` is enabled when `PSA_WANT_xxx` is enabled and `MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` is disabled.
These symbols are not part of the public interface of Mbed TLS towards applications or to drivers, regardless of whether the symbols are actually visible.
### Architecture of symbol definitions
#### New-style definition of configuration symbols
When `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is set, the header file `mbedtls/config.h` needs to define all the `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` configuration symbols, including the ones deduced from the PSA Crypto configuration. It does this by including the new header file **`mbedtls/config_psa.h`**, which defines the `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` symbols and deduces the corresponding `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` (and other) symbols.
`mbedtls/config_psa.h` includes `psa/crypto_config.h`, the user-editable file that defines application requirements.
#### Old-style definition of configuration symbols
When `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is not set, the configuration of Mbed TLS works as before, and the inclusion of non-PSA code only depends on `MBEDTLS_xxx` symbols defined (or not) in `mbedtls/config.h`. Furthermore, the new header file **`mbedtls/config_psa.h`** deduces PSA configuration symbols (`PSA_WANT_xxx`, `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx`) from classic configuration symbols (`MBEDTLS_xxx`).
The `PSA_WANT_xxx` definitions in `mbedtls/config_psa.h` are needed not only to build the PSA parts of the library, but also to build code that uses these parts. This includes structure definitions in `psa/crypto_struct.h`, size calculations in `psa/crypto_sizes.h`, and application code that's specific to a given cryptographic mechanism. In Mbed TLS itself, code under `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO` and conditional compilation guards in tests and sample programs need `PSA_WANT_xxx`.
Since some existing applications use a handwritten `mbedtls/config.h` or an edited copy of `mbedtls/config.h` from an earlier version of Mbed TLS, `mbedtls/config_psa.h` must be included via an already existing header that is not `mbedtls/config.h`, so it is included via `psa/crypto.h` (for example from `psa/crypto_platform.h`).
#### Summary of definitions of configuration symbols
Whether `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is set or not, `mbedtls/config_psa.h` includes `mbedtls/crypto_drivers.h`, a header file generated by the transpilation of the driver descriptions. It defines `MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` symbols according to the availability of transparent drivers without fallback.
The following table summarizes where symbols are defined depending on the configuration mode.
* (U) indicates a symbol that is defined by the user (application).
* (D) indicates a symbol that is deduced from other symbols by code that ships with Mbed TLS.
* (G) indicates a symbol that is generated from driver descriptions.
| Symbols | With `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` | Without `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` |
| ------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- |
| `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` | `mbedtls/config.h` (U) or | `mbedtls/config.h` (U) |
| | `mbedtls/config_psa.h` (D) | |
| `PSA_WANT_xxx` | `psa/crypto_config.h` (U) | `mbedtls/config_psa.h` (D) |
| `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` | `mbedtls/config_psa.h` (D) | `mbedtls/config_psa.h` (D) |
| `MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` | `mbedtls/crypto_drivers.h` (G) | N/A |
#### Visibility of internal symbols
Ideally, the `MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` and `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` symbols should not be visible to application code or driver code, since they are not part of the public interface of the library. However these symbols are needed to deduce whether to include library modules (for example `MBEDTLS_AES_C` has to be enabled if `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_AES` is enabled), which makes it difficult to keep them private.
#### Compile-time checks
The header file **`library/psa_check_config.h`** applies sanity checks to the configuration, throwing `#error` if something is wrong.
A mechanism similar to `mbedtls/check_config.h` detects errors such as enabling ECDSA but no curve.
Since configuration symbols must be undefined or 1, any other value should trigger an `#error`.
#### Automatic generation of preprocessor symbol manipulations
A lot of the preprocessor symbol manipulation is systematic calculations that analyze the configuration. `mbedtls/config_psa.h` and `library/psa_check_config.h` should be generated automatically, in the same manner as `version_features.c`.
### Structure of PSA Crypto library code
#### Conditional inclusion of library entry points
An entry point can be eliminated entirely if no algorithm requires it.
#### Conditional inclusion of mechanism-specific code
Code that is specific to certain key types or to certain algorithms must be guarded by the applicable symbols: `PSA_WANT_xxx` for code that is independent of the application, and `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` for code that calls an Mbed TLS software implementation.
## PSA standardization
### JSON configuration mechanism
At the time of writing, the preferred configuration mechanism for a PSA service is in JSON syntax. The translation from JSON to build instructions is not specified by PSA.
For PSA Crypto, the preferred configuration mechanism would be similar to capability specifications of transparent drivers. The same JSON properties that are used to mean “this driver can perform that mechanism” in a driver description would be used to mean “the application wants to perform that mechanism” in the application configuration.
### From JSON to C
The JSON capability language allows a more fine-grained selection than the C mechanism proposed here. For example, it allows requesting only single-part mechanisms, only certain key sizes, or only certain combinations of algorithms and key types.
The JSON capability language can be translated approximately to the boolean symbol mechanism proposed here. The approximation considers a feature to be enabled if any part of it is enabled. For example, if there is a capability for AES-CTR and one for CAMELLIA-GCM, the translation to boolean symbols will also include AES-GCM and CAMELLIA-CTR. If there is a capability for AES-128, the translation will also include AES-192 and AES-256.
The boolean symbol mechanism proposed here can be translated to a list of JSON capabilities: for each included algorithm, include a capability with that algorithm, the key types that apply to that algorithm, no size restriction, and all the entry points that apply to that algorithm.
## Open questions
### Open questions about the interface
#### Naming of symbols
The names of [elliptic curve symbols](#configuration-symbols-for-curves) are a bit weird: `SECP_R1_256` instead of `SECP256R1`. Should we make them more classical, but less systematic?
#### Impossible combinations
What does it mean to have `PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA` enabled but with only Curve25519? Is it a mandatory error?
#### Diffie-Hellman
Way to request only specific groups? Not a priority: constrained devices don't do FFDH. Specify it as may change in future versions.
#### Coexistence with the current Mbed TLS configuration
The two mechanisms have very different designs. Is there serious potential for confusion? Do we understand how the combinations work?
### Open questions about the design
#### Algorithms without a key type or vice versa
Is it realistic to mandate a compile-time error if a key type is required, but no matching algorithm, or vice versa? Is it always the right thing, for example if there is an opaque driver that manipulates this key type?
#### Opaque-only mechanisms
If a mechanism should only be supported in an opaque driver, what does the core need to know about it? Do we have all the information we need?
This is especially relevant to suppress a mechanism completely if there is no matching algorithm. For example, if there is no transparent implementation of RSA or ECDSA, `psa_sign_hash` and `psa_verify_hash` may still be needed if there is an opaque signature driver.
### Open questions about the implementation
#### Testability
Is this proposal decently testable? There are a lot of combinations. What combinations should we test?
<!--
Local Variables:
time-stamp-line-limit: 40
time-stamp-start: "Time-stamp: *\""
time-stamp-end: "\""
time-stamp-format: "%04Y/%02m/%02d %02H:%02M:%02S %Z"
time-stamp-time-zone: "GMT"
End:
-->

45
contrib/mbedtls/docs/proposed/psa-driver-developer-guide.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
PSA Cryptoprocessor driver developer's guide
============================================
**This is a specification of work in progress. The implementation is not yet merged into Mbed TLS.**
This document describes how to write drivers of cryptoprocessors such as accelerators and secure elements for the PSA cryptography subsystem of Mbed TLS.
This document focuses on behavior that is specific to Mbed TLS. For a reference of the interface between Mbed TLS and drivers, refer to the [PSA Cryptoprocessor Driver Interface specification](psa-driver-interface.html).
The interface is not fully implemented in Mbed TLS yet and is disabled by default. You can enable the experimental work in progress by setting `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` in the compile-time configuration. Please note that the interface may still change: until further notice, we do not guarantee backward compatibility with existing driver code when `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` is enabled.
## Introduction
### Purpose
The PSA cryptography driver interface provides a way to build Mbed TLS with additional code that implements certain cryptographic primitives. This is primarily intended to support platform-specific hardware.
There are two types of drivers:
* **Transparent** drivers implement cryptographic operations on keys that are provided in cleartext at the beginning of each operation. They are typically used for hardware **accelerators**. When a transparent driver is available for a particular combination of parameters (cryptographic algorithm, key type and size, etc.), it is used instead of the default software implementation. Transparent drivers can also be pure software implementations that are distributed as plug-ins to a PSA Crypto implementation.
* **Opaque** drivers implement cryptographic operations on keys that can only be used inside a protected environment such as a **secure element**, a hardware security module, a smartcard, a secure enclave, etc. An opaque driver is invoked for the specific key location that the driver is registered for: the dispatch is based on the key's lifetime.
### Deliverables for a driver
To write a driver, you need to implement some functions with C linkage, and to declare these functions in a **driver description file**. The driver description file declares which functions the driver implements and what cryptographic mechanisms they support. Depending on the driver type, you may also need to define some C types and macros in a header file.
The concrete syntax for a driver description file is JSON. The structure of this JSON file is specified in the section [“Driver description syntax”](psa-driver-interface.html#driver-description-syntax) of the PSA cryptography driver interface specification.
A driver therefore consists of:
* A driver description file (in JSON format).
* C header files defining the types required by the driver description. The names of these header files is declared in the driver description file.
* An object file compiled for the target platform defining the functions required by the driver description. Implementations may allow drivers to be provided as source files and compiled with the core instead of being pre-compiled.
## Driver C interfaces
Mbed TLS calls driver entry points [as specified in the PSA Cryptography Driver Interface specification](psa-driver-interface.html#driver-entry-points) except as otherwise indicated in this section.
## Building and testing your driver
<!-- TODO -->
## Dependencies on the Mbed TLS configuration
<!-- TODO -->

45
contrib/mbedtls/docs/proposed/psa-driver-integration-guide.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
Building Mbed TLS with PSA cryptoprocessor drivers
==================================================
**This is a specification of work in progress. The implementation is not yet merged into Mbed TLS.**
This document describes how to build Mbed TLS with additional cryptoprocessor drivers that follow the PSA cryptoprocessor driver interface.
The interface is not fully implemented in Mbed TLS yet and is disabled by default. You can enable the experimental work in progress by setting `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` in the compile-time configuration. Please note that the interface may still change: until further notice, we do not guarantee backward compatibility with existing driver code when `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` is enabled.
## Introduction
The PSA cryptography driver interface provides a way to build Mbed TLS with additional code that implements certain cryptographic primitives. This is primarily intended to support platform-specific hardware.
Note that such drivers are only available through the PSA cryptography API (crypto functions beginning with `psa_`, and X.509 and TLS interfaces that reference PSA types).
Concretely speaking, a driver consists of one or more **driver description files** in JSON format and some code to include in the build. The driver code can either be provided in binary form as additional object file to link, or in source form.
## How to build Mbed TLS with drivers
To build Mbed TLS with drivers:
1. Activate `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` in the library configuration.
```
cd /path/to/mbedtls
scripts/config.py set MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS
```
2. Pass the driver description files through the Make variable `PSA_DRIVERS` when building the library.
```
cd /path/to/mbedtls
make PSA_DRIVERS="/path/to/acme/driver.json /path/to/nadir/driver.json" lib
```
3. Link your application with the implementation of the driver functions.
```
cd /path/to/application
ld myapp.o -L/path/to/acme -lacmedriver -L/path/to/nadir -lnadirdriver -L/path/to/mbedtls -lmbedcrypto
```
<!-- TODO: what if the driver is provided as C source code? -->
<!-- TODO: what about additional include files? -->

790
contrib/mbedtls/docs/proposed/psa-driver-interface.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,790 @@
PSA Cryptoprocessor Driver Interface
====================================
This document describes an interface for cryptoprocessor drivers in the PSA cryptography API. This interface complements the [PSA Cryptography API specification](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/psa/#application-programming-interface), which describes the interface between a PSA Cryptography implementation and an application.
This specification is work in progress and should be considered to be in a beta stage. There is ongoing work to implement this interface in Mbed TLS, which is the reference implementation of the PSA Cryptography API. At this stage, Arm does not expect major changes, but minor changes are expected based on experience from the first implementation and on external feedback.
Time-stamp: "2020/11/24 11:03:32 GMT"
## Introduction
### Purpose of the driver interface
The PSA Cryptography API defines an interface that allows applications to perform cryptographic operations in a uniform way regardless of how the operations are performed. Under the hood, different keys may be stored and used in different hardware or in different logical partitions, and different algorithms may involve different hardware or software components.
The driver interface allows implementations of the PSA Cryptography API to be built compositionally. An implementation of the PSA Cryptography API is composed of a **core** and zero or more **drivers**. The core handles key management, enforces key usage policies, and dispatches cryptographic operations either to the applicable driver or to built-in code.
Functions in the PSA Cryptography API invoke functions in the core. Code from the core calls drivers as described in the present document.
### Types of drivers
The PSA Cryptography driver interface supports two types of cryptoprocessors, and accordingly two types of drivers.
* **Transparent** drivers implement cryptographic operations on keys that are provided in cleartext at the beginning of each operation. They are typically used for hardware **accelerators**. When a transparent driver is available for a particular combination of parameters (cryptographic algorithm, key type and size, etc.), it is used instead of the default software implementation. Transparent drivers can also be pure software implementations that are distributed as plug-ins to a PSA Cryptography implementation (for example, an alternative implementation with different performance characteristics, or a certified implementation).
* **Opaque** drivers implement cryptographic operations on keys that can only be used inside a protected environment such as a **secure element**, a hardware security module, a smartcard, a secure enclave, etc. An opaque driver is invoked for the specific [key location](#lifetimes-and-locations) that the driver is registered for: the dispatch is based on the key's lifetime.
### Requirements
The present specification was designed to fulfill the following high-level requirements.
[Req.plugins] It is possible to combine multiple drivers from different providers into the same implementation, without any prior arrangement other than choosing certain names and values from disjoint namespaces.
[Req.compile] It is possible to compile the code of each driver and of the core separately, and link them together. A small amount of glue code may need to be compiled once the list of drivers is available.
[Req.types] Support drivers for the following types of hardware: accelerators that operate on keys in cleartext; cryptoprocessors that can wrap keys with a built-in keys but not store user keys; and cryptoprocessors that store key material.
[Req.portable] The interface between drivers and the core does not involve any platform-specific consideration. Driver calls are simple C function calls. Interactions with platform-specific hardware happen only inside the driver (and in fact a driver need not involve any hardware at all).
[Req.location] Applications can tell which location values correspond to which secure element drivers.
[Req.fallback] Accelerator drivers can specify that they do not fully support a cryptographic mechanism and that a fallback to core code may be necessary. Conversely, if an accelerator fully supports cryptographic mechanism, the core must be able to omit code for this mechanism.
[Req.mechanisms] Drivers can specify which mechanisms they support. A driver's code will not be invoked for cryptographic mechanisms that it does not support.
## Overview of drivers
### Deliverables for a driver
To write a driver, you need to implement some functions with C linkage, and to declare these functions in a **driver description file**. The driver description file declares which functions the driver implements and what cryptographic mechanisms they support. If the driver description references custom types, macros or constants, you also need to provide C header files defining those elements.
The concrete syntax for a driver description file is JSON. The structure of this JSON file is specified in the section [“Driver description syntax”](#driver-description-syntax).
A driver therefore consists of:
* A driver description file (in JSON format).
* C header files defining the types required by the driver description. The names of these header files are declared in the driver description file.
* An object file compiled for the target platform defining the entry point functions specified by the driver description. Implementations may allow drivers to be provided as source files and compiled with the core instead of being pre-compiled.
How to provide the driver description file, the C header files and the object code is implementation-dependent.
### Driver description syntax
The concrete syntax for a driver description file is JSON.
#### Driver description list
PSA Cryptography core implementations should support multiple drivers. The driver description files are passed to the implementation as an ordered list in an unspecified manner. This may be, for example, a list of file names passed on a command line, or a JSON list whose elements are individual driver descriptions.
#### Driver description top-level element
A driver description is a JSON object containing the following properties:
* `"prefix"` (mandatory, string). This must be a valid prefix for a C identifier. All the types and functions provided by the driver have a name that starts with this prefix unless overridden with a `"name"` element in the applicable capability as described below.
* `"type"` (mandatory, string). One of `"transparent"` or `"opaque"`.
* `"headers"` (optional, array of strings). A list of header files. These header files must define the types, macros and constants referenced by the driver description. They may declare the entry point functions, but this is not required. They may include other PSA headers and standard headers of the platform. Whether they may include other headers is implementation-specific. If omitted, the list of headers is empty. The header files must be present at the specified location relative to a directory on the compiler's include path when compiling glue code between the core and the drivers.
* `"capabilities"` (mandatory, array of [capabilities](#driver-description-capability)).
A list of **capabilities**. Each capability describes a family of functions that the driver implements for a certain class of cryptographic mechanisms.
* `"key_context"` (not permitted for transparent drivers, mandatory for opaque drivers): information about the [representation of keys](#key-format-for-opaque-drivers).
* `"persistent_state_size"` (not permitted for transparent drivers, optional for opaque drivers, integer or string). The size in bytes of the [persistent state of the driver](#opaque-driver-persistent-state). This may be either a non-negative integer or a C constant expression of type `size_t`.
* `"location"` (not permitted for transparent drivers, optional for opaque drivers, integer or string). The [location value](#lifetimes-and-locations) for which this driver is invoked. In other words, this determines the lifetimes for which the driver is invoked. This may be either a non-negative integer or a C constant expression of type `psa_key_location_t`.
### Driver description capability
#### Capability syntax
A capability declares a family of functions that the driver implements for a certain class of cryptographic mechanisms. The capability specifies which key types and algorithms are covered and the names of the types and functions that implement it.
A capability is a JSON object containing the following properties:
* `"entry_points"` (mandatory, list of strings). Each element is the name of a [driver entry point](#driver-entry-points) or driver entry point family. An entry point is a function defined by the driver. If specified, the core will invoke this capability of the driver only when performing one of the specified operations. The driver must implement all the specified entry points, as well as the types if applicable.
* `"algorithms"` (optional, list of strings). Each element is an [algorithm specification](#algorithm-specifications). If specified, the core will invoke this capability of the driver only when performing one of the specified algorithms. If omitted, the core will invoke this capability for all applicable algorithms.
* `"key_types"` (optional, list of strings). Each element is a [key type specification](#key-type-specifications). If specified, the core will invoke this capability of the driver only for operations involving a key with one of the specified key types. If omitted, the core will invoke this capability of the driver for all applicable key types.
* `"key_sizes"` (optional, list of integers). If specified, the core will invoke this capability of the driver only for operations involving a key with one of the specified key sizes. If omitted, the core will invoke this capability of the driver for all applicable key sizes. Key sizes are expressed in bits.
* `"names"` (optional, object). A mapping from entry point names described by the `"entry_points"` property, to the name of the C function in the driver that implements the corresponding function. If a function is not listed here, name of the driver function that implements it is the driver's prefix followed by an underscore (`_`) followed by the function name. If this property is omitted, it is equivalent to an empty object (so each entry point *suffix* is implemented by a function called *prefix*`_`*suffix*).
* `"fallback"` (optional for transparent drivers, not permitted for opaque drivers, boolean). If present and true, the driver may return `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED`, in which case the core should call another driver or use built-in code to perform this operation. If absent or false, the driver is expected to fully support the mechanisms described by this capability. See the section “[Fallback](#fallback)” for more information.
#### Capability semantics
When the PSA Cryptography implementation performs a cryptographic mechanism, it invokes available driver entry points as described in the section [“Driver entry points”](#driver-entry-points).
A driver is considered available for a cryptographic mechanism that invokes a given entry point if all of the following conditions are met:
* The driver specification includes a capability whose `"entry_points"` list either includes the entry point or includes an entry point family that includes the entry point.
* If the mechanism involves an algorithm:
* either the capability does not have an `"algorithms"` property;
* or the value of the capability's `"algorithms"` property includes an [algorithm specification](#algorithm-specifications) that matches this algorithm.
* If the mechanism involves a key:
* either the key is transparent (its location is `PSA_KEY_LOCATION_LOCAL_STORAGE`) and the driver is transparent;
* or the key is opaque (its location is not `PSA_KEY_LOCATION_LOCAL_STORAGE`) and the driver is an opaque driver whose location is the key's location.
* If the mechanism involves a key:
* either the capability does not have a `"key_types"` property;
* or the value of the capability's `"key_types"` property includes a [key type specification](#key-type-specifications) that matches this algorithm.
* If the mechanism involves a key:
* either the capability does not have a `"key_sizes"` property;
* or the value of the capability's `"key_sizes"` property includes the key's size.
If a driver includes multiple applicable capabilities for a given combination of entry point, algorithm, key type and key size, and all the capabilities map the entry point to the same function name, the driver is considered available for this cryptographic mechanism. If a driver includes multiple applicable capabilities for a given combination of entry point, algorithm, key type and key size, and at least two of these capabilities map the entry point to the different function names, the driver specification is invalid.
If multiple transparent drivers have applicable capabilities for a given combination of entry point, algorithm, key type and key size, the first matching driver in the [specification list](#driver-description-list) is invoked. If the capability has [fallback](#fallback) enabled and the first driver returns `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED`, the next matching driver is invoked, and so on.
If multiple opaque drivers have the same location, the list of driver specifications is invalid.
#### Capability examples
Example 1: the following capability declares that the driver can perform deterministic ECDSA signatures (but not signature verification) using any hash algorithm and any curve that the core supports. If the prefix of this driver is `"acme"`, the function that performs the signature is called `acme_sign_hash`.
```
{
"entry_points": ["sign_hash"],
"algorithms": ["PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)"],
}
```
Example 2: the following capability declares that the driver can perform deterministic ECDSA signatures using SHA-256 or SHA-384 with a SECP256R1 or SECP384R1 private key (with either hash being possible in combination with either curve). If the prefix of this driver is `"acme"`, the function that performs the signature is called `acme_sign_hash`.
```
{
"entry_points": ["sign_hash"],
"algorithms": ["PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)",
"PSA_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA(PSA_ALG_SHA_384)"],
"key_types": ["PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(PSA_ECC_CURVE_SECP_R1)"],
"key_sizes": [256, 384]
}
```
### Algorithm and key specifications
#### Algorithm specifications
An algorithm specification is a string consisting of a `PSA_ALG_xxx` macro that specifies a cryptographic algorithm or an algorithm wildcard policy defined by the PSA Cryptography API. If the macro takes arguments, the string must have the syntax of a C macro call and each argument must be an algorithm specification or a decimal or hexadecimal literal with no suffix, depending on the expected type of argument.
Spaces are optional after commas. Whether other whitespace is permitted is implementation-specific.
Valid examples:
```
PSA_ALG_SHA_256
PSA_ALG_HMAC(PSA_ALG_SHA_256)
PSA_ALG_KEY_AGREEMENT(PSA_ALG_ECDH, PSA_ALG_HKDF(PSA_ALG_SHA_256))
PSA_ALG_RSA_PSS(PSA_ALG_ANY_HASH)
```
#### Key type specifications
An algorithm specification is a string consisting of a `PSA_KEY_TYPE_xxx` macro that specifies a key type defined by the PSA Cryptography API. If the macro takes an argument, the string must have the syntax of a C macro call and each argument must be the name of a constant of suitable type (curve or group).
The name `_` may be used instead of a curve or group to indicate that the capability concerns all curves or groups.
Valid examples:
```
PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES
PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(PSA_ECC_CURVE_SECP_R1)
PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR(_)
```
### Driver entry points
#### Overview of driver entry points
Drivers define functions, each of which implements an aspect of a capability of a driver, such as a cryptographic operation, a part of a cryptographic operation, or a key management action. These functions are called the **entry points** of the driver. Most driver entry points correspond to a particular function in the PSA Cryptography API. For example, if a call to `psa_sign_hash()` is dispatched to a driver, it invokes the driver's `sign_hash` function.
All driver entry points return a status of type `psa_status_t` which should use the status codes documented for PSA services in general and for PSA Cryptography in particular: `PSA_SUCCESS` indicates that the function succeeded, and `PSA_ERROR_xxx` values indicate that an error occurred.
The signature of a driver entry point generally looks like the signature of the PSA Cryptography API that it implements, with some modifications. This section gives an overview of modifications that apply to whole classes of entry points. Refer to the reference section for each entry point or entry point family for details.
* For entry points that operate on an existing key, the `psa_key_id_t` parameter is replaced by a sequence of three parameters that describe the key:
1. `const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes`: the key attributes.
2. `const uint8_t *key_buffer`: a key material or key context buffer.
3. `size_t key_buffer_size`: the size of the key buffer in bytes.
For transparent drivers, the key buffer contains the key material, in the same format as defined for `psa_export_key()` and `psa_export_public_key()` in the PSA Cryptography API. For opaque drivers, the content of the key buffer is entirely up to the driver.
* For entry points that involve a multi-part operation, the operation state type (`psa_XXX_operation_t`) is replaced by a driver-specific operation state type (*prefix*`_XXX_operation_t`).
* For entry points that are involved in key creation, the `psa_key_id_t *` output parameter is replaced by a sequence of parameters that convey the key context:
1. `uint8_t *key_buffer`: a buffer for the key material or key context.
2. `size_t key_buffer_size`: the size of the key buffer in bytes.
2. `size_t *key_buffer_length`: the length of the data written to the key buffer in bytes.
Some entry points are grouped in families that must be implemented as a whole. If a driver supports an entry point family, it must provide all the entry points in the family.
#### General considerations on driver entry point parameters
Buffer parameters for driver entry points obey the following conventions:
* An input buffer has the type `const uint8_t *` and is immediately followed by a parameter of type `size_t` that indicates the buffer size.
* An output buffer has the type `uint8_t *` and is immediately followed by a parameter of type `size_t` that indicates the buffer size. A third parameter of type `size_t *` is provided to report the actual length of the data written in the buffer if the function succeeds.
* An in-out buffer has the type `uint8_t *` and is immediately followed by a parameter of type `size_t` that indicates the buffer size. In-out buffers are only used when the input and the output have the same length.
Buffers of size 0 may be represented with either a null pointer or a non-null pointer.
Input buffers and other input-only parameters (`const` pointers) may be in read-only memory. Overlap is possible between input buffers, and between an input buffer and an output buffer, but not between two output buffers or between a non-buffer parameter and another parameter.
#### Driver entry points for single-part cryptographic operations
The following driver entry points perform a cryptographic operation in one shot (single-part operation):
* `"hash_compute"` (transparent drivers only): calculation of a hash. Called by `psa_hash_compute()` and `psa_hash_compare()`. To verify a hash with `psa_hash_compare()`, the core calls the driver's `"hash_compute"` entry point and compares the result with the reference hash value.
* `"mac_compute"`: calculation of a MAC. Called by `psa_mac_compute()` and possibly `psa_mac_verify()`. To verify a mac with `psa_mac_verify()`, the core calls an applicable driver's `"mac_verify"` entry point if there is one, otherwise the core calls an applicable driver's `"mac_compute"` entry point and compares the result with the reference MAC value.
* `"mac_verify"`: verification of a MAC. Called by `psa_mac_verify()`. This entry point is mainly useful for drivers of secure elements that verify a MAC without revealing the correct MAC. Although transparent drivers may implement this entry point in addition to `"mac_compute"`, it is generally not useful because the core can call the `"mac_compute"` entry point and compare with the expected MAC value.
* `"cipher_encrypt"`: unauthenticated symmetric cipher encryption. Called by `psa_cipher_encrypt()`.
* `"cipher_decrypt"`: unauthenticated symmetric cipher decryption. Called by `psa_cipher_decrypt()`.
* `"aead_encrypt"`: authenticated encryption with associated data. Called by `psa_aead_encrypt()`.
* `"aead_decrypt"`: authenticated decryption with associated data. Called by `psa_aead_decrypt()`.
* `"asymmetric_encrypt"`: asymmetric encryption. Called by `psa_asymmetric_encrypt()`.
* `"asymmetric_decrypt"`: asymmetric decryption. Called by `psa_asymmetric_decrypt()`.
* `"sign_hash"`: signature of an already calculated hash. Called by `psa_sign_hash()` and possibly `psa_sign_message()`. To sign a message with `psa_sign_message()`, the core calls an applicable driver's `"sign_message"` entry point if there is one, otherwise the core calls an applicable driver's `"hash_compute"` entry point followed by an applicable driver's `"sign_hash"` entry point.
* `"verify_hash"`: verification of an already calculated hash. Called by `psa_verify_hash()` and possibly `psa_verify_message()`. To verify a message with `psa_verify_message()`, the core calls an applicable driver's `"verify_message"` entry point if there is one, otherwise the core calls an applicable driver's `"hash_compute"` entry point followed by an applicable driver's `"verify_hash"` entry point.
* `"sign_message"`: signature of a message. Called by `psa_sign_message()`.
* `"verify_message"`: verification of a message. Called by `psa_verify_message()`.
* `"key_agreement"`: key agreement without a subsequent key derivation. Called by `psa_raw_key_agreement()` and possibly `psa_key_derivation_key_agreement()`.
### Driver entry points for multi-part operations
#### General considerations on multi-part operations
The entry points that implement each step of a multi-part operation are grouped into a family. A driver that implements a multi-part operation must define all of the entry points in this family as well as a type that represents the operation context. The lifecycle of a driver operation context is similar to the lifecycle of an API operation context:
1. The core initializes operation context objects to either all-bits-zero or to logical zero (`{0}`), at its discretion.
1. The core calls the `xxx_setup` entry point for this operation family. If this fails, the core destroys the operation context object without calling any other driver entry point on it.
1. The core calls other entry points that manipulate the operation context object, respecting the constraints.
1. If any entry point fails, the core calls the driver's `xxx_abort` entry point for this operation family, then destroys the operation context object without calling any other driver entry point on it.
1. If a “finish” entry point fails, the core destroys the operation context object without calling any other driver entry point on it. The finish entry points are: *prefix*`_mac_sign_finish`, *prefix*`_mac_verify_finish`, *prefix*`_cipher_fnish`, *prefix*`_aead_finish`, *prefix*`_aead_verify`.
If a driver implements a multi-part operation but not the corresponding single-part operation, the core calls the driver's multipart operation entry points to perform the single-part operation.
#### Multi-part operation entry point family `"hash_multipart"`
This family corresponds to the calculation of a hash in multiple steps.
This family applies to transparent drivers only.
This family requires the following type and entry points:
* Type `"hash_operation_t"`: the type of a hash operation context. It must be possible to copy a hash operation context byte by byte, therefore hash operation contexts must not contain any embedded pointers (except pointers to global data that do not change after the setup step).
* `"hash_setup"`: called by `psa_hash_setup()`.
* `"hash_update"`: called by `psa_hash_update()`.
* `"hash_finish"`: called by `psa_hash_finish()` and `psa_hash_verify()`.
* `"hash_abort"`: called by all multi-part hash functions of the PSA Cryptography API.
To verify a hash with `psa_hash_verify()`, the core calls the driver's *prefix*`_hash_finish` entry point and compares the result with the reference hash value.
For example, a driver with the prefix `"acme"` that implements the `"hash_multipart"` entry point family must define the following type and entry points (assuming that the capability does not use the `"names"` property to declare different type and entry point names):
```
typedef ... acme_hash_operation_t;
psa_status_t acme_hash_setup(acme_hash_operation_t *operation,
psa_algorithm_t alg);
psa_status_t acme_hash_update(acme_hash_operation_t *operation,
const uint8_t *input,
size_t input_length);
psa_status_t acme_hash_finish(acme_hash_operation_t *operation,
uint8_t *hash,
size_t hash_size,
size_t *hash_length);
psa_status_t acme_hash_abort(acme_hash_operation_t *operation);
```
#### Operation family `"mac_multipart"`
TODO
#### Operation family `"mac_verify_multipart"`
TODO
#### Operation family `"cipher_encrypt_multipart"`
TODO
#### Operation family `"cipher_decrypt_multipart"`
TODO
#### Operation family `"aead_encrypt_multipart"`
TODO
#### Operation family `"aead_decrypt_multipart"`
TODO
#### Operation family `"key_derivation"`
This family requires the following type and entry points:
* Type `"key_derivation_operation_t"`: the type of a key derivation operation context.
* `"key_derivation_setup"`: called by `psa_key_derivation_setup()`.
* `"key_derivation_set_capacity"`: called by `psa_key_derivation_set_capacity()`. The core will always enforce the capacity, therefore this function does not need to do anything for algorithms where the output stream only depends on the effective generated length and not on the capacity.
* `"key_derivation_input_bytes"`: called by `psa_key_derivation_input_bytes()` and `psa_key_derivation_input_key()`. For transparent drivers, when processing a call to `psa_key_derivation_input_key()`, the core always calls the applicable driver's `"key_derivation_input_bytes"` entry point.
* `"key_derivation_input_key"` (opaque drivers only)
* `"key_derivation_output_bytes"`: called by `psa_key_derivation_output_bytes()`; also by `psa_key_derivation_output_key()` for transparent drivers.
* `"key_derivation_output_key"`: called by `psa_key_derivation_output_key()` for transparent drivers when deriving an asymmetric key pair, and also for opaque drivers.
* `"key_derivation_abort"`: called by all key derivation functions of the PSA Cryptography API.
TODO: key input and output for opaque drivers; deterministic key generation for transparent drivers
TODO
### Driver entry points for key management
The driver entry points for key management differ significantly between [transparent drivers](#key-management-with-transparent-drivers) and [opaque drivers](#key-management-with-opaque-drivers). This section describes common elements. Refer to the applicable section for each driver type for more information.
The entry points that create or format key data have the following prototypes for a driver with the prefix `"acme"`:
```
psa_status_t acme_import_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
const uint8_t *data,
size_t data_length,
uint8_t *key_buffer,
size_t key_buffer_size,
size_t *key_buffer_length,
size_t *bits); // additional parameter, see below
psa_status_t acme_generate_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
uint8_t *key_buffer,
size_t key_buffer_size,
size_t *key_buffer_length);
```
TODO: derivation, copy
* The key attributes (`attributes`) have the same semantics as in the PSA Cryptography application interface.
* For the `"import_key"` entry point, the input in the `data` buffer is either the export format or an implementation-specific format that the core documents as an acceptable input format for `psa_import_key()`.
* The size of the key data buffer `key_buffer` is sufficient for the internal representation of the key. For a transparent driver, this is the key's [export format](#key-format-for-transparent-drivers). For an opaque driver, this is the size determined from the driver description and the key attributes, as specified in the section [“Key format for opaque drivers”](#key-format-for-opaque-drivers).
* For an opaque driver with an `"allocate_key"` entry point, the content of the key data buffer on entry is the output of that entry point.
* The `"import_key"` entry point must determine or validate the key size and set `*bits` as described in the section [“Key size determination on import”](#key-size-determination-on-import) below.
All key creation entry points must ensure that the resulting key is valid as specified in the section [“Key validation”](#key-validation) below. This is primarily important for import entry points since the key data comes from the application.
#### Key size determination on import
The `"import_key"` entry point must determine or validate the key size.
The PSA Cryptography API exposes the key size as part of the key attributes.
When importing a key, the key size recorded in the key attributes can be either a size specified by the caller of the API (who may not be trusted), or `0` which indicates that the size must be calculated from the data.
When the core calls the `"import_key"` entry point to process a call to `psa_import_key`, it passes an `attributes` structure such that `psa_get_key_bits(attributes)` is the size passed by the caller of `psa_import_key`. If this size is `0`, the `"import_key"` entry point must set the `bits` input-output parameter to the correct key size. The semantics of `bits` is as follows:
* The core sets `*bits` to `psa_get_key_bits(attributes)` before calling the `"import_key"` entry point.
* If `*bits == 0`, the driver must determine the key size from the data and set `*bits` to this size. If the key size cannot be determined from the data, the driver must return `PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT` (as of version 1.0 of the PSA Cryptography API specification, it is possible to determine the key size for all standard key types).
* If `*bits != 0`, the driver must check the value of `*bits` against the data and return `PSA_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT` if it does not match. If the driver entry point changes `*bits` to a different value but returns `PSA_SUCCESS`, the core will consider the key as invalid and the import will fail.
#### Key validation
Key creation entry points must produce valid key data. Key data is _valid_ if operations involving the key are guaranteed to work functionally and not to cause indirect security loss. Operation functions are supposed to receive valid keys, and should not have to check and report invalid keys. For example:
* If a cryptographic mechanism is defined as having keying material of a certain size, or if the keying material involves integers that have to be in a certain range, key creation must ensure that the keying material has an appropriate size and falls within an appropriate range.
* If a cryptographic operation involves a division by an integer which is provided as part of a key, key creation must ensure that this integer is nonzero.
* If a cryptographic operation involves two keys A and B (or more), then the creation of A must ensure that using it does not risk compromising B. This applies even if A's policy does not explicitly allow a problematic operation, but A is exportable. In particular, public keys that can potentially be used for key agreement are considered invalid and must not be created if they risk compromising the private key.
* On the other hand, it is acceptable for import to accept a key that cannot be verified as valid if using this key would at most compromise the key itself and material that is secured with this key. For example, RSA key import does not need to verify that the primes are actually prime. Key import may accept an insecure key if the consequences of the insecurity are no worse than a leak of the key prior to its import.
With opaque drivers, the key context can only be used by code from the same driver, so key validity is primarily intended to report key creation errors at creation time rather than during an operation. With transparent drivers, the key context can potentially be used by code from a different provider, so key validity is critical for interoperability.
This section describes some minimal validity requirements for standard key types.
* For symmetric key types, check that the key size is suitable for the type.
* For DES (`PSA_KEY_TYPE_DES`), additionally verify the parity bits.
* For RSA (`PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY`, `PSA_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR`), check the syntax of the key and make sanity checks on its components. TODO: what sanity checks? Value ranges (e.g. p < n), sanity checks such as parity, minimum and maximum size, what else?
* For elliptic curve private keys (`PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR`), check the size and range. TODO: what else?
* For elliptic curve public keys (`PSA_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY`), check the size and range, and that the point is on the curve. TODO: what else?
### Miscellaneous driver entry points
#### Driver initialization
A driver may declare an `"init"` entry point in a capability with no algorithm, key type or key size. If so, the core calls this entry point once during the initialization of the PSA Cryptography subsystem. If the init entry point of any driver fails, the initialization of the PSA Cryptography subsystem fails.
When multiple drivers have an init entry point, the order in which they are called is unspecified. It is also unspecified whether other drivers' `"init"` entry points are called if one or more init entry point fails.
On platforms where the PSA Cryptography implementation is a subsystem of a single application, the initialization of the PSA Cryptography subsystem takes place during the call to `psa_crypto_init()`. On platforms where the PSA Cryptography implementation is separate from the application or applications, the initialization of the PSA Cryptography subsystem takes place before or during the first time an application calls `psa_crypto_init()`.
The init entry point does not take any parameter.
### Combining multiple drivers
To declare a cryptoprocessor can handle both cleartext and wrapped keys, you need to provide two driver descriptions, one for a transparent driver and one for an opaque driver. You can use the mapping in capabilities' `"names"` property to arrange for multiple driver entry points to map to the same C function.
## Transparent drivers
### Key format for transparent drivers
The format of a key for transparent drivers is the same as in applications. Refer to the documentation of [`psa_export_key()`](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/html/api/keys/management.html#c.psa_export_key) and [`psa_export_public_key()`](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/html/api/keys/management.html#c.psa_export_public_key) in the PSA Cryptography API specification. For custom key types defined by an implementation, refer to the documentation of that implementation.
### Key management with transparent drivers
Transparent drivers may provide the following key management entry points:
* [`"import_key"`](#key-import-with-transparent-drivers): called by `psa_import_key()`, only when importing a key pair or a public key (key such that `PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_ASYMMETRIC` is true).
* `"generate_key"`: called by `psa_generate_key()`, only when generating a key pair (key such that `PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_KEY_PAIR` is true).
* `"key_derivation_output_key"`: called by `psa_key_derivation_output_key()`, only when deriving a key pair (key such that `PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_KEY_PAIR` is true).
* `"export_public_key"`: called by the core to obtain the public key of a key pair. The core may call this function at any time to obtain the public key, which can be for `psa_export_public_key()` but also at other times, including during a cryptographic operation that requires the public key such as a call to `psa_verify_message()` on a key pair object.
Transparent drivers are not involved when exporting, copying or destroying keys, or when importing, generating or deriving symmetric keys.
#### Key import with transparent drivers
As discussed in [the general section about key management entry points](#driver-entry-points-for-key-management), the key import entry points has the following prototype for a driver with the prefix `"acme"`:
```
psa_status_t acme_import_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
const uint8_t *data,
size_t data_length,
uint8_t *key_buffer,
size_t key_buffer_size,
size_t *key_buffer_length,
size_t *bits);
```
This entry point has several roles:
1. Parse the key data in the input buffer `data`. The driver must support the export format for the key types that the entry point is declared for. It may support additional formats as specified in the description of [`psa_import_key()`](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/html/api/keys/management.html#c.psa_export_key) in the PSA Cryptography API specification.
2. Validate the key data. The necessary validation is described in the section [“Key validation with transparent drivers”](#key-validation-with-transparent-drivers) above.
3. [Determine the key size](#key-size-determination-on-import) and output it through `*bits`.
4. Copy the validated key data from `data` to `key_buffer`. The output must be in the canonical format documented for [`psa_export_key()`](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/html/api/keys/management.html#c.psa_export_key) or [`psa_export_public_key()`](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/html/api/keys/management.html#c.psa_export_public_key), so if the input is not in this format, the entry point must convert it.
### Fallback
Sometimes cryptographic accelerators only support certain cryptographic mechanisms partially. The capability description language allows specifying some restrictions, including restrictions on key sizes, but it cannot cover all the possibilities that may arise in practice. Furthermore, it may be desirable to deploy the same binary image on different devices, only some of which have a cryptographic accelerators.
For these purposes, a transparent driver can declare that it only supports a [capability](#driver-description-capability) partially, by setting the capability's `"fallback"` property to true.
If a transparent driver entry point is part of a capability which has a true `"fallback"` property and returns `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED`, the core will call the next transparent driver that supports the mechanism, if there is one. The core considers drivers in the order given by the [driver description list](#driver-description-list).
If all the available drivers have fallback enabled and return `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED`, the core will perform the operation using built-in code.
As soon as a driver returns any value other than `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED` (`PSA_SUCCESS` or a different error code), this value is returned to the application, without attempting to call any other driver or built-in code.
If a transparent driver entry point is part of a capability where the `"fallback"` property is false or omitted, the core should not include any other code for this capability, whether built in or in another transparent driver.
## Opaque drivers
Opaque drivers allow a PSA Cryptography implementation to delegate cryptographic operations to a separate environment that might not allow exporting key material in cleartext. The opaque driver interface is designed so that the core never inspects the representation of a key. The opaque driver interface is designed to support two subtypes of cryptoprocessors:
* Some cryptoprocessors do not have persistent storage for individual keys. The representation of a key is the key material wrapped with a master key which is located in the cryptoprocessor and never exported from it. The core stores this wrapped key material on behalf of the cryptoprocessor.
* Some cryptoprocessors have persistent storage for individual keys. The representation of a key is an identifier such as label or slot number. The core stores this identifier.
### Key format for opaque drivers
The format of a key for opaque drivers is an opaque blob. The content of this blob is fully up to the driver. The core merely stores this blob.
Note that since the core stores the key context blob as it is in memory, it must only contain data that is meaningful after a reboot. In particular, it must not contain any pointers or transient handles.
The `"key_context"` property in the [driver description](#driver-description-top-level-element) specifies how to calculate the size of the key context as a function of the key type and size. This is an object with the following properties:
* `"base_size"` (integer or string, optional): this many bytes are included in every key context. If omitted, this value defaults to 0.
* `"key_pair_size"` (integer or string, optional): this many bytes are included in every key context for a key pair. If omitted, this value defaults to 0.
* `"public_key_size"` (integer or string, optional): this many bytes are included in every key context for a public key. If omitted, this value defaults to 0.
* `"symmetric_factor"` (integer or string, optional): every key context for a symmetric key includes this many times the key size. If omitted, this value defaults to 0.
* `"store_public_key"` (boolean, optional): If specified and true, for a key pair, the key context includes space for the public key. If omitted or false, no additional space is added for the public key.
* `"size_function"` (string, optional): the name of a function that returns the number of bytes that the driver needs in a key context for a key. This may be a pointer to function. This must be a C identifier; more complex expressions are not permitted. If the core uses this function, it supersedes all the other properties.
The integer properties must be C language constants. A typical value for `"base_size"` is `sizeof(acme_key_context_t)` where `acme_key_context_t` is a type defined in a driver header file.
#### Size of a dynamically allocated key context
If the core supports dynamic allocation for the key context and chooses to use it, and the driver specification includes the `"size_function"` property, the size of the key context is at least
```
size_function(key_type, key_bits)
```
where `size_function` is the function named in the `"size_function"` property, `key_type` is the key type and `key_bits` is the key size in bits. The prototype of the size function is
```
size_t size_function(psa_key_type_t key_type, size_t key_bits);
```
#### Size of a statically allocated key context
If the core does not support dynamic allocation for the key context or chooses not to use it, or if the driver specification does not include the `"size_function"` property, the size of the key context for a key of type `key_type` and of size `key_bits` bits is:
* For a key pair (`PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_KEY_PAIR(key_type)` is true):
```
base_size + key_pair_size + public_key_overhead
```
where `public_key_overhead = PSA_EXPORT_PUBLIC_KEY_MAX_SIZE(key_type, key_bits)` if the `"store_public_key"` property is true and `public_key_overhead = 0` otherwise.
* For a public key (`PSA_KEY_TYPE_IS_PUBLIC_KEY(key_type)` is true):
```
base_size + public_key_size
```
* For a symmetric key (not a key pair or public key):
```
base_size + symmetric_factor * key_bytes
```
where `key_bytes = ((key_bits + 7) / 8)` is the key size in bytes.
#### Key context size for a secure element with storage
If the key is stored in the secure element and the driver only needs to store a label for the key, use `"base_size"` as the size of the label plus any other metadata that the driver needs to store, and omit the other properties.
If the key is stored in the secure element, but the secure element does not store the public part of a key pair and cannot recompute it on demand, additionally use the `"store_public_key"` property with the value `true`. Note that this only influences the size of the key context: the driver code must copy the public key to the key context and retrieve it on demand in its `export_public_key` entry point.
#### Key context size for a secure element without storage
If the key is stored in wrapped form outside the secure element, and the wrapped form of the key plus any metadata has up to *N* bytes of overhead, use *N* as the value of the `"base_size"` property and set the `"symmetric_factor"` property to 1. Set the `"key_pair_size"` and `"public_key_size"` properties appropriately for the largest supported key pair and the largest supported public key respectively.
### Key management with opaque drivers
Opaque drivers may provide the following key management entry points:
* `"export_key"`: called by `psa_export_key()`, or by `psa_copy_key()` when copying a key from or to a different [location](#lifetimes-and-locations).
* `"export_public_key"`: called by the core to obtain the public key of a key pair. The core may call this entry point at any time to obtain the public key, which can be for `psa_export_public_key()` but also at other times, including during a cryptographic operation that requires the public key such as a call to `psa_verify_message()` on a key pair object.
* `"import_key"`: called by `psa_import_key()`, or by `psa_copy_key()` when copying a key from another location.
* `"generate_key"`: called by `psa_generate_key()`.
* `"key_derivation_output_key"`: called by `psa_key_derivation_output_key()`.
* `"copy_key"`: called by `psa_copy_key()` when copying a key within the same [location](#lifetimes-and-locations).
In addition, secure elements that store the key material internally must provide the following two entry points:
* `"allocate_key"`: called by `psa_import_key()`, `psa_generate_key()`, `psa_key_derivation_output_key()` or `psa_copy_key()` before creating a key in the location of this driver.
* `"destroy_key"`: called by `psa_destroy_key()`.
#### Key creation in a secure element without storage
This section describes the key creation process for secure elements that do not store the key material. The driver must obtain a wrapped form of the key material which the core will store. A driver for such a secure element has no `"allocate_key"` or `"destroy_key"` entry point.
When creating a key with an opaque driver which does not have an `"allocate_key"` or `"destroy_key"` entry point:
1. The core allocates memory for the key context.
2. The core calls the driver's import, generate, derive or copy entry point.
3. The core saves the resulting wrapped key material and any other data that the key context may contain.
To destroy a key, the core simply destroys the wrapped key material, without invoking driver code.
#### Key management in a secure element with storage
This section describes the key creation and key destruction processes for secure elements that have persistent storage for the key material. A driver for such a secure element has two mandatory entry points:
* `"allocate_key"`: this function obtains an internal identifier for the key. This may be, for example, a unique label or a slot number.
* `"destroy_key"`: this function invalidates the internal identifier and destroys the associated key material.
These functions have the following prototypes for a driver with the prefix `"acme"`:
```
psa_status_t acme_allocate_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
uint8_t *key_buffer,
size_t key_buffer_size);
psa_status_t acme_destroy_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
const uint8_t *key_buffer,
size_t key_buffer_size);
```
When creating a persistent key with an opaque driver which has an `"allocate_key"` entry point:
1. The core calls the driver's `"allocate_key"` entry point. This function typically allocates an internal identifier for the key without modifying the state of the secure element and stores the identifier in the key context. This function should not modify the state of the secure element. It may modify the copy of the persistent state of the driver in memory.
1. The core saves the key context to persistent storage.
1. The core calls the driver's key creation entry point.
1. The core saves the updated key context to persistent storage.
If a failure occurs after the `"allocate_key"` step but before the call to the second driver entry point, the core will do one of the following:
* Fail the creation of the key without indicating this to the driver. This can happen, in particular, if the device loses power immediately after the key allocation entry point returns.
* Call the driver's `"destroy_key"` entry point.
To destroy a key, the core calls the driver's `"destroy_key"` entry point.
Note that the key allocation and destruction entry points must not rely solely on the key identifier in the key attributes to identify a key. Some implementations of the PSA Cryptography API store keys on behalf of multiple clients, and different clients may use the same key identifier to designate different keys. The manner in which the core distinguishes keys that have the same identifier but are part of the key namespace for different clients is implementation-dependent and is not accessible to drivers. Some typical strategies to allocate an internal key identifier are:
* Maintain a set of free slot numbers which is stored either in the secure element or in the driver's persistent storage. To allocate a key slot, find a free slot number, mark it as occupied and store the number in the key context. When the key is destroyed, mark the slot number as free.
* Maintain a monotonic counter with a practically unbounded range in the secure element or in the driver's persistent storage. To allocate a key slot, increment the counter and store the current value in the key context. Destroying a key does not change the counter.
TODO: explain constraints on how the driver updates its persistent state for resilience
TODO: some of the above doesn't apply to volatile keys
#### Key creation entry points in opaque drivers
The key creation entry points have the following prototypes for a driver with the prefix `"acme"`:
```
psa_status_t acme_import_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
const uint8_t *data,
size_t data_length,
uint8_t *key_buffer,
size_t key_buffer_size,
size_t *key_buffer_length,
size_t *bits);
psa_status_t acme_generate_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
uint8_t *key_buffer,
size_t key_buffer_size,
size_t *key_buffer_length);
```
If the driver has an [`"allocate_key"` entry point](#key-management-in-a-secure-element-with-storage), the core calls the `"allocate_key"` entry point with the same attributes on the same key buffer before calling the key creation entry point.
TODO: derivation, copy
#### Key export entry points in opaque drivers
The key export entry points have the following prototypes for a driver with the prefix `"acme"`:
```
psa_status_t acme_export_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
const uint8_t *key_buffer,
size_t key_buffer_size,
uint8_t *data,
size_t data_size,
size_t *data_length);
psa_status_t acme_export_public_key(const psa_key_attributes_t *attributes,
const uint8_t *key_buffer,
size_t key_buffer_size,
uint8_t *data,
size_t data_size,
size_t *data_length);
```
The core will only call `acme_export_public_key` on a private key. Drivers implementers may choose to store the public key in the key context buffer or to recalculate it on demand. If the key context includes the public key, it needs to have an adequate size; see [“Key format for opaque drivers”](#key-format-for-opaque-drivers).
The core guarantees that the size of the output buffer (`data_size`) is sufficient to export any key with the given attributes. The driver must set `*data_length` to the exact size of the exported key.
### Opaque driver persistent state
The core maintains persistent state on behalf of an opaque driver. This persistent state consists of a single byte array whose size is given by the `"persistent_state_size"` property in the [driver description](#driver-description-top-level-element).
The core loads the persistent state in memory before it calls the driver's [init entry point](#driver-initialization). It is adjusted to match the size declared by the driver, in case a driver upgrade changes the size:
* The first time the driver is loaded on a system, the persistent state is all-bits-zero.
* If the stored persistent state is smaller than the declared size, the core pads the persistent state with all-bits-zero at the end.
* If the stored persistent state is larger than the declared size, the core truncates the persistent state to the declared size.
The core provides the following callback functions, which an opaque driver may call while it is processing a call from the driver:
```
psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_get_persistent_state(uint_8_t **persistent_state_ptr);
psa_status_t psa_crypto_driver_commit_persistent_state(size_t from, size_t length);
```
`psa_crypto_driver_get_persistent_state` sets `*persistent_state_ptr` to a pointer to the first byte of the persistent state. This pointer remains valid during a call to a driver entry point. Once the entry point returns, the pointer is no longer valid. The core guarantees that calls to `psa_crypto_driver_get_persistent_state` within the same entry point return the same address for the persistent state, but this address may change between calls to an entry point.
`psa_crypto_driver_commit_persistent_state` updates the persistent state in persistent storage. Only the portion at byte offsets `from` inclusive to `from + length` exclusive is guaranteed to be updated; it is unspecified whether changes made to other parts of the state are taken into account. The driver must call this function after updating the persistent state in memory and before returning from the entry point, otherwise it is unspecified whether the persistent state is updated.
The core will not update the persistent state in storage while an entry point is running except when the entry point calls `psa_crypto_driver_commit_persistent_state`. It may update the persistent state in storage after an entry point returns.
In a multithreaded environment, the driver may only call these two functions from the thread that is executing the entry point.
## How to use drivers from an application
### Using transparent drivers
Transparent drivers linked into the library are automatically used for the mechanisms that they implement.
### Using opaque drivers
Each opaque driver is assigned a [location](#lifetimes-and-locations). The driver is invoked for all actions that use a key in that location. A key's location is indicated by its lifetime. The application chooses the key's lifetime when it creates the key.
For example, the following snippet creates an AES-GCM key which is only accessible inside the secure element designated by the location `PSA_KEY_LOCATION_acme`.
```
psa_key_attributes_t attributes = PSA_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_INIT;
psa_set_key_lifetime(&attributes, PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_FROM_PERSISTENCE_AND_LOCATION(
PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_DEFAULT, PSA_KEY_LOCATION_acme));
psa_set_key_identifer(&attributes, 42);
psa_set_key_type(&attributes, PSA_KEY_TYPE_AES);
psa_set_key_size(&attributes, 128);
psa_set_key_algorithm(&attributes, PSA_ALG_GCM);
psa_set_key_usage_flags(&attributes, PSA_KEY_USAGE_ENCRYPT | PSA_KEY_USAGE_DECRYPT);
psa_key_id_t key;
psa_generate_key(&attributes, &key);
```
## Using opaque drivers from an application
### Lifetimes and locations
The PSA Cryptography API, version 1.0.0, defines [lifetimes](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/html/api/keys/attributes.html?highlight=psa_key_lifetime_t#c.psa_key_lifetime_t) as an attribute of a key that indicates where the key is stored and which application and system actions will create and destroy it. The lifetime is expressed as a 32-bit value (`typedef uint32_t psa_key_lifetime_t`). An upcoming version of the PSA Cryptography API defines more structure for lifetime values to separate these two aspects of the lifetime:
* Bits 0–7 are a _persistence level_. This value indicates what device management actions can cause it to be destroyed. In particular, it indicates whether the key is volatile or persistent.
* Bits 8–31 are a _location indicator_. This value indicates where the key material is stored and where operations on the key are performed. Location values can be stored in a variable of type `psa_key_location_t`.
An opaque driver is attached to a specific location. Keys in the default location (`PSA_KEY_LOCATION_LOCAL_STORAGE = 0`) are transparent: the core has direct access to the key material. For keys in a location that is managed by an opaque driver, only the secure element has access to the key material and can perform operations on the key, while the core only manipulates a wrapped form of the key or an identifier of the key.
### Creating a key in a secure element
The core defines a compile-time constant for each opaque driver indicating its location called `PSA_KEY_LOCATION_`*prefix* where *prefix* is the value of the `"prefix"` property in the driver description. For convenience, Mbed TLS also declares a compile-time constant for the corresponding lifetime with the default persistence called `PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_`*prefix*. Therefore, to declare an opaque key in the location with the prefix `foo` with the default persistence, call `psa_set_key_lifetime` during the key creation as follows:
```
psa_set_key_lifetime(&attributes, PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_foo);
```
To declare a volatile key:
```
psa_set_key_lifetime(&attributes, PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_FROM_PERSISTENCE_AND_LOCATION(
PSA_KEY_LOCATION_foo,
PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_VOLATILE));
```
Generally speaking, to declare a key with a specified persistence:
```
psa_set_key_lifetime(&attributes, PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_FROM_PERSISTENCE_AND_LOCATION(
PSA_KEY_LOCATION_foo,
persistence));
```
## Open questions
### Driver declarations
#### Declaring driver entry points
The core may want to provide declarations for the driver entry points so that it can compile code using them. At the time of writing this paragraph, the driver headers must define types but there is no obligation for them to declare functions. The core knows what the function names and argument types are, so it can generate prototypes.
It should be ok for driver functions to be function-like macros or function pointers.
#### Driver location values
How does a driver author decide which location values to use? It should be possible to combine drivers from different sources. Use the same vendor assignment as for PSA services?
Can the driver assembly process generate distinct location values as needed? This can be convenient, but it's also risky: if you upgrade a device, you need the location values to be the same between builds.
The current plan is for Arm to maintain a registry of vendors and assign a location namespace to each vendor. Parts of the namespace would be reserved for implementations and integrators.
#### Multiple transparent drivers
When multiple transparent drivers implement the same mechanism, which one is called? The first one? The last one? Unspecified? Or is this an error (excluding capabilities with fallback enabled)?
The current choice is that the first one is used, which allows having a preference order on drivers, but may mask integration errors.
### Driver function interfaces
#### Driver function parameter conventions
Should 0-size buffers be guaranteed to have a non-null pointers?
Should drivers really have to cope with overlap?
Should the core guarantee that the output buffer size has the size indicated by the applicable buffer size macro (which may be an overestimation)?
### Partial computations in drivers
#### Substitution points
Earlier drafts of the driver interface had a concept of _substitution points_: places in the calculation where a driver may be called. Some hardware doesn't do the whole calculation, but only the “main” part. This goes both for transparent and opaque drivers. Some common examples:
* A processor that performs the RSA exponentiation, but not the padding. The driver should be able to leverage the padding code in the core.
* A processor that performs a block cipher operation only for a single block, or only in ECB mode, or only in CTR mode. The core would perform the block mode (CBC, CTR, CCM, ...).
This concept, or some other way to reuse portable code such as specifying inner functions like `psa_rsa_pad` in the core, should be added to the specification.
### Key management
#### Mixing drivers in key derivation
How does `psa_key_derivation_output_key` work when the extraction part and the expansion part use different drivers?
#### Public key calculation
ECC key pairs are represented as the private key value only. The public key needs to be calculated from that. Both transparent drivers and opaque drivers provide a function to calculate the public key (`"export_public_key"`).
The specification doesn't mention when the public key might be calculated. The core may calculate it on creation, on demand, or anything in between. Opaque drivers have a choice of storing the public key in the key context or calculating it on demand and can convey whether the core should store the public key with the `"store_public_key"` property. Is this good enough or should the specification include non-functional requirements?
#### Symmetric key validation with transparent drivers
Should the entry point be called for symmetric keys as well?
#### Support for custom import formats
[“Driver entry points for key management”](#driver-entry-points-for-key-management) states that the input to `"import_key"` can be an implementation-defined format. Is this a good idea? It reduces driver portability, since a core that accepts a custom format would not work with a driver that doesn't accept this format. On the other hand, if a driver accepts a custom format, the core should let it through because the driver presumably handles it more efficiently (in terms of speed and code size) than the core could.
Allowing custom formats also causes a problem with import: the core can't know the size of the key representation until it knows the bit-size of the key, but determining the bit-size of the key is part of the job of the `"import_key"` entry point. For standard key types, this could plausibly be an issue for RSA private keys, where an implementation might accept a custom format that omits the CRT parameters (or that omits *d*).
### Opaque drivers
#### Opaque driver persistent state
The driver is allowed to update the state at any time. Is this ok?
An example use case for updating the persistent state at arbitrary times is to renew a key that is used to encrypt communications between the application processor and the secure element.
`psa_crypto_driver_get_persistent_state` does not identify the calling driver, so the driver needs to remember which driver it's calling. This may require a thread-local variable in a multithreaded core. Is this ok?
<!--
Local Variables:
time-stamp-line-limit: 40
time-stamp-start: "Time-stamp: *\""
time-stamp-end: "\""
time-stamp-format: "%04Y/%02m/%02d %02H:%02M:%02S %Z"
time-stamp-time-zone: "GMT"
End:
-->

11
contrib/mbedtls/doxygen/input/doc_encdec.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
/**
* @file
* Encryption/decryption module documentation file.
* \file doc_encdec.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Encryption/decryption module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -16,8 +19,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/**

22
contrib/mbedtls/doxygen/input/doc_hashing.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
/**
* @file
* Hashing module documentation file.
* \file doc_hashing.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Hashing module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -16,20 +19,19 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/**
* @addtogroup hashing_module Hashing module
*
* The Hashing module provides one-way hashing functions. Such functions can be
* used for creating a hash message authentication code (HMAC) when sending a
* message. Such a HMAC can be used in combination with a private key
* for authentication, which is a message integrity control.
* The Message Digest (MD) or Hashing module provides one-way hashing
* functions. Such functions can be used for creating a hash message
* authentication code (HMAC) when sending a message. Such a HMAC can be used
* in combination with a private key for authentication, which is a message
* integrity control.
*
* All hash algorithms can be accessed via the generic MD layer (see
* \c md_setup())
* \c mbedtls_md_setup())
*
* The following hashing-algorithms are provided:
* - MD2, MD4, MD5 128-bit one-way hash functions by Ron Rivest.

13
contrib/mbedtls/doxygen/input/doc_mainpage.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
/**
* @file
* Main page documentation file.
* \file doc_mainpage.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Main page documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -16,12 +19,10 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/**
* @mainpage mbed TLS v2.2.1 source code documentation
* @mainpage mbed TLS v2.25.0 source code documentation
*
* This documentation describes the internal structure of mbed TLS. It was
* automatically generated from specially formatted comment blocks in

11
contrib/mbedtls/doxygen/input/doc_rng.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
/**
* @file
* Random number generator (RNG) module documentation file.
* \file doc_rng.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Random number generator (RNG) module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -16,8 +19,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/**

11
contrib/mbedtls/doxygen/input/doc_ssltls.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
/**
* @file
* SSL/TLS communication module documentation file.
* \file doc_ssltls.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief SSL/TLS communication module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -16,8 +19,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/**

11
contrib/mbedtls/doxygen/input/doc_tcpip.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
/**
* @file
* TCP/IP communication module documentation file.
* \file doc_tcpip.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief TCP/IP communication module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -16,8 +19,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/**

11
contrib/mbedtls/doxygen/input/doc_x509.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
/**
* @file
* X.509 module documentation file.
* \file doc_x509.h
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief X.509 module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -16,8 +19,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/**

20
contrib/mbedtls/doxygen/mbedtls.doxyfile
View File

@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
PROJECT_NAME = "mbed TLS v2.2.1"
PROJECT_NAME = "mbed TLS v2.25.0"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ PROJECT_LOGO =
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = apidoc/
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ../apidoc/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ SHORT_NAMES = NO
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ WARN_LOGFILE =
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = .
INPUT = ../include input
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
@ -696,13 +696,13 @@ RECURSIVE = YES
# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
# run.
EXCLUDE = configs
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = YES
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = *_internal.h *_wrap.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
@ -1485,13 +1485,13 @@ XML_OUTPUT = xml
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
#XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
#XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
INCLUDE_PATH = ../include
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the

11
contrib/mbedtls/include/CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -3,9 +3,20 @@ option(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS "Install mbed TLS headers." ON)
if(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
file(GLOB headers "mbedtls/*.h")
file(GLOB psa_headers "psa/*.h")
install(FILES ${headers}
DESTINATION include/mbedtls
PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE GROUP_READ WORLD_READ)
install(FILES ${psa_headers}
DESTINATION include/psa
PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE GROUP_READ WORLD_READ)
endif(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
# Make config.h available in an out-of-source build. ssl-opt.sh requires it.
if (ENABLE_TESTING AND NOT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
link_to_source(mbedtls)
link_to_source(psa)
endif()

656
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aes.h
View File

@ -1,9 +1,27 @@
/**
* \file aes.h
*
* \brief AES block cipher
* \brief This file contains AES definitions and functions.
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) specifies a FIPS-approved
* cryptographic algorithm that can be used to protect electronic
* data.
*
* The AES algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can
* encrypt and decrypt information. For more information, see
* <em>FIPS Publication 197: Advanced Encryption Standard</em> and
* <em>ISO/IEC 18033-2:2006: Information technology -- Security
* techniques -- Encryption algorithms -- Part 2: Asymmetric
* ciphers</em>.
*
* The AES-XTS block mode is standardized by NIST SP 800-38E
* <https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/legacy/sp/nistspecialpublication800-38e.pdf>
* and described in detail by IEEE P1619
* <https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/servlet/opac?punumber=4375278>.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,14 +35,13 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_AES_H
#define MBEDTLS_AES_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "config.h"
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
@ -33,83 +50,210 @@
#include <stdint.h>
/* padlock.c and aesni.c rely on these values! */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT 1
#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT 0
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT 1 /**< AES encryption. */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT 0 /**< AES decryption. */
/* Error codes in range 0x0020-0x0022 */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH -0x0020 /**< Invalid key length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0022 /**< Invalid data input length. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/* Error codes in range 0x0021-0x0025 */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0021 /**< Invalid input data. */
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be used. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x0023 /**< Feature not available. For example, an unsupported AES key size. */
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0025 /**< AES hardware accelerator failed. */
#if ( defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || defined(_MSC_VER) ) && \
!defined(inline) && !defined(__cplusplus)
#define inline __inline
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief AES context structure
*
* \note buf is able to hold 32 extra bytes, which can be used:
* - for alignment purposes if VIA padlock is used, and/or
* - to simplify key expansion in the 256-bit case by
* generating an extra round key
* \brief The AES context-type definition.
*/
typedef struct
typedef struct mbedtls_aes_context
{
int nr; /*!< number of rounds */
uint32_t *rk; /*!< AES round keys */
uint32_t buf[68]; /*!< unaligned data */
int nr; /*!< The number of rounds. */
uint32_t *rk; /*!< AES round keys. */
uint32_t buf[68]; /*!< Unaligned data buffer. This buffer can
hold 32 extra Bytes, which can be used for
one of the following purposes:
<ul><li>Alignment if VIA padlock is
used.</li>
<li>Simplifying key expansion in the 256-bit
case by generating an extra round key.
</li></ul> */
}
mbedtls_aes_context;
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/**
* \brief Initialize AES context
* \brief The AES XTS context-type definition.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_aes_xts_context
{
mbedtls_aes_context crypt; /*!< The AES context to use for AES block
encryption or decryption. */
mbedtls_aes_context tweak; /*!< The AES context used for tweak
computation. */
} mbedtls_aes_xts_context;
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
#else /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
#include "aes_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
/**
* \brief This function initializes the specified AES context.
*
* \param ctx AES context to be initialized
* It must be the first API called before using
* the context.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_init( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Clear AES context
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES context.
*
* \param ctx AES context to be cleared
* \param ctx The AES context to clear.
* If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
* Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_free( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/**
* \brief AES key schedule (encryption)
* \brief This function initializes the specified AES XTS context.
*
* \param ctx AES context to be initialized
* \param key encryption key
* \param keybits must be 128, 192 or 256
* It must be the first API called before using
* the context.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_xts_init( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES XTS context.
*
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to clear.
* If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
* Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_xts_free( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
/**
* \brief This function sets the encryption key.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound.
* It must be initialized.
* \param key The encryption key.
* This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
* \param keybits The size of data passed in bits. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>128 bits</li>
* <li>192 bits</li>
* <li>256 bits</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief AES key schedule (decryption)
* \brief This function sets the decryption key.
*
* \param ctx AES context to be initialized
* \param key decryption key
* \param keybits must be 128, 192 or 256
* \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound.
* It must be initialized.
* \param key The decryption key.
* This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
* \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>128 bits</li>
* <li>192 bits</li>
* <li>256 bits</li></ul>
*
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/**
* \brief AES-ECB block encryption/decryption
* \brief This function prepares an XTS context for encryption and
* sets the encryption key.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
* \param input 16-byte input block
* \param output 16-byte output block
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
* It must be initialized.
* \param key The encryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
* concatenated with the XTS key2.
* This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
* \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
* <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
*
* \return 0 if successful
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief This function prepares an XTS context for decryption and
* sets the decryption key.
*
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
* It must be initialized.
* \param key The decryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
* concatenated with the XTS key2.
* This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
* \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
* <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES single-block encryption or
* decryption operation.
*
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode parameter
* (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
* the \p input parameter.
*
* mbedtls_aes_init(), and either mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or
* mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called before the first
* call to this API with the same context.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
* \param output The buffer where the output data will be written.
* It must be writeable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -118,26 +262,45 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
/**
* \brief AES-CBC buffer encryption/decryption
* Length should be a multiple of the block
* size (16 bytes)
* \brief This function performs an AES-CBC encryption or decryption operation
* on full blocks.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
* the \p input parameter.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
* \param length length of the input data
* \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer holding the output data
* It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input
* data is processed. mbedtls_aes_init(), and either
* mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called
* before the first call to this API with the same context.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
* \note This function operates on full blocks, that is, the input size
* must be a multiple of the AES block size of \c 16 Bytes.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should
* either save it manually or use the cipher module instead.
*
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a
* multiple of the block size (\c 16 Bytes).
* \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use).
* It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
* on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -147,31 +310,89 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES-XTS encryption or decryption
* operation for an entire XTS data unit.
*
* AES-XTS encrypts or decrypts blocks based on their location as
* defined by a data unit number. The data unit number must be
* provided by \p data_unit.
*
* NIST SP 800-38E limits the maximum size of a data unit to 2^20
* AES blocks. If the data unit is larger than this, this function
* returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH.
*
* \param ctx The AES XTS context to use for AES XTS operations.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* \param length The length of a data unit in Bytes. This can be any
* length between 16 bytes and 2^24 bytes inclusive
* (between 1 and 2^20 block cipher blocks).
* \param data_unit The address of the data unit encoded as an array of 16
* bytes in little-endian format. For disk encryption, this
* is typically the index of the block device sector that
* contains the data.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data (which is an entire
* data unit). This function reads \p length Bytes from \p
* input.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data (which is an entire
* data unit). This function writes \p length Bytes to \p
* output.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH if \p length is
* smaller than an AES block in size (16 Bytes) or if \p
* length is larger than 2^20 blocks (16 MiB).
*/
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_xts( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
const unsigned char data_unit[16],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
/**
* \brief AES-CFB128 buffer encryption/decryption.
* \brief This function performs an AES-CFB128 encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* Note: Due to the nature of CFB you should use the same key schedule for
* both encryption and decryption. So a context initialized with
* mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() for both MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer
* defined in the \p input parameter.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
* For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(),
* regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption
* operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is
* because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
* decryption.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
* \param length length of the input data
* \param iv_off offset in IV (updated after use)
* \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer holding the output data
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use).
* It must point to a valid \c size_t.
* \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
* It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -182,28 +403,40 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
unsigned char *output );
/**
* \brief AES-CFB8 buffer encryption/decryption.
* \brief This function performs an AES-CFB8 encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* Note: Due to the nature of CFB you should use the same key schedule for
* both encryption and decryption. So a context initialized with
* mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() for both MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined
* in the \p input parameter.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
* Due to the nature of CFB, you must use the same key schedule for
* both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you must
* use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() for
* both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
* \param length length of the input data
* \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer holding the output data
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
* \param length The length of the input data.
* \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
* It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb8( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -213,28 +446,137 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb8( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /*MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
/**
* \brief This function performs an AES-OFB (Output Feedback Mode)
* encryption or decryption operation.
*
* For OFB, you must set up the context with
* mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(), regardless of whether you are
* performing an encryption or decryption operation. This is
* because OFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
* decryption.
*
* The OFB operation is identical for encryption or decryption,
* therefore no operation mode needs to be specified.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of iv, the Initialisation Vector, is
* updated so that you can call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was encrypted
* in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage, by initialising
* iv_off to 0 before the first call, and preserving its value
* between calls.
*
* For non-streaming use, the iv should be initialised on each call
* to a unique value, and iv_off set to 0 on each call.
*
* If you need to retain the contents of the initialisation vector,
* you must either save it manually or use the cipher module
* instead.
*
* \warning For the OFB mode, the initialisation vector must be unique
* every encryption operation. Reuse of an initialisation vector
* will compromise security.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data.
* \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use).
* It must point to a valid \c size_t.
* \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
* It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ofb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
size_t length,
size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char iv[16],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/**
* \brief AES-CTR buffer encryption/decryption
* \brief This function performs an AES-CTR encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* Warning: You have to keep the maximum use of your counter in mind!
* This function performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer
* defined in the \p input parameter.
*
* Note: Due to the nature of CTR you should use the same key schedule for
* both encryption and decryption. So a context initialized with
* mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() for both MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
* Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule
* for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you
* must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc()
* for both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param length The length of the data
* \param nc_off The offset in the current stream_block (for resuming
* within current cipher stream). The offset pointer to
* should be 0 at the start of a stream.
* \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter.
* \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. Is overwritten
* by the function.
* \param input The input data stream
* \param output The output data stream
* \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
* would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
* the same nonce and key.
*
* \return 0 if successful
* There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
*
* 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
* successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
* set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
* then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
* stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
* updated by this function.
*
* With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
* blocks of data with the same key.
*
* 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
* nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
* per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
* updated by this function internally.
*
* For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the
* per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
* case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
* set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
* value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
* stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
* 2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
*
* The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
* it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
* The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
* counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this
* limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted:
* for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt
* more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
*
* Note that for both stategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
* that an AES block is 16 bytes.
*
* \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
* content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
* securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data.
* \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block, for
* resuming within the current cipher stream. The
* offset pointer should be 0 at the start of a stream.
* It must point to a valid \c size_t.
* \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter.
* It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This is
* overwritten by the function.
* It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
size_t length,
@ -246,50 +588,84 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
/**
* \brief Internal AES block encryption function
* (Only exposed to allow overriding it,
* see MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT)
* \brief Internal AES block encryption function. This is only
* exposed to allow overriding it using
* \c MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param input Plaintext block
* \param output Output (ciphertext) block
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption.
* \param input The plaintext block.
* \param output The output (ciphertext) block.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_encrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
int mbedtls_internal_aes_encrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
/**
* \brief Internal AES block decryption function
* (Only exposed to allow overriding it,
* see MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT)
* \brief Internal AES block decryption function. This is only
* exposed to allow overriding it using see
* \c MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param input Ciphertext block
* \param output Output (plaintext) block
* \param ctx The AES context to use for decryption.
* \param input The ciphertext block.
* \param output The output (plaintext) block.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
void mbedtls_aes_decrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
int mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#else /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
#include "aes_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif
/**
* \brief Deprecated internal AES block encryption function
* without return value.
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_aes_encrypt()
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption.
* \param input Plaintext block.
* \param output Output (ciphertext) block.
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_aes_encrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
* \brief Deprecated internal AES block decryption function
* without return value.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt()
*
* \param ctx The AES context to use for decryption.
* \param input Ciphertext block.
* \param output Output (plaintext) block.
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_aes_decrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return \c 1 on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

59
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aesni.h
View File

@ -3,7 +3,11 @@
*
* \brief AES-NI for hardware AES acceleration on some Intel processors
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \warning These functions are only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call them directly.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,13 +21,17 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_AESNI_H
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_H
#include "aes.h"
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/aes.h"
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_AES 0x02000000u
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_CLMUL 0x00000002u
@ -41,7 +49,10 @@ extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief AES-NI features detection routine
* \brief Internal function to detect the AES-NI feature in CPUs.
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param what The feature to detect
* (MBEDTLS_AESNI_AES or MBEDTLS_AESNI_CLMUL)
@ -51,7 +62,10 @@ extern "C" {
int mbedtls_aesni_has_support( unsigned int what );
/**
* \brief AES-NI AES-ECB block en(de)cryption
* \brief Internal AES-NI AES-ECB block encryption and decryption
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
@ -61,12 +75,15 @@ int mbedtls_aesni_has_support( unsigned int what );
* \return 0 on success (cannot fail)
*/
int mbedtls_aesni_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
int mode,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16] );
/**
* \brief GCM multiplication: c = a * b in GF(2^128)
* \brief Internal GCM multiplication: c = a * b in GF(2^128)
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param c Result
* \param a First operand
@ -76,21 +93,29 @@ int mbedtls_aesni_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
* elements of GF(2^128) as per the GCM spec.
*/
void mbedtls_aesni_gcm_mult( unsigned char c[16],
const unsigned char a[16],
const unsigned char b[16] );
const unsigned char a[16],
const unsigned char b[16] );
/**
* \brief Compute decryption round keys from encryption round keys
* \brief Internal round key inversion. This function computes
* decryption round keys from the encryption round keys.
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param invkey Round keys for the equivalent inverse cipher
* \param fwdkey Original round keys (for encryption)
* \param nr Number of rounds (that is, number of round keys minus one)
*/
void mbedtls_aesni_inverse_key( unsigned char *invkey,
const unsigned char *fwdkey, int nr );
const unsigned char *fwdkey,
int nr );
/**
* \brief Perform key expansion (for encryption)
* \brief Internal key expansion for encryption
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param rk Destination buffer where the round keys are written
* \param key Encryption key
@ -99,8 +124,8 @@ void mbedtls_aesni_inverse_key( unsigned char *invkey,
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH
*/
int mbedtls_aesni_setkey_enc( unsigned char *rk,
const unsigned char *key,
size_t bits );
const unsigned char *key,
size_t bits );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}

69
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/arc4.h
View File

@ -3,7 +3,11 @@
*
* \brief The ARCFOUR stream cipher
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -18,31 +22,37 @@
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ARC4_H
#define MBEDTLS_ARC4_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "config.h"
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARC4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARC4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0019 /**< ARC4 hardware accelerator failed. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief ARC4 context structure
* \brief ARC4 context structure
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead.
*
*/
typedef struct
typedef struct mbedtls_arc4_context
{
int x; /*!< permutation index */
int y; /*!< permutation index */
@ -50,10 +60,19 @@ typedef struct
}
mbedtls_arc4_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT */
#include "arc4_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize ARC4 context
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context to be initialized
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_arc4_init( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx );
@ -61,6 +80,11 @@ void mbedtls_arc4_init( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx );
* \brief Clear ARC4 context
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context to be cleared
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_arc4_free( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx );
@ -70,6 +94,11 @@ void mbedtls_arc4_free( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx );
* \param ctx ARC4 context to be setup
* \param key the secret key
* \param keylen length of the key, in bytes
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_arc4_setup( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keylen );
@ -83,29 +112,31 @@ void mbedtls_arc4_setup( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
* \param output buffer for the output data
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_arc4_crypt( mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx, size_t length, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#else /* MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT */
#include "arc4_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
*
* \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_arc4_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

369
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aria.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
/**
* \file aria.h
*
* \brief ARIA block cipher
*
* The ARIA algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can encrypt and
* decrypt information. It is defined by the Korean Agency for
* Technology and Standards (KATS) in <em>KS X 1213:2004</em> (in
* Korean, but see http://210.104.33.10/ARIA/index-e.html in English)
* and also described by the IETF in <em>RFC 5794</em>.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ARIA_H
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT 1 /**< ARIA encryption. */
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT 0 /**< ARIA decryption. */
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE 16 /**< ARIA block size in bytes. */
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS 16 /**< Maxiumum number of rounds in ARIA. */
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_KEYSIZE 32 /**< Maximum size of an ARIA key in bytes. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( -0x005C )
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x005C /**< Bad input data. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x005E /**< Invalid data input length. */
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be used.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x005A /**< Feature not available. For example, an unsupported ARIA key size. */
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0058 /**< ARIA hardware accelerator failed. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The ARIA context-type definition.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_aria_context
{
unsigned char nr; /*!< The number of rounds (12, 14 or 16) */
/*! The ARIA round keys. */
uint32_t rk[MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS + 1][MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE / 4];
}
mbedtls_aria_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */
#include "aria_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT */
/**
* \brief This function initializes the specified ARIA context.
*
* It must be the first API called before using
* the context.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_aria_init( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified ARIA context.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
* case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL,
* it must point to an initialized ARIA context.
*/
void mbedtls_aria_free( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function sets the encryption key.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound.
* This must be initialized.
* \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \p keybits Bits.
* \param keybits The size of \p key in Bits. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>128 bits</li>
* <li>192 bits</li>
* <li>256 bits</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief This function sets the decryption key.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound.
* This must be initialized.
* \param key The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \p keybits Bits.
* \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are:
* <ul><li>128 bits</li>
* <li>192 bits</li>
* <li>256 bits</li></ul>
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief This function performs an ARIA single-block encryption or
* decryption operation.
*
* It performs encryption or decryption (depending on whether
* the key was set for encryption on decryption) on the input
* data buffer defined in the \p input parameter.
*
* mbedtls_aria_init(), and either mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or
* mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called before the first
* call to this API with the same context.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
* This must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param input The 16-Byte buffer holding the input data.
* \param output The 16-Byte buffer holding the output data.
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
unsigned char output[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE] );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
/**
* \brief This function performs an ARIA-CBC encryption or decryption operation
* on full blocks.
*
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
* the \p input parameter.
*
* It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input
* data is processed. mbedtls_aria_init(), and either
* mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec() must be called
* before the first call to this API with the same context.
*
* \note This function operates on aligned blocks, that is, the input size
* must be a multiple of the ARIA block size of 16 Bytes.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should
* either save it manually or use the cipher module instead.
*
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
* This must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
* #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a
* multiple of the block size (16 Bytes).
* \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use).
* This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
* be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must
* be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
/**
* \brief This function performs an ARIA-CFB128 encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer
* defined in the \p input parameter.
*
* For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc(),
* regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption
* operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is
* because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
* decryption.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the same function again on the next
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
* This must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
* #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
* \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use).
* This must not be larger than 15.
* \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use).
* This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
* be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must
* be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/**
* \brief This function performs an ARIA-CTR encryption or decryption
* operation.
*
* This function performs the operation defined in the \p mode
* parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer
* defined in the \p input parameter.
*
* Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule
* for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you
* must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc()
* for both #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT.
*
* \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
* would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
* the same nonce and key.
*
* There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
*
* 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
* successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
* set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
* then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
* stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
* updated by this function.
*
* With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
* blocks of data with the same key.
*
* 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
* nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
* per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
* updated by this function internally.
*
* For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the
* per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
* case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
* set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
* value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
* stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
* 2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
*
* The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
* it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
* The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
* counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this
* limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted:
* for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt
* more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
*
* Note that for both stategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
* that an ARIA block is 16 bytes.
*
* \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
* content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
* securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
*
* \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption.
* This must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
* \param nc_off The offset in Bytes in the current \p stream_block,
* for resuming within the current cipher stream. The
* offset pointer should be \c 0 at the start of a
* stream. This must not be larger than \c 15 Bytes.
* \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must point to
* a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes.
* \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This must
* point to a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes.
* This is overwritten by the function.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must
* be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must
* be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx,
size_t length,
size_t *nc_off,
unsigned char nonce_counter[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
unsigned char stream_block[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine.
*
* \return \c 0 on success, or \c 1 on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_aria_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* aria.h */

417
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
* \file asn1.h
*
* \brief Generic ASN.1 parsing
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,14 +18,12 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_H
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "config.h"
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
@ -32,7 +31,7 @@
#include <stddef.h>
#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
#include "bignum.h"
#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
#endif
/**
@ -51,7 +50,7 @@
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG -0x0062 /**< ASN1 tag was of an unexpected value. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH -0x0064 /**< Error when trying to determine the length or invalid length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH -0x0066 /**< Actual length differs from expected length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA -0x0068 /**< Data is invalid. (not used) */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA -0x0068 /**< Data is invalid. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED -0x006A /**< Memory allocation failed */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_BUF_TOO_SMALL -0x006C /**< Buffer too small when writing ASN.1 data structure. */
@ -59,7 +58,7 @@
/**
* \name DER constants
* These constants comply with DER encoded the ANS1 type tags.
* These constants comply with the DER encoded ASN.1 type tags.
* DER encoding uses hexadecimal representation.
* An example DER sequence is:\n
* - 0x02 -- tag indicating INTEGER
@ -74,6 +73,7 @@
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING 0x04
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL 0x05
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID 0x06
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED 0x0A
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING 0x0C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SEQUENCE 0x10
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_SET 0x11
@ -87,6 +87,33 @@
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRIMITIVE 0x00
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED 0x20
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC 0x80
/* Slightly smaller way to check if tag is a string tag
* compared to canonical implementation. */
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_IS_STRING_TAG( tag ) \
( ( tag ) < 32u && ( \
( ( 1u << ( tag ) ) & ( ( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_BMP_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_T61_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_UNIVERSAL_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING ) | \
( 1u << MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING ) ) ) != 0 ) )
/*
* Bit masks for each of the components of an ASN.1 tag as specified in
* ITU X.690 (08/2015), section 8.1 "General rules for encoding",
* paragraph 8.1.2.2:
*
* Bit 8 7 6 5 1
* +-------+-----+------------+
* | Class | P/C | Tag number |
* +-------+-----+------------+
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_CLASS_MASK 0xC0
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_PC_MASK 0x20
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_TAG_VALUE_MASK 0x1F
/* \} name */
/* \} addtogroup asn1_module */
@ -103,6 +130,10 @@
( ( MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf)->len ) || \
memcmp( (oid_str), (oid_buf)->p, (oid_buf)->len) != 0 )
#define MBEDTLS_OID_CMP_RAW(oid_str, oid_buf, oid_buf_len) \
( ( MBEDTLS_OID_SIZE(oid_str) != (oid_buf_len) ) || \
memcmp( (oid_str), (oid_buf), (oid_buf_len) ) != 0 )
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
@ -160,119 +191,342 @@ mbedtls_asn1_named_data;
* \brief Get the length of an ASN.1 element.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the length.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param len The variable that will receive the value
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the first byte of the length,
* i.e. immediately after the tag.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param len On successful completion, \c *len contains the length
* read from the ASN.1 input.
*
* \return 0 if successful, MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA on reaching
* end of data, MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if length is
* unparseable.
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element
* would end beyond \p end.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparseable.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_len( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
size_t *len );
const unsigned char *end,
size_t *len );
/**
* \brief Get the tag and length of the tag. Check for the requested tag.
* \brief Get the tag and length of the element.
* Check for the requested tag.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the tag and length.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param len The variable that will receive the length
* \param tag The expected tag
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* after the length, i.e. the first byte of the content.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param len On successful completion, \c *len contains the length
* read from the ASN.1 input.
* \param tag The expected tag.
*
* \return 0 if successful, MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if tag did
* not match requested tag, or another specific ASN.1 error code.
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the data does not start
* with the requested tag.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_OUT_OF_DATA if the ASN.1 element
* would end beyond \p end.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the length is unparseable.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_tag( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
size_t *len, int tag );
const unsigned char *end,
size_t *len, int tag );
/**
* \brief Retrieve a boolean ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param val The variable that will receive the value
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the ASN.1 element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param val On success, the parsed value (\c 0 or \c 1).
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 error code.
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 BOOLEAN.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_bool( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
int *val );
const unsigned char *end,
int *val );
/**
* \brief Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param val The variable that will receive the value
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the ASN.1 element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param val On success, the parsed value.
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 error code.
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 INTEGER.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
* not fit in an \c int.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_int( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
int *val );
const unsigned char *end,
int *val );
/**
* \brief Retrieve an enumerated ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the ASN.1 element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param val On success, the parsed value.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 ENUMERATED.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
* not fit in an \c int.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_enum( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
int *val );
/**
* \brief Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param bs The variable that will receive the value
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param bs On success, ::mbedtls_asn1_bitstring information about
* the parsed value.
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 error code.
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains
* extra data after a valid BIT STRING.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring( unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_asn1_bitstring *bs);
mbedtls_asn1_bitstring *bs );
/**
* \brief Retrieve a bitstring ASN.1 tag without unused bits and its
* value.
* Updates the pointer to the beginning of the bit/octet string.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param len Length of the actual bit/octect string in bytes
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* of the content of the BIT STRING.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param len On success, \c *len is the length of the content in bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 error code.
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_DATA if the input starts with
* a valid BIT STRING with a nonzero number of unused bits.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 BIT STRING.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring_null( unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end,
size_t *len );
int mbedtls_asn1_get_bitstring_null( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
size_t *len );
/**
* \brief Parses and splits an ASN.1 "SEQUENCE OF <tag>"
* Updated the pointer to immediately behind the full sequence tag.
* \brief Parses and splits an ASN.1 "SEQUENCE OF <tag>".
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full sequence tag.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param cur First variable in the chain to fill
* \param tag Type of sequence
* This function allocates memory for the sequence elements. You can free
* the allocated memory with mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free().
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 error code.
* \note On error, this function may return a partial list in \p cur.
* You must set `cur->next = NULL` before calling this function!
* Otherwise it is impossible to distinguish a previously non-null
* pointer from a pointer to an object allocated by this function.
*
* \note If the sequence is empty, this function does not modify
* \c *cur. If the sequence is valid and non-empty, this
* function sets `cur->buf.tag` to \p tag. This allows
* callers to distinguish between an empty sequence and
* a one-element sequence.
*
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p is equal to \p end.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param cur A ::mbedtls_asn1_sequence which this function fills.
* When this function returns, \c *cur is the head of a linked
* list. Each node in this list is allocated with
* mbedtls_calloc() apart from \p cur itself, and should
* therefore be freed with mbedtls_free().
* The list describes the content of the sequence.
* The head of the list (i.e. \c *cur itself) describes the
* first element, `*cur->next` describes the second element, etc.
* For each element, `buf.tag == tag`, `buf.len` is the length
* of the content of the content of the element, and `buf.p`
* points to the first byte of the content (i.e. immediately
* past the length of the element).
* Note that list elements may be allocated even on error.
* \param tag Each element of the sequence must have this tag.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input contains
* extra data after a valid SEQUENCE OF \p tag.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts with
* an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag that
* is different from \p tag.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_asn1_sequence *cur,
int tag);
const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_asn1_sequence *cur,
int tag );
/**
* \brief Free a heap-allocated linked list presentation of
* an ASN.1 sequence, including the first element.
*
* There are two common ways to manage the memory used for the representation
* of a parsed ASN.1 sequence:
* - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` with mbedtls_calloc().
* Pass this node as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of().
* When you have finished processing the sequence,
* call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head`.
* - Allocate a head node `mbedtls_asn1_sequence *head` in any manner,
* for example on the stack. Make sure that `head->next == NULL`.
* Pass `head` as the `cur` argument to mbedtls_asn1_get_sequence_of().
* When you have finished processing the sequence,
* call mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free() on `head->cur`,
* then free `head` itself in the appropriate manner.
*
* \param seq The address of the first sequence component. This may
* be \c NULL, in which case this functions returns
* immediately.
*/
void mbedtls_asn1_sequence_free( mbedtls_asn1_sequence *seq );
/**
* \brief Traverse an ASN.1 SEQUENCE container and
* call a callback for each entry.
*
* This function checks that the input is a SEQUENCE of elements that
* each have a "must" tag, and calls a callback function on the elements
* that have a "may" tag.
*
* For example, to validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of `tag1` and call
* `cb` on each element, use
* ```
* mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xff, tag1, 0, 0, cb, ctx);
* ```
*
* To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of ANY and call `cb` on
* each element, use
* ```
* mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0, 0, 0, 0, cb, ctx);
* ```
*
* To validate that the input is a SEQUENCE of CHOICE {NULL, OCTET STRING}
* and call `cb` on each element that is an OCTET STRING, use
* ```
* mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(&p, end, 0xfe, 0x04, 0xff, 0x04, cb, ctx);
* ```
*
* The callback is called on the elements with a "may" tag from left to
* right. If the input is not a valid SEQUENCE of elements with a "must" tag,
* the callback is called on the elements up to the leftmost point where
* the input is invalid.
*
* \warning This function is still experimental and may change
* at any time.
*
* \param p The address of the pointer to the beginning of
* the ASN.1 SEQUENCE header. This is updated to
* point to the end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container
* on a successful invocation.
* \param end The end of the ASN.1 SEQUENCE container.
* \param tag_must_mask A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within
* the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_must_value.
* \param tag_must_val The required value of each ASN.1 tag found in the
* SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_must_mask.
* Mismatching tags lead to an error.
* For example, a value of \c 0 for both \p tag_must_mask
* and \p tag_must_val means that every tag is allowed,
* while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_must_mask means
* that \p tag_must_val is the only allowed tag.
* \param tag_may_mask A mask to be applied to the ASN.1 tags found within
* the SEQUENCE before comparing to \p tag_may_value.
* \param tag_may_val The desired value of each ASN.1 tag found in the
* SEQUENCE, after masking with \p tag_may_mask.
* Mismatching tags will be silently ignored.
* For example, a value of \c 0 for \p tag_may_mask and
* \p tag_may_val means that any tag will be considered,
* while a value of \c 0xFF for \p tag_may_mask means
* that all tags with value different from \p tag_may_val
* will be ignored.
* \param cb The callback to trigger for each component
* in the ASN.1 SEQUENCE that matches \p tag_may_val.
* The callback function is called with the following
* parameters:
* - \p ctx.
* - The tag of the current element.
* - A pointer to the start of the current element's
* content inside the input.
* - The length of the content of the current element.
* If the callback returns a non-zero value,
* the function stops immediately,
* forwarding the callback's return value.
* \param ctx The context to be passed to the callback \p cb.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful the entire ASN.1 SEQUENCE
* was traversed without parsing or callback errors.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_LENGTH_MISMATCH if the input
* contains extra data after a valid SEQUENCE
* of elements with an accepted tag.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_UNEXPECTED_TAG if the input starts
* with an ASN.1 SEQUENCE in which an element has a tag
* that is not accepted.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 SEQUENCE.
* \return A non-zero error code forwarded from the callback
* \p cb in case the latter returns a non-zero value.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_traverse_sequence_of(
unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
unsigned char tag_must_mask, unsigned char tag_must_val,
unsigned char tag_may_mask, unsigned char tag_may_val,
int (*cb)( void *ctx, int tag,
unsigned char* start, size_t len ),
void *ctx );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
/**
* \brief Retrieve a MPI value from an integer ASN.1 tag.
* \brief Retrieve an integer ASN.1 tag and its value.
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full tag.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param X The MPI that will receive the value
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the ASN.1 element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param X On success, the parsed value.
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code.
* \return 0 if successful.
* \return An ASN.1 error code if the input does not start with
* a valid ASN.1 INTEGER.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_INVALID_LENGTH if the parsed value does
* not fit in an \c int.
* \return An MPI error code if the parsed value is too large.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_get_mpi( unsigned char **p,
const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_mpi *X );
const unsigned char *end,
mbedtls_mpi *X );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */
/**
@ -280,10 +534,14 @@ int mbedtls_asn1_get_mpi( unsigned char **p,
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full
* AlgorithmIdentifier.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param alg The buffer to receive the OID
* \param params The buffer to receive the params (if any)
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param alg The buffer to receive the OID.
* \param params The buffer to receive the parameters.
* This is zeroized if there are no parameters.
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code.
*/
@ -297,9 +555,12 @@ int mbedtls_asn1_get_alg( unsigned char **p,
* Updates the pointer to immediately behind the full
* AlgorithmIdentifier.
*
* \param p The position in the ASN.1 data
* \param end End of data
* \param alg The buffer to receive the OID
* \param p On entry, \c *p points to the start of the ASN.1 element.
* On successful completion, \c *p points to the first byte
* beyond the AlgorithmIdentifier element.
* On error, the value of \c *p is undefined.
* \param end End of data.
* \param alg The buffer to receive the OID.
*
* \return 0 if successful or a specific ASN.1 or MPI error code.
*/
@ -323,15 +584,19 @@ mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_find_named_data( mbedtls_asn1_named_data *
/**
* \brief Free a mbedtls_asn1_named_data entry
*
* \param entry The named data entry to free
* \param entry The named data entry to free.
* This function calls mbedtls_free() on
* `entry->oid.p` and `entry->val.p`.
*/
void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data( mbedtls_asn1_named_data *entry );
/**
* \brief Free all entries in a mbedtls_asn1_named_data list
* Head will be set to NULL
* \brief Free all entries in a mbedtls_asn1_named_data list.
*
* \param head Pointer to the head of the list of named data entries to free
* \param head Pointer to the head of the list of named data entries to free.
* This function calls mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data() and
* mbedtls_free() on each list element and
* sets \c *head to \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_asn1_free_named_data_list( mbedtls_asn1_named_data **head );

369
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
* \file asn1write.h
*
* \brief ASN.1 buffer writing functionality
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,199 +18,324 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_H
#include "asn1.h"
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_ADD(g, f) do { if( ( ret = f ) < 0 ) return( ret ); else \
g += ret; } while( 0 )
#include "mbedtls/asn1.h"
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_ADD(g, f) \
do \
{ \
if( ( ret = (f) ) < 0 ) \
return( ret ); \
else \
(g) += ret; \
} while( 0 )
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Write a length field in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write a length field in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param len the length to write
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param len The length value to write.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_len( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, size_t len );
int mbedtls_asn1_write_len( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
size_t len );
/**
* \brief Write a ASN.1 tag in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write an ASN.1 tag in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param tag the tag to write
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param tag The tag to write.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_tag( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
unsigned char tag );
unsigned char tag );
/**
* \brief Write raw buffer data
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write raw buffer data.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param buf data buffer to write
* \param size length of the data buffer
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param buf The data buffer to write.
* \param size The length of the data buffer.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_raw_buffer( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t size );
const unsigned char *buf, size_t size );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
/**
* \brief Write a big number (MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write a arbitrary-precision number (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER)
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param X the MPI to write
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param X The MPI to write.
* It must be non-negative.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_mpi( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, const mbedtls_mpi *X );
int mbedtls_asn1_write_mpi( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const mbedtls_mpi *X );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */
/**
* \brief Write a NULL tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL) with zero data in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write a NULL tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL) with zero data
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_null( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start );
/**
* \brief Write an OID tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID) and data in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write an OID tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID) and data
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param oid the OID to write
* \param oid_len length of the OID
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param oid The OID to write.
* \param oid_len The length of the OID.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_oid( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const char *oid, size_t oid_len );
const char *oid, size_t oid_len );
/**
* \brief Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param oid the OID of the algorithm
* \param oid_len length of the OID
* \param par_len length of parameters, which must be already written.
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param oid The OID of the algorithm to write.
* \param oid_len The length of the algorithm's OID.
* \param par_len The length of the parameters, which must be already written.
* If 0, NULL parameters are added
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
size_t par_len );
int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier( unsigned char **p,
unsigned char *start,
const char *oid, size_t oid_len,
size_t par_len );
/**
* \brief Write a boolean tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN) and value in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write a boolean tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN) and value
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param boolean 0 or 1
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param boolean The boolean value to write, either \c 0 or \c 1.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_bool( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, int boolean );
int mbedtls_asn1_write_bool( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
int boolean );
/**
* \brief Write an int tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) and value in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write an int tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) and value
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param val the integer value
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param val The integer value to write.
* It must be non-negative.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_int( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, int val );
/**
* \brief Write a printable string tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING) and
* value in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write an enum tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_ENUMERATED) and value
* in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param text the text to write
* \param text_len length of the text
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param val The integer value to write.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_printable_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const char *text, size_t text_len );
int mbedtls_asn1_write_enum( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, int val );
/**
* \brief Write an IA5 string tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING) and
* value in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using a specific
* string encoding tag.
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param text the text to write
* \param text_len length of the text
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param tag The string encoding tag to write, e.g.
* #MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING.
* \param text The string to write.
* \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
* be strictly larger than the number of characters).
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_tagged_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
int tag, const char *text,
size_t text_len );
/**
* \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the PrintableString
* string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING).
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param text The string to write.
* \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
* be strictly larger than the number of characters).
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_printable_string( unsigned char **p,
unsigned char *start,
const char *text, size_t text_len );
/**
* \brief Write a UTF8 string in ASN.1 format using the UTF8String
* string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING).
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param text The string to write.
* \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
* be strictly larger than the number of characters).
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_utf8_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const char *text, size_t text_len );
/**
* \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the IA5String
* string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING).
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param text The string to write.
* \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might
* be strictly larger than the number of characters).
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_ia5_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const char *text, size_t text_len );
const char *text, size_t text_len );
/**
* \brief Write a bitstring tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and
* value in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief Write a bitstring tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and
* value in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param buf the bitstring
* \param bits the total number of bits in the bitstring
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param buf The bitstring to write.
* \param bits The total number of bits in the bitstring.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_bitstring( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t bits );
const unsigned char *buf, size_t bits );
/**
* \brief Write an octet string tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING) and
* value in ASN.1 format
* Note: function works backwards in data buffer
* \brief This function writes a named bitstring tag
* (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and value in ASN.1 format.
*
* \param p reference to current position pointer
* \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking)
* \param buf data buffer to write
* \param size length of the data buffer
* As stated in RFC 5280 Appendix B, trailing zeroes are
* omitted when encoding named bitstrings in DER.
*
* \return the length written or a negative error code
* \note This function works backwards within the data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer which is used for bounds-checking.
* \param buf The bitstring to write.
* \param bits The total number of bits in the bitstring.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_named_bitstring( unsigned char **p,
unsigned char *start,
const unsigned char *buf,
size_t bits );
/**
* \brief Write an octet string tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING)
* and value in ASN.1 format.
*
* \note This function works backwards in data buffer.
*
* \param p The reference to the current position pointer.
* \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking.
* \param buf The buffer holding the data to write.
* \param size The length of the data buffer \p buf.
*
* \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_asn1_write_octet_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t size );
const unsigned char *buf, size_t size );
/**
* \brief Create or find a specific named_data entry for writing in a
@ -217,15 +343,20 @@ int mbedtls_asn1_write_octet_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start,
* a new entry is added to the head of the list.
* Warning: Destructive behaviour for the val data!
*
* \param list Pointer to the location of the head of the list to seek
* through (will be updated in case of a new entry)
* \param oid The OID to look for
* \param oid_len Size of the OID
* \param val Data to store (can be NULL if you want to fill it by hand)
* \param val_len Minimum length of the data buffer needed
* \param list The pointer to the location of the head of the list to seek
* through (will be updated in case of a new entry).
* \param oid The OID to look for.
* \param oid_len The size of the OID.
* \param val The associated data to store. If this is \c NULL,
* no data is copied to the new or existing buffer.
* \param val_len The minimum length of the data buffer needed.
* If this is 0, do not allocate a buffer for the associated
* data.
* If the OID was already present, enlarge, shrink or free
* the existing buffer to fit \p val_len.
*
* \return NULL if if there was a memory allocation error, or a pointer
* to the new / existing entry.
* \return A pointer to the new / existing entry on success.
* \return \c NULL if if there was a memory allocation error.
*/
mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_store_named_data( mbedtls_asn1_named_data **list,
const char *oid, size_t oid_len,

16
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/base64.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
* \file base64.h
*
* \brief RFC 1521 base64 encoding/decoding
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,12 +18,16 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_BASE64_H
#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x002A /**< Output buffer too small. */
@ -74,6 +79,7 @@ int mbedtls_base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen,
int mbedtls_base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen,
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
*
@ -81,6 +87,8 @@ int mbedtls_base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t dlen, size_t *olen,
*/
int mbedtls_base64_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

969
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bignum.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

206
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/blowfish.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
* \file blowfish.h
*
* \brief Blowfish block cipher
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,14 +18,12 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_H
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "config.h"
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
@ -32,6 +31,8 @@
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT 1
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT 0
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_MAX_KEY_BITS 448
@ -39,62 +40,87 @@
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ROUNDS 16 /**< Rounds to use. When increasing this value, make sure to extend the initialisation vectors */
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE 8 /* Blowfish uses 64 bit blocks */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH -0x0016 /**< Invalid key length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0018 /**< Invalid data input length. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( -0x0016 )
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0016 /**< Bad input data. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0018 /**< Invalid data input length. */
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0017 /**< Blowfish hardware accelerator failed. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief Blowfish context structure
*/
typedef struct
typedef struct mbedtls_blowfish_context
{
uint32_t P[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ROUNDS + 2]; /*!< Blowfish round keys */
uint32_t S[4][256]; /*!< key dependent S-boxes */
}
mbedtls_blowfish_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT */
#include "blowfish_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize Blowfish context
* \brief Initialize a Blowfish context.
*
* \param ctx Blowfish context to be initialized
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to be initialized.
* This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_blowfish_init( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Clear Blowfish context
* \brief Clear a Blowfish context.
*
* \param ctx Blowfish context to be cleared
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to be cleared.
* This may be \c NULL, in which case this function
* returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL, it must
* point to an initialized Blowfish context.
*/
void mbedtls_blowfish_free( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Blowfish key schedule
* \brief Perform a Blowfish key schedule operation.
*
* \param ctx Blowfish context to be initialized
* \param key encryption key
* \param keybits must be between 32 and 448 bits
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to perform the key schedule on.
* \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer of
* length \p keybits Bits.
* \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be between
* \c 32 and \c 448 and a multiple of \c 8.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_setkey( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief Blowfish-ECB block encryption/decryption
* \brief Perform a Blowfish-ECB block encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \param ctx Blowfish context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT
* \param input 8-byte input block
* \param output 8-byte output block
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param input The input block. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \c 8 Bytes.
* \param output The output block. This must be a writable buffer
* of size \c 8 Bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -103,9 +129,7 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
/**
* \brief Blowfish-CBC buffer encryption/decryption
* Length should be a multiple of the block
* size (8 bytes)
* \brief Perform a Blowfish-CBC buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
@ -115,15 +139,22 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \param ctx Blowfish context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT
* \param length length of the input data
* \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer holding the output data
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be
* multiple of \c 8.
* \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
* of length \c 8 Bytes. It is updated by this function.
* \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -135,7 +166,7 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
/**
* \brief Blowfish CFB buffer encryption/decryption.
* \brief Perform a Blowfish CFB buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
@ -145,15 +176,25 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \param ctx Blowfish context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT
* \param length length of the input data
* \param iv_off offset in IV (updated after use)
* \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer holding the output data
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv_off The offset in the initialiation vector.
* The value pointed to must be smaller than \c 8 Bytes.
* It is updated by this function to support the aforementioned
* streaming usage.
* \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
* of size \c 8 Bytes. It is updated after use.
* \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cfb64( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -166,22 +207,67 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cfb64( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/**
* \brief Blowfish-CTR buffer encryption/decryption
* \brief Perform a Blowfish-CTR buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* Warning: You have to keep the maximum use of your counter in mind!
* \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
* would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
* the same nonce and key.
*
* \param ctx Blowfish context
* \param length The length of the data
* There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
*
* 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
* successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
* set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
* then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
* stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
* updated by this function.
*
* With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**64
* blocks of data with the same key.
*
* 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
* nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
* per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
* updated by this function internally.
*
* For example, you might reserve the first 4 bytes for the
* per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
* case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
* set the first 4 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
* value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
* stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
* 2**32 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
*
* The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
* it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
* The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
* counter.
*
* Note that for both stategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
* that a Blowfish block is 8 bytes.
*
* \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
* content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
* securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param nc_off The offset in the current stream_block (for resuming
* within current cipher stream). The offset pointer to
* should be 0 at the start of a stream.
* \param nonce_counter The 64-bit nonce and counter.
* \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. Is overwritten
* by the function.
* \param input The input data stream
* \param output The output data stream
* within current cipher stream). The offset pointer
* should be \c 0 at the start of a stream and must be
* smaller than \c 8. It is updated by this function.
* \param nonce_counter The 64-bit nonce and counter. This must point to a
* read/write buffer of length \c 8 Bytes.
* \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. This must point to
* a read/write buffer of length \c 8 Bytes.
* \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of
* length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of
* length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
size_t length,
@ -196,8 +282,4 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
}
#endif
#else /* MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT */
#include "blowfish_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT */
#endif /* blowfish.h */

128
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bn_mul.h
View File

@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
/**
* \file bn_mul.h
*
* \brief Multi-precision integer library
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Multi-precision integer library
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,8 +18,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/*
* Multiply source vector [s] with b, add result
@ -37,7 +36,13 @@
#ifndef MBEDTLS_BN_MUL_H
#define MBEDTLS_BN_MUL_H
#include "bignum.h"
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/bignum.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM)
@ -48,7 +53,14 @@
/* armcc5 --gnu defines __GNUC__ but doesn't support GNU's extended asm */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
( !defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || __ARMCC_VERSION >= 6000000 )
#if defined(__i386__)
/*
* Disable use of the i386 assembly code below if option -O0, to disable all
* compiler optimisations, is passed, detected with __OPTIMIZE__
* This is done as the number of registers used in the assembly code doesn't
* work with the -O0 option.
*/
#if defined(__i386__) && defined(__OPTIMIZE__)
#define MULADDC_INIT \
asm( \
@ -141,7 +153,7 @@
"movl %%esi, %3 \n\t" \
: "=m" (t), "=m" (c), "=m" (d), "=m" (s) \
: "m" (t), "m" (s), "m" (d), "m" (c), "m" (b) \
: "eax", "ecx", "edx", "esi", "edi" \
: "eax", "ebx", "ecx", "edx", "esi", "edi" \
);
#else
@ -153,7 +165,7 @@
"movl %%esi, %3 \n\t" \
: "=m" (t), "=m" (c), "=m" (d), "=m" (s) \
: "m" (t), "m" (s), "m" (d), "m" (c), "m" (b) \
: "eax", "ecx", "edx", "esi", "edi" \
: "eax", "ebx", "ecx", "edx", "esi", "edi" \
);
#endif /* SSE2 */
#endif /* i386 */
@ -162,35 +174,52 @@
#define MULADDC_INIT \
asm( \
"movq %3, %%rsi \n\t" \
"movq %4, %%rdi \n\t" \
"movq %5, %%rcx \n\t" \
"movq %6, %%rbx \n\t" \
"xorq %%r8, %%r8 \n\t"
"xorq %%r8, %%r8\n"
#define MULADDC_CORE \
"movq (%%rsi), %%rax \n\t" \
"mulq %%rbx \n\t" \
"addq $8, %%rsi \n\t" \
"addq %%rcx, %%rax \n\t" \
"movq %%r8, %%rcx \n\t" \
"adcq $0, %%rdx \n\t" \
"nop \n\t" \
"addq %%rax, (%%rdi) \n\t" \
"adcq %%rdx, %%rcx \n\t" \
"addq $8, %%rdi \n\t"
"movq (%%rsi), %%rax\n" \
"mulq %%rbx\n" \
"addq $8, %%rsi\n" \
"addq %%rcx, %%rax\n" \
"movq %%r8, %%rcx\n" \
"adcq $0, %%rdx\n" \
"nop \n" \
"addq %%rax, (%%rdi)\n" \
"adcq %%rdx, %%rcx\n" \
"addq $8, %%rdi\n"
#define MULADDC_STOP \
"movq %%rcx, %0 \n\t" \
"movq %%rdi, %1 \n\t" \
"movq %%rsi, %2 \n\t" \
: "=m" (c), "=m" (d), "=m" (s) \
: "m" (s), "m" (d), "m" (c), "m" (b) \
: "rax", "rcx", "rdx", "rbx", "rsi", "rdi", "r8" \
: "+c" (c), "+D" (d), "+S" (s) \
: "b" (b) \
: "rax", "rdx", "r8" \
);
#endif /* AMD64 */
#if defined(__aarch64__)
#define MULADDC_INIT \
asm(
#define MULADDC_CORE \
"ldr x4, [%2], #8 \n\t" \
"ldr x5, [%1] \n\t" \
"mul x6, x4, %3 \n\t" \
"umulh x7, x4, %3 \n\t" \
"adds x5, x5, x6 \n\t" \
"adc x7, x7, xzr \n\t" \
"adds x5, x5, %0 \n\t" \
"adc %0, x7, xzr \n\t" \
"str x5, [%1], #8 \n\t"
#define MULADDC_STOP \
: "+r" (c), "+r" (d), "+r" (s) \
: "r" (b) \
: "x4", "x5", "x6", "x7", "cc" \
);
#endif /* Aarch64 */
#if defined(__mc68020__) || defined(__mcpu32__)
#define MULADDC_INIT \
@ -527,7 +556,7 @@
"swi r3, %2 \n\t" \
: "=m" (c), "=m" (d), "=m" (s) \
: "m" (s), "m" (d), "m" (c), "m" (b) \
: "r3", "r4" "r5", "r6", "r7", "r8", \
: "r3", "r4", "r5", "r6", "r7", "r8", \
"r9", "r10", "r11", "r12", "r13" \
);
@ -563,7 +592,22 @@
#endif /* TriCore */
#if defined(__arm__)
/*
* Note, gcc -O0 by default uses r7 for the frame pointer, so it complains about
* our use of r7 below, unless -fomit-frame-pointer is passed.
*
* On the other hand, -fomit-frame-pointer is implied by any -Ox options with
* x !=0, which we can detect using __OPTIMIZE__ (which is also defined by
* clang and armcc5 under the same conditions).
*
* So, only use the optimized assembly below for optimized build, which avoids
* the build error and is pretty reasonable anyway.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__OPTIMIZE__)
#define MULADDC_CANNOT_USE_R7
#endif
#if defined(__arm__) && !defined(MULADDC_CANNOT_USE_R7)
#if defined(__thumb__) && !defined(__thumb2__)
@ -620,6 +664,24 @@
"r6", "r7", "r8", "r9", "cc" \
);
#elif (__ARM_ARCH >= 6) && \
defined (__ARM_FEATURE_DSP) && (__ARM_FEATURE_DSP == 1)
#define MULADDC_INIT \
asm(
#define MULADDC_CORE \
"ldr r0, [%0], #4 \n\t" \
"ldr r1, [%1] \n\t" \
"umaal r1, %2, %3, r0 \n\t" \
"str r1, [%1], #4 \n\t"
#define MULADDC_STOP \
: "=r" (s), "=r" (d), "=r" (c) \
: "r" (b), "0" (s), "1" (d), "2" (c) \
: "r0", "r1", "memory" \
);
#else
#define MULADDC_INIT \
@ -717,7 +779,7 @@
"sw $10, %2 \n\t" \
: "=m" (c), "=m" (d), "=m" (s) \
: "m" (s), "m" (d), "m" (c), "m" (b) \
: "$9", "$10", "$11", "$12", "$13", "$14", "$15" \
: "$9", "$10", "$11", "$12", "$13", "$14", "$15", "lo", "hi" \
);
#endif /* MIPS */

259
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/camellia.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
* \file camellia.h
*
* \brief Camellia block cipher
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,14 +18,12 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_H
#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "config.h"
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
@ -32,77 +31,107 @@
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT 1
#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT 0
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH -0x0024 /**< Invalid key length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0026 /**< Invalid data input length. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( -0x0024 )
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0024 /**< Bad input data. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0026 /**< Invalid data input length. */
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0027 /**< Camellia hardware accelerator failed. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief CAMELLIA context structure
*/
typedef struct
typedef struct mbedtls_camellia_context
{
int nr; /*!< number of rounds */
uint32_t rk[68]; /*!< CAMELLIA round keys */
}
mbedtls_camellia_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */
#include "camellia_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize CAMELLIA context
* \brief Initialize a CAMELLIA context.
*
* \param ctx CAMELLIA context to be initialized
* \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to be initialized.
* This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_camellia_init( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Clear CAMELLIA context
* \brief Clear a CAMELLIA context.
*
* \param ctx CAMELLIA context to be cleared
* \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to be cleared. This may be \c NULL,
* in which case this function returns immediately. If it is not
* \c NULL, it must be initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_camellia_free( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief CAMELLIA key schedule (encryption)
* \brief Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for encryption.
*
* \param ctx CAMELLIA context to be initialized
* \param key encryption key
* \param keybits must be 128, 192 or 256
* \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized.
* \param key The encryption key to use. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \p keybits Bits.
* \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128,
* \c 192 or \c 256.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief CAMELLIA key schedule (decryption)
* \brief Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for decryption.
*
* \param ctx CAMELLIA context to be initialized
* \param key decryption key
* \param keybits must be 128, 192 or 256
* \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized.
* \param key The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \p keybits Bits.
* \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128,
* \c 192 or \c 256.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_dec( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_dec( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief CAMELLIA-ECB block encryption/decryption
* \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-ECB block encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \param ctx CAMELLIA context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT
* \param input 16-byte input block
* \param output 16-byte output block
* \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
* #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
* \param input The input block. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \c 16 Bytes.
* \param output The output block. This must be a writable buffer
* of size \c 16 Bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -111,9 +140,7 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
/**
* \brief CAMELLIA-CBC buffer encryption/decryption
* Length should be a multiple of the block
* size (16 bytes)
* \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CBC buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
@ -123,15 +150,22 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \param ctx CAMELLIA context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT
* \param length length of the input data
* \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer holding the output data
* \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
* #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
* \param length The length in Bytes of the input data \p input.
* This must be a multiple of \c 16 Bytes.
* \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
* of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated to allow streaming
* use as explained above.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must point to a
* readable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must point to a
* writable buffer of length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -143,11 +177,14 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
/**
* \brief CAMELLIA-CFB128 buffer encryption/decryption
* \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CFB128 buffer encryption/decryption
* operation.
*
* Note: Due to the nature of CFB you should use the same key schedule for
* both encryption and decryption. So a context initialized with
* mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() for both MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT and CAMELLIE_DECRYPT.
* \note Due to the nature of CFB mode, you should use the same
* key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls
* to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via
* mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether \p mode
* is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
@ -157,16 +194,24 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \param ctx CAMELLIA context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT
* \param length length of the input data
* \param iv_off offset in IV (updated after use)
* \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer holding the output data
* \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either
* #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
* \param length The length of the input data \p input. Any value is allowed.
* \param iv_off The current offset in the IV. This must be smaller
* than \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to allow
* the aforementioned streaming usage.
* \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
* of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to
* allow the aforementioned streaming usage.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a readable
* buffer of size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The buffer to hold the output data. This must be a writable
* buffer of length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -179,26 +224,78 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/**
* \brief CAMELLIA-CTR buffer encryption/decryption
* \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CTR buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* Warning: You have to keep the maximum use of your counter in mind!
* *note Due to the nature of CTR mode, you should use the same
* key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls
* to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via
* mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether \p mode
* is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
*
* Note: Due to the nature of CTR you should use the same key schedule for
* both encryption and decryption. So a context initialized with
* mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() for both MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT and MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT.
* \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
* would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
* the same nonce and key.
*
* \param ctx CAMELLIA context
* \param length The length of the data
* \param nc_off The offset in the current stream_block (for resuming
* There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
*
* 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
* successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
* set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
* then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
* stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
* updated by this function.
*
* With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
* blocks of data with the same key.
*
* 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
* nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
* per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
* updated by this function internally.
*
* For example, you might reserve the first \c 12 Bytes for the
* per-message nonce, and the last \c 4 Bytes for internal use.
* In that case, before calling this function on a new message you
* need to set the first \c 12 Bytes of \p nonce_counter to your
* chosen nonce value, the last four to \c 0, and \p nc_off to \c 0
* (which will cause \p stream_block to be ignored). That way, you
* can encrypt at most \c 2**96 messages of up to \c 2**32 blocks
* each with the same key.
*
* The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
* it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be
* unique. The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a
* message counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces,
* but this limits the number of messages that can be securely
* encrypted: for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should
* not encrypt more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
*
* Note that for both stategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
* that a CAMELLIA block is \c 16 Bytes.
*
* \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
* content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
* securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
*
* \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
* Any value is allowed.
* \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block (for resuming
* within current cipher stream). The offset pointer to
* should be 0 at the start of a stream.
* \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter.
* \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. Is overwritten
* by the function.
* \param input The input data stream
* \param output The output data stream
* should be \c 0 at the start of a stream. It is updated
* at the end of this call.
* \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must be a read/write
* buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
* \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. This must be a
* read/write buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The input data stream. This must be a readable buffer of
* size \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data stream. This must be a writable buffer
* of size \p length Bytes.
*
* \return 0 if successful
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
size_t length,
@ -209,17 +306,7 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx,
unsigned char *output );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#else /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */
#include "camellia_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
@ -228,6 +315,8 @@ extern "C" {
*/
int mbedtls_camellia_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

281
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ccm.h
View File

@ -1,9 +1,34 @@
/**
* \file ccm.h
*
* \brief Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM) for 128-bit block ciphers
* \brief This file provides an API for the CCM authenticated encryption
* mode for block ciphers.
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* CCM combines Counter mode encryption with CBC-MAC authentication
* for 128-bit block ciphers.
*
* Input to CCM includes the following elements:
* <ul><li>Payload - data that is both authenticated and encrypted.</li>
* <li>Associated data (Adata) - data that is authenticated but not
* encrypted, For example, a header.</li>
* <li>Nonce - A unique value that is assigned to the payload and the
* associated data.</li></ul>
*
* Definition of CCM:
* http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38C/SP800-38C_updated-July20_2007.pdf
* RFC 3610 "Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)"
*
* Related:
* RFC 5116 "An Interface and Algorithms for Authenticated Encryption"
*
* Definition of CCM*:
* IEEE 802.15.4 - IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks
* Integer representation is fixed most-significant-octet-first order and
* the representation of octets is most-significant-bit-first order. This is
* consistent with RFC 3610.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,47 +42,68 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CCM_H
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_H
#include "cipher.h"
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT -0x000D /**< Bad input parameters to function. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED -0x000F /**< Authenticated decryption failed. */
#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT -0x000D /**< Bad input parameters to the function. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED -0x000F /**< Authenticated decryption failed. */
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0011 /**< CCM hardware accelerator failed. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief CCM context structure
* \brief The CCM context-type definition. The CCM context is passed
* to the APIs called.
*/
typedef struct {
mbedtls_cipher_context_t cipher_ctx; /*!< cipher context used */
typedef struct mbedtls_ccm_context
{
mbedtls_cipher_context_t cipher_ctx; /*!< The cipher context used. */
}
mbedtls_ccm_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */
#include "ccm_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize CCM context (just makes references valid)
* Makes the context ready for mbedtls_ccm_setkey() or
* mbedtls_ccm_free().
* \brief This function initializes the specified CCM context,
* to make references valid, and prepare the context
* for mbedtls_ccm_setkey() or mbedtls_ccm_free().
*
* \param ctx CCM context to initialize
* \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_ccm_init( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief CCM initialization (encryption and decryption)
* \brief This function initializes the CCM context set in the
* \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key.
*
* \param ctx CCM context to be initialized
* \param cipher cipher to use (a 128-bit block cipher)
* \param key encryption key
* \param keybits key size in bits (must be acceptable by the cipher)
* \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must be an initialized
* context.
* \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use.
* \param key The encryption key. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param keybits The key size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or a cipher specific error code
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_setkey( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
@ -65,36 +111,49 @@ int mbedtls_ccm_setkey( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
unsigned int keybits );
/**
* \brief Free a CCM context and underlying cipher sub-context
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified CCM context
* and underlying cipher sub-context.
*
* \param ctx CCM context to free
* \param ctx The CCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the function
* has no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_ccm_free( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief CCM buffer encryption
* \brief This function encrypts a buffer using CCM.
*
* \param ctx CCM context
* \param length length of the input data in bytes
* \param iv nonce (initialization vector)
* \param iv_len length of IV in bytes
* must be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8
* \param add additional data
* \param add_len length of additional data in bytes
* must be less than 2^16 - 2^8
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer for holding the output data
* must be at least 'length' bytes wide
* \param tag buffer for holding the tag
* \param tag_len length of the tag to generate in bytes
* must be 4, 6, 8, 10, 14 or 16
* \note The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate
* the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610:
* Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use
* \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the
* output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide.
*
* \note The tag is written to a separate buffer. To get the tag
* concatenated with the output as in the CCM spec, use
* tag = output + length and make sure the output buffer is
* at least length + tag_len wide.
* \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be
* initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
* buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
* \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
* or 13. The length L of the message length field is
* 15 - \p iv_len.
* \param add The additional data field. If \p add_len is greater than
* zero, \p add must be a readable buffer of at least that
* length.
* \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
* This must be less than `2^16 - 2^8`.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
* writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
* \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
* 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
*
* \return 0 if successful
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_encrypt_and_tag( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
@ -103,21 +162,83 @@ int mbedtls_ccm_encrypt_and_tag( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len );
/**
* \brief CCM buffer authenticated decryption
* \brief This function encrypts a buffer using CCM*.
*
* \param ctx CCM context
* \param length length of the input data
* \param iv initialization vector
* \param iv_len length of IV
* \param add additional data
* \param add_len length of additional data
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer for holding the output data
* \param tag buffer holding the tag
* \param tag_len length of the tag
* \note The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate
* the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610:
* Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use
* \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the
* output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide.
*
* \return 0 if successful and authenticated,
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if tag does not match
* \note When using this function in a variable tag length context,
* the tag length has to be encoded into the \p iv passed to
* this function.
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be
* initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
* buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
* \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
* or 13. The length L of the message length field is
* 15 - \p iv_len.
* \param add The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of
* at least \p add_len Bytes.
* \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
* This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
* writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
* \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
* 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
*
* \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is no
* longer authenticated.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_star_encrypt_and_tag( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
const unsigned char *add, size_t add_len,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len );
/**
* \brief This function performs a CCM authenticated decryption of a
* buffer.
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be
* initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
* buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
* \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
* or 13. The length L of the message length field is
* 15 - \p iv_len.
* \param add The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer
* of at least that \p add_len Bytes..
* \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
* This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
* readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
* \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
* 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
*
* \return \c 0 on success. This indicates that the message is authentic.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
* \return A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_auth_decrypt( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
@ -125,11 +246,57 @@ int mbedtls_ccm_auth_decrypt( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len );
/**
* \brief This function performs a CCM* authenticated decryption of a
* buffer.
*
* \note When using this function in a variable tag length context,
* the tag length has to be decoded from \p iv and passed to
* this function as \p tag_len. (\p tag needs to be adjusted
* accordingly.)
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be
* initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
* buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
* \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
* or 13. The length L of the message length field is
* 15 - \p iv_len.
* \param add The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of
* at least that \p add_len Bytes.
* \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
* This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
* readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
* \param tag_len The length of the authentication field in Bytes.
* 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
*
* \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is nos
* longer authenticated.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
* \return A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_star_auth_decrypt( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
const unsigned char *add, size_t add_len,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
* \brief The CCM checkup routine.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return \c 1 on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */

253
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/certs.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
* \file certs.h
*
* \brief Sample certificates and DHM parameters for testing
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,80 +18,230 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CERTS_H
#define MBEDTLS_CERTS_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* List of all PEM-encoded CA certificates, terminated by NULL;
* PEM encoded if MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C is enabled, DER encoded
* otherwise. */
extern const char * mbedtls_test_cas[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cas_len[];
/* List of all DER-encoded CA certificates, terminated by NULL */
extern const unsigned char * mbedtls_test_cas_der[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cas_der_len[];
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C)
/* Concatenation of all CA certificates in PEM format if available */
extern const char mbedtls_test_cas_pem[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cas_pem_len;
#endif
/* List of all CA certificates, terminated by NULL */
extern const char * mbedtls_test_cas[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cas_len[];
#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C */
/*
* Convenience for users who just want a certificate:
* RSA by default, or ECDSA if RSA is not available
* CA test certificates
*/
extern const char * mbedtls_test_ca_crt;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_len;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_ca_key;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_len;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_ca_pwd;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_len;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_srv_crt;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_len;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_srv_key;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_len;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_cli_crt;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_len;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_cli_key;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_len;
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C)
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_pem[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_der[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_der_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between PEM and DER encoding
* (PEM if enabled, otherwise DER) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_len;
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between SHA-1 and SHA-256
* (SHA-256 if enabled, otherwise SHA-1) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between EC and RSA
* (RSA if enabled, otherwise EC) */
extern const char * mbedtls_test_ca_crt;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_ca_key;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_ca_pwd;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_len;
/*
* Server test certificates
*/
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_pem[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_der[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_der_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between PEM and DER encoding
* (PEM if enabled, otherwise DER) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_len;
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between SHA-1 and SHA-256
* (SHA-256 if enabled, otherwise SHA-1) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between EC and RSA
* (RSA if enabled, otherwise EC) */
extern const char * mbedtls_test_srv_crt;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_srv_key;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_srv_pwd;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_len;
/*
* Client test certificates
*/
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_pem[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_der[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_der_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between PEM and DER encoding
* (PEM if enabled, otherwise DER) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_len;
#endif
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_rsa_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between EC and RSA
* (RSA if enabled, otherwise EC) */
extern const char * mbedtls_test_cli_crt;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_cli_key;
extern const char * mbedtls_test_cli_pwd;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_len;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}

225
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
/**
* \file chacha20.h
*
* \brief This file contains ChaCha20 definitions and functions.
*
* ChaCha20 is a stream cipher that can encrypt and decrypt
* information. ChaCha was created by Daniel Bernstein as a variant of
* its Salsa cipher https://cr.yp.to/chacha/chacha-20080128.pdf
* ChaCha20 is the variant with 20 rounds, that was also standardized
* in RFC 7539.
*
* \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com>
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H
#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0051 /**< Invalid input parameter(s). */
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be
* used. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x0053 /**< Feature not available. For example, s part of the API is not implemented. */
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0055 /**< Chacha20 hardware accelerator failed. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT)
typedef struct mbedtls_chacha20_context
{
uint32_t state[16]; /*! The state (before round operations). */
uint8_t keystream8[64]; /*! Leftover keystream bytes. */
size_t keystream_bytes_used; /*! Number of keystream bytes already used. */
}
mbedtls_chacha20_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT */
#include "chacha20_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT */
/**
* \brief This function initializes the specified ChaCha20 context.
*
* It must be the first API called before using
* the context.
*
* It is usually followed by calls to
* \c mbedtls_chacha20_setkey() and
* \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts(), then one or more calls to
* to \c mbedtls_chacha20_update(), and finally to
* \c mbedtls_chacha20_free().
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to initialize.
* This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_chacha20_init( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified
* ChaCha20 context.
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to clear. This may be \c NULL,
* in which case this function is a no-op. If it is not
* \c NULL, it must point to an initialized context.
*
*/
void mbedtls_chacha20_free( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function sets the encryption/decryption key.
*
* \note After using this function, you must also call
* \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts() to set a nonce before you
* start encrypting/decrypting data with
* \c mbedtls_chacha_update().
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to which the key should be bound.
* It must be initialized.
* \param key The encryption/decryption key. This must be \c 32 Bytes
* in length.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or key is NULL.
*/
int mbedtls_chacha20_setkey( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx,
const unsigned char key[32] );
/**
* \brief This function sets the nonce and initial counter value.
*
* \note A ChaCha20 context can be re-used with the same key by
* calling this function to change the nonce.
*
* \warning You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key.
* This would void any confidentiality guarantees for the
* messages encrypted with the same nonce and key.
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to which the nonce should be bound.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key.
* \param nonce The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size.
* \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or nonce is
* NULL.
*/
int mbedtls_chacha20_starts( mbedtls_chacha20_context* ctx,
const unsigned char nonce[12],
uint32_t counter );
/**
* \brief This function encrypts or decrypts data.
*
* Since ChaCha20 is a stream cipher, the same operation is
* used for encrypting and decrypting data.
*
* \note The \p input and \p output pointers must either be equal or
* point to non-overlapping buffers.
*
* \note \c mbedtls_chacha20_setkey() and
* \c mbedtls_chacha20_starts() must be called at least once
* to setup the context before this function can be called.
*
* \note This function can be called multiple times in a row in
* order to encrypt of decrypt data piecewise with the same
* key and nonce.
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to use for encryption or decryption.
* It must be initialized and bound to a key and nonce.
* \param size The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* This must be able to hold \p size Bytes.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chacha20_update( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx,
size_t size,
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
/**
* \brief This function encrypts or decrypts data with ChaCha20 and
* the given key and nonce.
*
* Since ChaCha20 is a stream cipher, the same operation is
* used for encrypting and decrypting data.
*
* \warning You must never use the same (key, nonce) pair more than
* once. This would void any confidentiality guarantees for
* the messages encrypted with the same nonce and key.
*
* \note The \p input and \p output pointers must either be equal or
* point to non-overlapping buffers.
*
* \param key The encryption/decryption key.
* This must be \c 32 Bytes in length.
* \param nonce The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size.
* \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0.
* \param size The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data.
* This must be able to hold \p size Bytes.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chacha20_crypt( const unsigned char key[32],
const unsigned char nonce[12],
uint32_t counter,
size_t size,
const unsigned char* input,
unsigned char* output );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief The ChaCha20 checkup routine.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return \c 1 on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chacha20_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_H */

357
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
/**
* \file chachapoly.h
*
* \brief This file contains the AEAD-ChaCha20-Poly1305 definitions and
* functions.
*
* ChaCha20-Poly1305 is an algorithm for Authenticated Encryption
* with Associated Data (AEAD) that can be used to encrypt and
* authenticate data. It is based on ChaCha20 and Poly1305 by Daniel
* Bernstein and was standardized in RFC 7539.
*
* \author Daniel King <damaki.gh@gmail.com>
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H
#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
/* for shared error codes */
#include "mbedtls/poly1305.h"
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE -0x0054 /**< The requested operation is not permitted in the current state. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_AUTH_FAILED -0x0056 /**< Authenticated decryption failed: data was not authentic. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef enum
{
MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ENCRYPT, /**< The mode value for performing encryption. */
MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_DECRYPT /**< The mode value for performing decryption. */
}
mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t;
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT)
#include "mbedtls/chacha20.h"
typedef struct mbedtls_chachapoly_context
{
mbedtls_chacha20_context chacha20_ctx; /**< The ChaCha20 context. */
mbedtls_poly1305_context poly1305_ctx; /**< The Poly1305 context. */
uint64_t aad_len; /**< The length (bytes) of the Additional Authenticated Data. */
uint64_t ciphertext_len; /**< The length (bytes) of the ciphertext. */
int state; /**< The current state of the context. */
mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t mode; /**< Cipher mode (encrypt or decrypt). */
}
mbedtls_chachapoly_context;
#else /* !MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT */
#include "chachapoly_alt.h"
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ALT */
/**
* \brief This function initializes the specified ChaCha20-Poly1305 context.
*
* It must be the first API called before using
* the context. It must be followed by a call to
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey() before any operation can be
* done, and to \c mbedtls_chachapoly_free() once all
* operations with that context have been finished.
*
* In order to encrypt or decrypt full messages at once, for
* each message you should make a single call to
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_crypt_and_tag() or
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt().
*
* In order to encrypt messages piecewise, for each
* message you should make a call to
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts(), then 0 or more calls to
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad(), then 0 or more calls to
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(), then one call to
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_finish().
*
* \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged! Always
* use \c mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt() when possible!
*
* If however this is not possible because the data is too
* large to fit in memory, you need to:
*
* - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts() and (if needed)
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad() as above,
* - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update() multiple times and
* ensure its output (the plaintext) is NOT used in any other
* way than placing it in temporary storage at this point,
* - call \c mbedtls_chachapoly_finish() to compute the
* authentication tag and compared it in constant time to the
* tag received with the ciphertext.
*
* If the tags are not equal, you must immediately discard
* all previous outputs of \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(),
* otherwise you can now safely use the plaintext.
*
* \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to initialize. Must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_chachapoly_init( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified
* ChaCha20-Poly1305 context.
*
* \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which
* case this function is a no-op.
*/
void mbedtls_chachapoly_free( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function sets the ChaCha20-Poly1305
* symmetric encryption key.
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to which the key should be
* bound. This must be initialized.
* \param key The \c 256 Bit (\c 32 Bytes) key.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
const unsigned char key[32] );
/**
* \brief This function starts a ChaCha20-Poly1305 encryption or
* decryption operation.
*
* \warning You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key.
* This would void any confidentiality and authenticity
* guarantees for the messages encrypted with the same nonce
* and key.
*
* \note If the context is being used for AAD only (no data to
* encrypt or decrypt) then \p mode can be set to any value.
*
* \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
* warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param nonce The nonce/IV to use for the message.
* This must be a redable buffer of length \c 12 Bytes.
* \param mode The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ENCRYPT or
* #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_DECRYPT (discouraged, see warning).
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chachapoly_starts( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
const unsigned char nonce[12],
mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t mode );
/**
* \brief This function feeds additional data to be authenticated
* into an ongoing ChaCha20-Poly1305 operation.
*
* The Additional Authenticated Data (AAD), also called
* Associated Data (AD) is only authenticated but not
* encrypted nor included in the encrypted output. It is
* usually transmitted separately from the ciphertext or
* computed locally by each party.
*
* \note This function is called before data is encrypted/decrypted.
* I.e. call this function to process the AAD before calling
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update().
*
* You may call this function multiple times to process
* an arbitrary amount of AAD. It is permitted to call
* this function 0 times, if no AAD is used.
*
* This function cannot be called any more if data has
* been processed by \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(),
* or if the context has been finished.
*
* \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
* warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param aad_len The length in Bytes of the AAD. The length has no
* restrictions.
* \param aad Buffer containing the AAD.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA
* if \p ctx or \p aad are NULL.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE
* if the operations has not been started or has been
* finished, or if the AAD has been finished.
*/
int mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *aad,
size_t aad_len );
/**
* \brief Thus function feeds data to be encrypted or decrypted
* into an on-going ChaCha20-Poly1305
* operation.
*
* The direction (encryption or decryption) depends on the
* mode that was given when calling
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_starts().
*
* You may call this function multiple times to process
* an arbitrary amount of data. It is permitted to call
* this function 0 times, if no data is to be encrypted
* or decrypted.
*
* \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
* warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized.
* \param len The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt.
* \param input The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`.
* \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data is
* written. This must be able to hold \p len bytes.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE
* if the operation has not been started or has been
* finished.
* \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chachapoly_update( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
size_t len,
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
/**
* \brief This function finished the ChaCha20-Poly1305 operation and
* generates the MAC (authentication tag).
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized.
* \param mac The buffer to where the 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC is written.
*
* \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the
* warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init().
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE
* if the operation has not been started or has been
* finished.
* \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chachapoly_finish( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
unsigned char mac[16] );
/**
* \brief This function performs a complete ChaCha20-Poly1305
* authenticated encryption with the previously-set key.
*
* \note Before using this function, you must set the key with
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey().
*
* \warning You must never use the same nonce twice with the same key.
* This would void any confidentiality and authenticity
* guarantees for the messages encrypted with the same nonce
* and key.
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key).
* This must be initialized.
* \param length The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt.
* \param nonce The 96-bit (12 bytes) nonce/IV to use.
* \param aad The buffer containing the additional authenticated
* data (AAD). This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`.
* \param aad_len The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process.
* \param input The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
* \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data
* is written. This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
* \param tag The buffer to where the computed 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC
* is written. This must not be \c NULL.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chachapoly_encrypt_and_tag( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
size_t length,
const unsigned char nonce[12],
const unsigned char *aad,
size_t aad_len,
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output,
unsigned char tag[16] );
/**
* \brief This function performs a complete ChaCha20-Poly1305
* authenticated decryption with the previously-set key.
*
* \note Before using this function, you must set the key with
* \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey().
*
* \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key).
* \param length The length (in Bytes) of the data to decrypt.
* \param nonce The \c 96 Bit (\c 12 bytes) nonce/IV to use.
* \param aad The buffer containing the additional authenticated data (AAD).
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`.
* \param aad_len The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process.
* \param tag The buffer holding the authentication tag.
* This must be a readable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes.
* \param input The buffer containing the data to decrypt.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
* \param output The buffer to where the decrypted data is written.
* This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_AUTH_FAILED
* if the data was not authentic.
* \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx,
size_t length,
const unsigned char nonce[12],
const unsigned char *aad,
size_t aad_len,
const unsigned char tag[16],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief The ChaCha20-Poly1305 checkup routine.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return \c 1 on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_chachapoly_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_H */

372
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/check_config.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
* \file check_config.h
*
* \brief Consistency checks for configuration options
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,8 +18,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
/*
@ -44,11 +43,16 @@
#endif
/* Fix the config here. Not convenient to put an #ifdef _WIN32 in config.h as
* it would confuse config.pl. */
* it would confuse config.py. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO)
#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO)
#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT
#endif
#endif /* _WIN32 */
#if defined(TARGET_LIKE_MBED) && \
@ -77,12 +81,37 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_DHM_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_COMPAT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC)
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_TRUNCATED_HMAC_COMPAT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_CMAC_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECDH_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) || \
!( defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) ) || \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) || \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
@ -93,11 +122,33 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) && \
( defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_COMPUTE_SHARED_ALT) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_GEN_PUBLIC_ALT) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_GENKEY_ALT) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT) )
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE defined, but it cannot coexist with an alternative or PSA-based ECP implementation"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) && \
! defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE defined, but not MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED) && \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED defined, but MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT not disabled"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) || ( \
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) || ( \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192R1_ENABLED) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224R1_ENABLED) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED) && \
@ -108,10 +159,24 @@
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP192K1_ENABLED) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP224K1_ENABLED) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) ) )
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE448_ENABLED) ) )
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C) && !( \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_INTERNAL_RNG))
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_C requires a DRBG module unless MBEDTLS_ECP_NO_INTERNAL_RNG is defined or an alternative implementation is used"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequesites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && (!defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C))
#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
@ -130,26 +195,84 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256 defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(__has_feature)
#if __has_feature(memory_sanitizer)
#define MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN
#endif
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN)
#error "MBEDTLS_TEST_CONSTANT_FLOW_MEMSAN requires building with MemorySanitizer"
#endif
#undef MBEDTLS_HAS_MEMSAN
#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES) )
#error "MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY) && \
( defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) || defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY defined, but entropy sources too"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) && ( \
!defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C) )
!defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_GCM_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_TIMING_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HKDF_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_HKDF_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) || \
!defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
( !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || \
!defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
@ -198,11 +321,27 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C) )
#error "!MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE requires MBEDTLS_SHA512_C, MBEDTLS_SHA256_C or MBEDTLS_SHA1_C"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY) )
#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BACKTRACE defined, but not all prerequesites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG) && !defined(MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG defined, but not all prerequesites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM)
#error "MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
@ -232,6 +371,14 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_PKCS11_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS11_C)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#error "MBEDTLS_PKCS11_C is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#warning "MBEDTLS_PKCS11_C is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS11_C */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
@ -246,6 +393,36 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) &&\
( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\
!defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO) &&\
( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\
!defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\
( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) ||\
!defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO) &&\
( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) ||\
defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO) &&\
( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) ||\
defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_TYPE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME/MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT cannot be defined simultaneously"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
@ -342,6 +519,12 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME) &&\
( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT) ||\
!defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF) &&\
!defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites"
@ -357,16 +540,99 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) &&\
( !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) &&\
!defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ) &&\
!defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE) &&\
!defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT)
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO) &&\
( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ) ||\
defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ cannot be defined simultaneously"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO) &&\
( defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE) ||\
defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO and MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE cannot be defined simultaneously"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \
!( defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C) && \
defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SPM defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C) && \
! ( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C) && \
defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) && \
! defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) && \
!( defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C) && \
defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED) )
#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_NO_DEFAULT_ENTROPY_SOURCES)
#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY is not compatible with actual entropy sources"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER) && \
defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
#error "MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER defined, but it cannot coexist with MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO."
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) || \
!defined(MBEDTLS_OID_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15) )
#error "MBEDTLS_RSA_C defined, but none of the PKCS1 versions enabled"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21) )
#error "MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_NO_SHA384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_SHA512_NO_SHA384 defined without MBEDTLS_SHA512_C"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C) || \
!defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3 defined, but not all prerequisites"
@ -387,6 +653,28 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3_EXPERIMENTAL) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_HKDF_C) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3_EXPERIMENTAL defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if (defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_1) || defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)) && \
!(defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_RSA_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDH_ECDSA_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_DHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK_ENABLED) || \
defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED) )
#error "One or more versions of the TLS protocol are enabled " \
"but no key exchange methods defined with MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_xxxx"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_1) && \
!defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2)
@ -442,6 +730,23 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) )
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \
defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX) && \
MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX > 255
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX too large (max 255)"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && \
defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX) && \
MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX > 255
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX too large (max 255)"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_BADMAC_LIMIT) && \
( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C) || !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) )
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_BADMAC_LIMIT defined, but not all prerequisites"
@ -494,6 +799,10 @@
#endif
#undef MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPL
#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES) && !defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
@ -510,6 +819,10 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CERTS_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C)
#error "MBEDTLS_CERTS_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C) )
#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
@ -530,10 +843,47 @@
#error "MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) && defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64)
#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 and MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 cannot be defined simultaneously"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 && MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 */
#if ( defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32) || defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) ) && \
defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM)
#error "MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32/MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64 and MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM cannot be defined simultaneously"
#endif /* (MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT32 || MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT64) && MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3 is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#warning "MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3 is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_SSL3 */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#warning "MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_SUPPORT_SSLV2_CLIENT_HELLO */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
#elif defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#warning "MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of Mbed TLS"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP) && ( !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) )
#error "MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP defined, but not all prerequisites"
#endif
/*
* Avoid warning from -pedantic. This is a convenient place for this
* workaround since this is included by every single file before the
* #if defined(MBEDTLS_xxx_C) that results in emtpy translation units.
* #if defined(MBEDTLS_xxx_C) that results in empty translation units.
*/
typedef int mbedtls_iso_c_forbids_empty_translation_units;

1120
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

53
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher_internal.h
View File

@ -4,8 +4,9 @@
* \brief Cipher wrappers.
*
* \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -19,19 +20,21 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CIPHER_WRAP_H
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_WRAP_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "config.h"
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "cipher.h"
#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
#include "psa/crypto.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
@ -63,6 +66,14 @@ struct mbedtls_cipher_base_t
unsigned char *output );
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
/** Encrypt using OFB (Full length) */
int (*ofb_func)( void *ctx, size_t length, size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char *iv,
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output );
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/** Encrypt using CTR */
int (*ctr_func)( void *ctx, size_t length, size_t *nc_off,
@ -70,6 +81,13 @@ struct mbedtls_cipher_base_t
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output );
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/** Encrypt or decrypt using XTS. */
int (*xts_func)( void *ctx, mbedtls_operation_t mode, size_t length,
const unsigned char data_unit[16],
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output );
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_STREAM)
/** Encrypt using STREAM */
int (*stream_func)( void *ctx, size_t length,
@ -98,6 +116,29 @@ typedef struct
const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info;
} mbedtls_cipher_definition_t;
#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
typedef enum
{
MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PSA_KEY_UNSET = 0,
MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PSA_KEY_OWNED, /* Used for PSA-based cipher contexts which */
/* use raw key material internally imported */
/* as a volatile key, and which hence need */
/* to destroy that key when the context is */
/* freed. */
MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PSA_KEY_NOT_OWNED, /* Used for PSA-based cipher contexts */
/* which use a key provided by the */
/* user, and which hence will not be */
/* destroyed when the context is freed. */
} mbedtls_cipher_psa_key_ownership;
typedef struct
{
psa_algorithm_t alg;
psa_key_id_t slot;
mbedtls_cipher_psa_key_ownership slot_state;
} mbedtls_cipher_context_psa;
#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
extern const mbedtls_cipher_definition_t mbedtls_cipher_definitions[];
extern int mbedtls_cipher_supported[];

211
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cmac.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
/**
* \file cmac.h
*
* \brief This file contains CMAC definitions and functions.
*
* The Cipher-based Message Authentication Code (CMAC) Mode for
* Authentication is defined in <em>RFC-4493: The AES-CMAC Algorithm</em>.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CMAC_H
#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CMAC_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CMAC_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x007A /**< CMAC hardware accelerator failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16
#define MBEDTLS_DES3_BLOCK_SIZE 8
#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_BLKSIZE_MAX 16 /**< The longest block used by CMAC is that of AES. */
#else
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_BLKSIZE_MAX 8 /**< The longest block used by CMAC is that of 3DES. */
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT)
/**
* The CMAC context structure.
*/
struct mbedtls_cmac_context_t
{
/** The internal state of the CMAC algorithm. */
unsigned char state[MBEDTLS_CIPHER_BLKSIZE_MAX];
/** Unprocessed data - either data that was not block aligned and is still
* pending processing, or the final block. */
unsigned char unprocessed_block[MBEDTLS_CIPHER_BLKSIZE_MAX];
/** The length of data pending processing. */
size_t unprocessed_len;
};
#else /* !MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT */
#include "cmac_alt.h"
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_CMAC_ALT */
/**
* \brief This function sets the CMAC key, and prepares to authenticate
* the input data.
* Must be called with an initialized cipher context.
*
* \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation, initialized
* as one of the following types: MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB,
* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_ECB, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_ECB,
* or MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_ECB.
* \param key The CMAC key.
* \param keybits The length of the CMAC key in bits.
* Must be supported by the cipher.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A cipher-specific error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_starts( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
const unsigned char *key, size_t keybits );
/**
* \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing CMAC
* computation.
*
* It is called between mbedtls_cipher_cmac_starts() or
* mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset(), and mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish().
* Can be called repeatedly.
*
* \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* \param ilen The length of the input data.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
* if parameter verification fails.
*/
int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen );
/**
* \brief This function finishes the CMAC operation, and writes
* the result to the output buffer.
*
* It is called after mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update().
* It can be followed by mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset() and
* mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update(), or mbedtls_cipher_free().
*
* \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation.
* \param output The output buffer for the CMAC checksum result.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
* if parameter verification fails.
*/
int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
unsigned char *output );
/**
* \brief This function prepares the authentication of another
* message with the same key as the previous CMAC
* operation.
*
* It is called after mbedtls_cipher_cmac_finish()
* and before mbedtls_cipher_cmac_update().
*
* \param ctx The cipher context used for the CMAC operation.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
* if parameter verification fails.
*/
int mbedtls_cipher_cmac_reset( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function calculates the full generic CMAC
* on the input buffer with the provided key.
*
* The function allocates the context, performs the
* calculation, and frees the context.
*
* The CMAC result is calculated as
* output = generic CMAC(cmac key, input buffer).
*
*
* \param cipher_info The cipher information.
* \param key The CMAC key.
* \param keylen The length of the CMAC key in bits.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* \param ilen The length of the input data.
* \param output The buffer for the generic CMAC result.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
* if parameter verification fails.
*/
int mbedtls_cipher_cmac( const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info,
const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
unsigned char *output );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
/**
* \brief This function implements the AES-CMAC-PRF-128 pseudorandom
* function, as defined in
* <em>RFC-4615: The Advanced Encryption Standard-Cipher-based
* Message Authentication Code-Pseudo-Random Function-128
* (AES-CMAC-PRF-128) Algorithm for the Internet Key
* Exchange Protocol (IKE).</em>
*
* \param key The key to use.
* \param key_len The key length in Bytes.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data.
* \param in_len The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param output The buffer holding the generated 16 Bytes of
* pseudorandom output.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
int mbedtls_aes_cmac_prf_128( const unsigned char *key, size_t key_len,
const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
unsigned char output[16] );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_C */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && ( defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_DES_C) )
/**
* \brief The CMAC checkup routine.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return \c 1 on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_cmac_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && ( MBEDTLS_AES_C || MBEDTLS_DES_C ) */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CMAC_H */

135
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/compat-1.3.h
View File

@ -5,8 +5,9 @@
* for the PolarSSL naming conventions.
*
* \deprecated Use the new names directly instead
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -20,10 +21,14 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#if ! defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
@ -207,9 +212,6 @@
#if defined MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#define POLARSSL_ERROR_C MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_BC
#define POLARSSL_ERROR_STRERROR_BC MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_BC
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY
#define POLARSSL_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY
#endif
@ -318,9 +320,6 @@
#if defined MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
#define POLARSSL_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_C
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_MEMORY_C
#define POLARSSL_MEMORY_C MBEDTLS_MEMORY_C
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG
#define POLARSSL_MEMORY_DEBUG MBEDTLS_MEMORY_DEBUG
#endif
@ -345,9 +344,6 @@
#if defined MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C
#define POLARSSL_PADLOCK_C MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_PBKDF2_C
#define POLARSSL_PBKDF2_C MBEDTLS_PBKDF2_C
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
#define POLARSSL_PEM_PARSE_C MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
#endif
@ -429,9 +425,6 @@
#if defined MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE
#define POLARSSL_PLATFORM_STD_FREE MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MALLOC
#define POLARSSL_PLATFORM_STD_MALLOC MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MALLOC
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR
#define POLARSSL_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR
#endif
@ -492,12 +485,6 @@
#if defined MBEDTLS_SHA512_PROCESS_ALT
#define POLARSSL_SHA512_PROCESS_ALT MBEDTLS_SHA512_PROCESS_ALT
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_SSL_AEAD_RANDOM_IV
#define POLARSSL_SSL_AEAD_RANDOM_IV MBEDTLS_SSL_AEAD_RANDOM_IV
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MESSAGES
#define POLARSSL_SSL_ALERT_MESSAGES MBEDTLS_SSL_ALERT_MESSAGES
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES
#define POLARSSL_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES
#endif
@ -522,9 +509,6 @@
#if defined MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ALL
#define POLARSSL_SSL_DEBUG_ALL MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ALL
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_SSL_DISABLE_RENEGOTIATION
#define POLARSSL_SSL_DISABLE_RENEGOTIATION MBEDTLS_SSL_DISABLE_RENEGOTIATION
#endif
#if defined MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
#define POLARSSL_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
#endif
@ -752,7 +736,6 @@
#define KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT MBEDTLS_X509_KU_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT
#define KU_NON_REPUDIATION MBEDTLS_X509_KU_NON_REPUDIATION
#define LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100 MBEDTLS_LN_2_DIV_LN_10_SCALE100
#define MD_CONTEXT_T_INIT MBEDTLS_MD_CONTEXT_T_INIT
#define MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALLOC
#define MEMORY_VERIFY_ALWAYS MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_ALWAYS
#define MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE MBEDTLS_MEMORY_VERIFY_FREE
@ -1017,19 +1000,13 @@
#define POLARSSL_CONFIG_H MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
#define POLARSSL_CTR_DRBG_H MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_H
#define POLARSSL_DEBUG_H MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H
#define POLARSSL_DEBUG_LOG_FULL MBEDTLS_DEBUG_LOG_FULL
#define POLARSSL_DEBUG_LOG_RAW MBEDTLS_DEBUG_LOG_RAW
#define POLARSSL_DECRYPT MBEDTLS_DECRYPT
#define POLARSSL_DES_H MBEDTLS_DES_H
#define POLARSSL_DHM_H MBEDTLS_DHM_H
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC2409_MODP_1024_G MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC2409_MODP_1024_G
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC2409_MODP_1024_P MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC2409_MODP_1024_P
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_G MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_G
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_P MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_2048_P
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_G MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_G
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_P MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC3526_MODP_3072_P
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC5114_MODP_1024_G MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC5114_MODP_1024_G
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC5114_MODP_1024_P MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC5114_MODP_1024_P
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC5114_MODP_2048_G MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC5114_MODP_2048_G
#define POLARSSL_DHM_RFC5114_MODP_2048_P MBEDTLS_DHM_RFC5114_MODP_2048_P
#define POLARSSL_ECDH_H MBEDTLS_ECDH_H
@ -1117,9 +1094,6 @@
#define POLARSSL_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR
#define POLARSSL_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG
#define POLARSSL_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG MBEDTLS_ERR_HMAC_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG
#define POLARSSL_ERR_MD2_FILE_IO_ERROR MBEDTLS_ERR_MD2_FILE_IO_ERROR
#define POLARSSL_ERR_MD4_FILE_IO_ERROR MBEDTLS_ERR_MD4_FILE_IO_ERROR
#define POLARSSL_ERR_MD5_FILE_IO_ERROR MBEDTLS_ERR_MD5_FILE_IO_ERROR
#define POLARSSL_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED
#define POLARSSL_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA
#define POLARSSL_ERR_MD_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE
@ -1147,7 +1121,6 @@
#define POLARSSL_ERR_OID_BUF_TOO_SMALL MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_BUF_TOO_SMALL
#define POLARSSL_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND MBEDTLS_ERR_OID_NOT_FOUND
#define POLARSSL_ERR_PADLOCK_DATA_MISALIGNED MBEDTLS_ERR_PADLOCK_DATA_MISALIGNED
#define POLARSSL_ERR_PBKDF2_BAD_INPUT_DATA MBEDTLS_ERR_PBKDF2_BAD_INPUT_DATA
#define POLARSSL_ERR_PEM_BAD_INPUT_DATA MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_BAD_INPUT_DATA
#define POLARSSL_ERR_PEM_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE
#define POLARSSL_ERR_PEM_INVALID_DATA MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_INVALID_DATA
@ -1179,7 +1152,6 @@
#define POLARSSL_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_TYPE_MISMATCH
#define POLARSSL_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_NAMED_CURVE MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_NAMED_CURVE
#define POLARSSL_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_PK_ALG MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_PK_ALG
#define POLARSSL_ERR_RIPEMD160_FILE_IO_ERROR MBEDTLS_ERR_RIPEMD160_FILE_IO_ERROR
#define POLARSSL_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA
#define POLARSSL_ERR_RSA_INVALID_PADDING MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_INVALID_PADDING
#define POLARSSL_ERR_RSA_KEY_CHECK_FAILED MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_KEY_CHECK_FAILED
@ -1189,9 +1161,6 @@
#define POLARSSL_ERR_RSA_PUBLIC_FAILED MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_PUBLIC_FAILED
#define POLARSSL_ERR_RSA_RNG_FAILED MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_RNG_FAILED
#define POLARSSL_ERR_RSA_VERIFY_FAILED MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_VERIFY_FAILED
#define POLARSSL_ERR_SHA1_FILE_IO_ERROR MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA1_FILE_IO_ERROR
#define POLARSSL_ERR_SHA256_FILE_IO_ERROR MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA256_FILE_IO_ERROR
#define POLARSSL_ERR_SHA512_FILE_IO_ERROR MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_FILE_IO_ERROR
#define POLARSSL_ERR_SSL_BAD_HS_CERTIFICATE MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_HS_CERTIFICATE
#define POLARSSL_ERR_SSL_BAD_HS_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_HS_CERTIFICATE_REQUEST
#define POLARSSL_ERR_SSL_BAD_HS_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_BAD_HS_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY
@ -1279,9 +1248,9 @@
#define POLARSSL_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK
#define POLARSSL_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA
#define POLARSSL_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK
#define POLARSSL_KEY_EXCHANGE__SOME__ECDHE_ENABLED MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE__SOME__ECDHE_ENABLED
#define POLARSSL_KEY_EXCHANGE__SOME__PSK_ENABLED MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE__SOME__PSK_ENABLED
#define POLARSSL_KEY_EXCHANGE__WITH_CERT__ENABLED MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE__WITH_CERT__ENABLED
#define POLARSSL_KEY_EXCHANGE__SOME__ECDHE_ENABLED MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_ECDHE_ENABLED
#define POLARSSL_KEY_EXCHANGE__SOME__PSK_ENABLED MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_SOME_PSK_ENABLED
#define POLARSSL_KEY_EXCHANGE__WITH_CERT__ENABLED MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_WITH_CERT_ENABLED
#define POLARSSL_KEY_LENGTH_DES MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES
#define POLARSSL_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE
#define POLARSSL_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE3 MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE3
@ -1305,7 +1274,6 @@
#define POLARSSL_MD_SHA512 MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512
#define POLARSSL_MD_WRAP_H MBEDTLS_MD_WRAP_H
#define POLARSSL_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_H MBEDTLS_MEMORY_BUFFER_ALLOC_H
#define POLARSSL_MEMORY_H MBEDTLS_MEMORY_H
#define POLARSSL_MODE_CBC MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC
#define POLARSSL_MODE_CCM MBEDTLS_MODE_CCM
#define POLARSSL_MODE_CFB MBEDTLS_MODE_CFB
@ -1319,7 +1287,7 @@
#define POLARSSL_MPI_MAX_BITS_SCALE100 MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS_SCALE100
#define POLARSSL_MPI_MAX_LIMBS MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_LIMBS
#define POLARSSL_MPI_RW_BUFFER_SIZE MBEDTLS_MPI_RW_BUFFER_SIZE
#define POLARSSL_NET_H MBEDTLS_NET_H
#define POLARSSL_NET_H MBEDTLS_NET_SOCKETS_H
#define POLARSSL_NET_LISTEN_BACKLOG MBEDTLS_NET_LISTEN_BACKLOG
#define POLARSSL_OID_H MBEDTLS_OID_H
#define POLARSSL_OPERATION_NONE MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE
@ -1329,7 +1297,6 @@
#define POLARSSL_PADDING_ZEROS MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS
#define POLARSSL_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN
#define POLARSSL_PADLOCK_H MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_H
#define POLARSSL_PBKDF2_H MBEDTLS_PBKDF2_H
#define POLARSSL_PEM_H MBEDTLS_PEM_H
#define POLARSSL_PKCS11_H MBEDTLS_PKCS11_H
#define POLARSSL_PKCS12_H MBEDTLS_PKCS12_H
@ -1415,7 +1382,8 @@
#define SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_ENABLED MBEDTLS_SSL_ANTI_REPLAY_ENABLED
#define SSL_ARC4_DISABLED MBEDTLS_SSL_ARC4_DISABLED
#define SSL_ARC4_ENABLED MBEDTLS_SSL_ARC4_ENABLED
#define SSL_BUFFER_LEN MBEDTLS_SSL_BUFFER_LEN
#define SSL_BUFFER_LEN ( ( ( MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_BUFFER_LEN ) < ( MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_BUFFER_LEN ) ) \
? ( MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_BUFFER_LEN ) : ( MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_BUFFER_LEN ) )
#define SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES
#define SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
#define SSL_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING_DISABLED MBEDTLS_SSL_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING_DISABLED
@ -1712,7 +1680,6 @@
#define TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256 MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_NULL_SHA256
#define TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5 MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5
#define TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHA
#define UL64 MBEDTLS_UL64
#define X509_CRT_VERSION_1 MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_1
#define X509_CRT_VERSION_2 MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_2
#define X509_CRT_VERSION_3 MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_VERSION_3
@ -1736,7 +1703,6 @@
#define _ssl_key_cert mbedtls_ssl_key_cert
#define _ssl_premaster_secret mbedtls_ssl_premaster_secret
#define _ssl_session mbedtls_ssl_session
#define _ssl_ticket_keys mbedtls_ssl_ticket_keys
#define _ssl_transform mbedtls_ssl_transform
#define _x509_crl mbedtls_x509_crl
#define _x509_crl_entry mbedtls_x509_crl_entry
@ -1836,7 +1802,6 @@
#define cipher_definitions mbedtls_cipher_definitions
#define cipher_finish mbedtls_cipher_finish
#define cipher_free mbedtls_cipher_free
#define cipher_free_ctx mbedtls_cipher_free_ctx
#define cipher_get_block_size mbedtls_cipher_get_block_size
#define cipher_get_cipher_mode mbedtls_cipher_get_cipher_mode
#define cipher_get_iv_size mbedtls_cipher_get_iv_size
@ -1855,7 +1820,6 @@
#define cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_mode_t
#define cipher_padding_t mbedtls_cipher_padding_t
#define cipher_reset mbedtls_cipher_reset
#define cipher_self_test mbedtls_cipher_self_test
#define cipher_set_iv mbedtls_cipher_set_iv
#define cipher_set_padding_mode mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode
#define cipher_setkey mbedtls_cipher_setkey
@ -1866,7 +1830,6 @@
#define ctr_drbg_context mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context
#define ctr_drbg_free mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free
#define ctr_drbg_init mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init
#define ctr_drbg_init_entropy_len mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init_entropy_len
#define ctr_drbg_random mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random
#define ctr_drbg_random_with_add mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add
#define ctr_drbg_reseed mbedtls_ctr_drbg_reseed
@ -1877,14 +1840,12 @@
#define ctr_drbg_update mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update
#define ctr_drbg_update_seed_file mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_seed_file
#define ctr_drbg_write_seed_file mbedtls_ctr_drbg_write_seed_file
#define debug_fmt mbedtls_debug_fmt
#define debug_print_buf mbedtls_debug_print_buf
#define debug_print_crt mbedtls_debug_print_crt
#define debug_print_ecp mbedtls_debug_print_ecp
#define debug_print_mpi mbedtls_debug_print_mpi
#define debug_print_msg mbedtls_debug_print_msg
#define debug_print_ret mbedtls_debug_print_ret
#define debug_set_log_mode mbedtls_debug_set_log_mode
#define debug_set_threshold mbedtls_debug_set_threshold
#define des3_context mbedtls_des3_context
#define des3_crypt_cbc mbedtls_des3_crypt_cbc
@ -1928,7 +1889,6 @@
#define ecdh_make_public mbedtls_ecdh_make_public
#define ecdh_read_params mbedtls_ecdh_read_params
#define ecdh_read_public mbedtls_ecdh_read_public
#define ecdh_self_test mbedtls_ecdh_self_test
#define ecdh_side mbedtls_ecdh_side
#define ecdsa_context mbedtls_ecdsa_context
#define ecdsa_free mbedtls_ecdsa_free
@ -1937,7 +1897,6 @@
#define ecdsa_info mbedtls_ecdsa_info
#define ecdsa_init mbedtls_ecdsa_init
#define ecdsa_read_signature mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature
#define ecdsa_self_test mbedtls_ecdsa_self_test
#define ecdsa_sign mbedtls_ecdsa_sign
#define ecdsa_sign_det mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det
#define ecdsa_verify mbedtls_ecdsa_verify
@ -1945,7 +1904,6 @@
#define ecdsa_write_signature_det mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature_det
#define eckey_info mbedtls_eckey_info
#define eckeydh_info mbedtls_eckeydh_info
#define ecp_add mbedtls_ecp_add
#define ecp_check_privkey mbedtls_ecp_check_privkey
#define ecp_check_pub_priv mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv
#define ecp_check_pubkey mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey
@ -1962,7 +1920,6 @@
#define ecp_group_free mbedtls_ecp_group_free
#define ecp_group_id mbedtls_ecp_group_id
#define ecp_group_init mbedtls_ecp_group_init
#define ecp_group_read_string mbedtls_ecp_group_read_string
#define ecp_grp_id_list mbedtls_ecp_grp_id_list
#define ecp_is_zero mbedtls_ecp_is_zero
#define ecp_keypair mbedtls_ecp_keypair
@ -1977,7 +1934,6 @@
#define ecp_point_write_binary mbedtls_ecp_point_write_binary
#define ecp_self_test mbedtls_ecp_self_test
#define ecp_set_zero mbedtls_ecp_set_zero
#define ecp_sub mbedtls_ecp_sub
#define ecp_tls_read_group mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group
#define ecp_tls_read_point mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_point
#define ecp_tls_write_group mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_group
@ -2015,7 +1971,6 @@
#define hmac_drbg_context mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context
#define hmac_drbg_free mbedtls_hmac_drbg_free
#define hmac_drbg_init mbedtls_hmac_drbg_init
#define hmac_drbg_init_buf mbedtls_hmac_drbg_init_buf
#define hmac_drbg_random mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random
#define hmac_drbg_random_with_add mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random_with_add
#define hmac_drbg_reseed mbedtls_hmac_drbg_reseed
@ -2031,14 +1986,8 @@
#define md mbedtls_md
#define md2 mbedtls_md2
#define md2_context mbedtls_md2_context
#define md2_file mbedtls_md2_file
#define md2_finish mbedtls_md2_finish
#define md2_free mbedtls_md2_free
#define md2_hmac mbedtls_md2_hmac
#define md2_hmac_finish mbedtls_md2_hmac_finish
#define md2_hmac_reset mbedtls_md2_hmac_reset
#define md2_hmac_starts mbedtls_md2_hmac_starts
#define md2_hmac_update mbedtls_md2_hmac_update
#define md2_info mbedtls_md2_info
#define md2_init mbedtls_md2_init
#define md2_process mbedtls_md2_process
@ -2047,14 +1996,8 @@
#define md2_update mbedtls_md2_update
#define md4 mbedtls_md4
#define md4_context mbedtls_md4_context
#define md4_file mbedtls_md4_file
#define md4_finish mbedtls_md4_finish
#define md4_free mbedtls_md4_free
#define md4_hmac mbedtls_md4_hmac
#define md4_hmac_finish mbedtls_md4_hmac_finish
#define md4_hmac_reset mbedtls_md4_hmac_reset
#define md4_hmac_starts mbedtls_md4_hmac_starts
#define md4_hmac_update mbedtls_md4_hmac_update
#define md4_info mbedtls_md4_info
#define md4_init mbedtls_md4_init
#define md4_process mbedtls_md4_process
@ -2063,14 +2006,8 @@
#define md4_update mbedtls_md4_update
#define md5 mbedtls_md5
#define md5_context mbedtls_md5_context
#define md5_file mbedtls_md5_file
#define md5_finish mbedtls_md5_finish
#define md5_free mbedtls_md5_free
#define md5_hmac mbedtls_md5_hmac
#define md5_hmac_finish mbedtls_md5_hmac_finish
#define md5_hmac_reset mbedtls_md5_hmac_reset
#define md5_hmac_starts mbedtls_md5_hmac_starts
#define md5_hmac_update mbedtls_md5_hmac_update
#define md5_info mbedtls_md5_info
#define md5_init mbedtls_md5_init
#define md5_process mbedtls_md5_process
@ -2081,7 +2018,6 @@
#define md_file mbedtls_md_file
#define md_finish mbedtls_md_finish
#define md_free mbedtls_md_free
#define md_free_ctx mbedtls_md_free_ctx
#define md_get_name mbedtls_md_get_name
#define md_get_size mbedtls_md_get_size
#define md_get_type mbedtls_md_get_type
@ -2109,7 +2045,6 @@
#define memory_buffer_alloc_status mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_status
#define memory_buffer_alloc_verify mbedtls_memory_buffer_alloc_verify
#define memory_buffer_set_verify mbedtls_memory_buffer_set_verify
#define memory_set_own mbedtls_memory_set_own
#define mpi mbedtls_mpi
#define mpi_add_abs mbedtls_mpi_add_abs
#define mpi_add_int mbedtls_mpi_add_int
@ -2185,8 +2120,6 @@
#define padlock_supports mbedtls_padlock_has_support
#define padlock_xcryptcbc mbedtls_padlock_xcryptcbc
#define padlock_xcryptecb mbedtls_padlock_xcryptecb
#define pbkdf2_hmac mbedtls_pbkdf2_hmac
#define pbkdf2_self_test mbedtls_pbkdf2_self_test
#define pem_context mbedtls_pem_context
#define pem_free mbedtls_pem_free
#define pem_init mbedtls_pem_init
@ -2246,13 +2179,11 @@
#define platform_entropy_poll mbedtls_platform_entropy_poll
#define platform_set_exit mbedtls_platform_set_exit
#define platform_set_fprintf mbedtls_platform_set_fprintf
#define platform_set_malloc_free mbedtls_platform_set_malloc_free
#define platform_set_printf mbedtls_platform_set_printf
#define platform_set_snprintf mbedtls_platform_set_snprintf
#define polarssl_exit mbedtls_exit
#define polarssl_fprintf mbedtls_fprintf
#define polarssl_free mbedtls_free
#define polarssl_malloc mbedtls_malloc
#define polarssl_mutex_free mbedtls_mutex_free
#define polarssl_mutex_init mbedtls_mutex_init
#define polarssl_mutex_lock mbedtls_mutex_lock
@ -2262,14 +2193,8 @@
#define polarssl_strerror mbedtls_strerror
#define ripemd160 mbedtls_ripemd160
#define ripemd160_context mbedtls_ripemd160_context
#define ripemd160_file mbedtls_ripemd160_file
#define ripemd160_finish mbedtls_ripemd160_finish
#define ripemd160_free mbedtls_ripemd160_free
#define ripemd160_hmac mbedtls_ripemd160_hmac
#define ripemd160_hmac_finish mbedtls_ripemd160_hmac_finish
#define ripemd160_hmac_reset mbedtls_ripemd160_hmac_reset
#define ripemd160_hmac_starts mbedtls_ripemd160_hmac_starts
#define ripemd160_hmac_update mbedtls_ripemd160_hmac_update
#define ripemd160_info mbedtls_ripemd160_info
#define ripemd160_init mbedtls_ripemd160_init
#define ripemd160_process mbedtls_ripemd160_process
@ -2283,12 +2208,10 @@
#define rsa_check_pubkey mbedtls_rsa_check_pubkey
#define rsa_context mbedtls_rsa_context
#define rsa_copy mbedtls_rsa_copy
#define rsa_decrypt_func mbedtls_rsa_decrypt_func
#define rsa_free mbedtls_rsa_free
#define rsa_gen_key mbedtls_rsa_gen_key
#define rsa_info mbedtls_rsa_info
#define rsa_init mbedtls_rsa_init
#define rsa_key_len_func mbedtls_rsa_key_len_func
#define rsa_pkcs1_decrypt mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_decrypt
#define rsa_pkcs1_encrypt mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_encrypt
#define rsa_pkcs1_sign mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_sign
@ -2306,19 +2229,12 @@
#define rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext
#define rsa_self_test mbedtls_rsa_self_test
#define rsa_set_padding mbedtls_rsa_set_padding
#define rsa_sign_func mbedtls_rsa_sign_func
#define safer_memcmp mbedtls_ssl_safer_memcmp
#define set_alarm mbedtls_set_alarm
#define sha1 mbedtls_sha1
#define sha1_context mbedtls_sha1_context
#define sha1_file mbedtls_sha1_file
#define sha1_finish mbedtls_sha1_finish
#define sha1_free mbedtls_sha1_free
#define sha1_hmac mbedtls_sha1_hmac
#define sha1_hmac_finish mbedtls_sha1_hmac_finish
#define sha1_hmac_reset mbedtls_sha1_hmac_reset
#define sha1_hmac_starts mbedtls_sha1_hmac_starts
#define sha1_hmac_update mbedtls_sha1_hmac_update
#define sha1_info mbedtls_sha1_info
#define sha1_init mbedtls_sha1_init
#define sha1_process mbedtls_sha1_process
@ -2328,14 +2244,8 @@
#define sha224_info mbedtls_sha224_info
#define sha256 mbedtls_sha256
#define sha256_context mbedtls_sha256_context
#define sha256_file mbedtls_sha256_file
#define sha256_finish mbedtls_sha256_finish
#define sha256_free mbedtls_sha256_free
#define sha256_hmac mbedtls_sha256_hmac
#define sha256_hmac_finish mbedtls_sha256_hmac_finish
#define sha256_hmac_reset mbedtls_sha256_hmac_reset
#define sha256_hmac_starts mbedtls_sha256_hmac_starts
#define sha256_hmac_update mbedtls_sha256_hmac_update
#define sha256_info mbedtls_sha256_info
#define sha256_init mbedtls_sha256_init
#define sha256_process mbedtls_sha256_process
@ -2345,14 +2255,8 @@
#define sha384_info mbedtls_sha384_info
#define sha512 mbedtls_sha512
#define sha512_context mbedtls_sha512_context
#define sha512_file mbedtls_sha512_file
#define sha512_finish mbedtls_sha512_finish
#define sha512_free mbedtls_sha512_free
#define sha512_hmac mbedtls_sha512_hmac
#define sha512_hmac_finish mbedtls_sha512_hmac_finish
#define sha512_hmac_reset mbedtls_sha512_hmac_reset
#define sha512_hmac_starts mbedtls_sha512_hmac_starts
#define sha512_hmac_update mbedtls_sha512_hmac_update
#define sha512_info mbedtls_sha512_info
#define sha512_init mbedtls_sha512_init
#define sha512_process mbedtls_sha512_process
@ -2385,7 +2289,6 @@
#define ssl_cookie_setup mbedtls_ssl_cookie_setup
#define ssl_cookie_write mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write
#define ssl_cookie_write_t mbedtls_ssl_cookie_write_t
#define ssl_curve_is_acceptable mbedtls_ssl_curve_is_acceptable
#define ssl_derive_keys mbedtls_ssl_derive_keys
#define ssl_dtls_replay_check mbedtls_ssl_dtls_replay_check
#define ssl_dtls_replay_update mbedtls_ssl_dtls_replay_update
@ -2453,7 +2356,6 @@
#define ssl_set_arc4_support mbedtls_ssl_conf_arc4_support
#define ssl_set_authmode mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode
#define ssl_set_bio mbedtls_ssl_set_bio
#define ssl_set_bio mbedtls_ssl_set_bio_timeout
#define ssl_set_ca_chain mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain
#define ssl_set_cbc_record_splitting mbedtls_ssl_conf_cbc_record_splitting
#define ssl_set_ciphersuites mbedtls_ssl_conf_ciphersuites
@ -2476,8 +2378,6 @@
#define ssl_set_max_version mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_version
#define ssl_set_min_version mbedtls_ssl_conf_min_version
#define ssl_set_own_cert mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert
#define ssl_set_own_cert_alt mbedtls_ssl_set_own_cert_alt
#define ssl_set_own_cert_rsa mbedtls_ssl_set_own_cert_rsa
#define ssl_set_psk mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk
#define ssl_set_psk_cb mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_cb
#define ssl_set_renegotiation mbedtls_ssl_conf_renegotiation
@ -2486,7 +2386,6 @@
#define ssl_set_rng mbedtls_ssl_conf_rng
#define ssl_set_session mbedtls_ssl_set_session
#define ssl_set_session_cache mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_cache
#define ssl_set_session_ticket_lifetime mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_ticket_lifetime
#define ssl_set_session_tickets mbedtls_ssl_conf_session_tickets
#define ssl_set_sni mbedtls_ssl_conf_sni
#define ssl_set_transport mbedtls_ssl_conf_transport
@ -2494,7 +2393,6 @@
#define ssl_set_verify mbedtls_ssl_conf_verify
#define ssl_sig_from_pk mbedtls_ssl_sig_from_pk
#define ssl_states mbedtls_ssl_states
#define ssl_ticket_keys mbedtls_ssl_ticket_keys
#define ssl_transform mbedtls_ssl_transform
#define ssl_transform_free mbedtls_ssl_transform_free
#define ssl_write mbedtls_ssl_write
@ -2523,7 +2421,6 @@
#define test_cli_key mbedtls_test_cli_key
#define test_cli_key_ec mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec
#define test_cli_key_rsa mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa
#define test_dhm_params mbedtls_test_dhm_params
#define test_srv_crt mbedtls_test_srv_crt
#define test_srv_crt_ec mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec
#define test_srv_crt_rsa mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa
@ -2578,8 +2475,6 @@
#define x509_get_time mbedtls_x509_get_time
#define x509_key_size_helper mbedtls_x509_key_size_helper
#define x509_name mbedtls_x509_name
#define x509_oid_get_description mbedtls_x509_oid_get_description
#define x509_oid_get_numeric_string mbedtls_x509_oid_get_numeric_string
#define x509_self_test mbedtls_x509_self_test
#define x509_sequence mbedtls_x509_sequence
#define x509_serial_gets mbedtls_x509_serial_gets

1580
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

335
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config_psa.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
/**
* \file mbedtls/config_psa.h
* \brief PSA crypto configuration options (set of defines)
*
* This set of compile-time options takes settings defined in
* include/mbedtls/config.h and include/psa/crypto_config.h and uses
* those definitions to define symbols used in the library code.
*
* Users and integrators should not edit this file, please edit
* include/mbedtls/config.h for MBETLS_XXX settings or
* include/psa/crypto_config.h for PSA_WANT_XXX settings.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG)
#include "psa/crypto_config.h"
#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG) */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG)
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDH 1
#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDH */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA 1
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_ECDSA */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF 1
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HKDF */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_HMAC */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_MD2) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_MD2)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD2 1
#define MBEDTLS_MD2_C
#endif
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_MD4) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_MD4)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD4 1
#define MBEDTLS_MD4_C
#endif
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_MD5)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5 1
#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C
#endif
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RIPEMD160)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
#endif
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_OAEP)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_OAEP */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PSS)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_RSA_PSS */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_1)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1 1
#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
#endif
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_224) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_224)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224 1
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#endif
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_256)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256 1
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#endif
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_384)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384 1
#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
#endif
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_SHA_512)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512 1
#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
#endif
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PRF)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PRF */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR 1
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR 1
#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_GENPRIME
#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR */
#if defined(PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_C
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY */
#endif /* PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY */
#else /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG */
/*
* Ensure PSA_WANT_* defines are setup properly if MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG
* is not defined
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDH 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDH 1
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_C */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_ECDSA 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA 1
// Only add in DETERMINISTIC support if ECDSA is also enabled
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_DETERMINISTIC_ECDSA 1
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR 1
#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_KEY_PAIR 1
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_ECC_PUBLIC_KEY 1
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_C */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HKDF_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HKDF 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HKDF 1
#endif /* MBEDTLS_HKDF_C */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_HMAC 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_HMAC 1
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PRF 1
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_TLS12_PSK_TO_MS 1
#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_C */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD2_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD2 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD2 1
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD4_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD4 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD4 1
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_MD5 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_MD5 1
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RIPEMD160 1
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_CRYPT 1
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PKCS1V15_SIGN 1
#endif /* MBEDTLSS_PKCS1_V15 */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_OAEP 1
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_RSA_PSS 1
#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21 */
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR 1
#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_KEY_PAIR 1
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
#define PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_RSA_PUBLIC_KEY 1
#endif /* MBEDTLS_RSA_C */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_1 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_1 1
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_224 1
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_256 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_256 1
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_NO_SHA384)
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_384 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_384 1
#endif
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_ALG_SHA_512 1
#define PSA_WANT_ALG_SHA_512 1
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_PSA_H */

522
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h
View File

@ -1,9 +1,28 @@
/**
* \file ctr_drbg.h
*
* \brief CTR_DRBG based on AES-256 (NIST SP 800-90)
* \brief This file contains definitions and functions for the
* CTR_DRBG pseudorandom generator.
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* CTR_DRBG is a standardized way of building a PRNG from a block-cipher
* in counter mode operation, as defined in <em>NIST SP 800-90A:
* Recommendation for Random Number Generation Using Deterministic Random
* Bit Generators</em>.
*
* The Mbed TLS implementation of CTR_DRBG uses AES-256 (default) or AES-128
* (if \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled at compile time)
* as the underlying block cipher, with a derivation function.
*
* The security strength as defined in NIST SP 800-90A is
* 128 bits when AES-128 is used (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY enabled)
* and 256 bits otherwise, provided that #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN is
* kept at its default value (and not overridden in config.h) and that the
* DRBG instance is set up with default parameters.
* See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more
* information.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,91 +36,168 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_H
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_H
#include "aes.h"
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/aes.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
#include "mbedtls/threading.h"
#endif
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED -0x0034 /**< The entropy source failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG -0x0036 /**< Too many random requested in single call. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG -0x0038 /**< Input too large (Entropy + additional). */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x003A /**< Read/write error in file. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG -0x0036 /**< The requested random buffer length is too big. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG -0x0038 /**< The input (entropy + additional data) is too large. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x003A /**< Read or write error in file. */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE 16 /**< Block size used by the cipher */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 32 /**< Key size used by the cipher */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYBITS ( MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 8 )
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_SEEDLEN ( MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE + MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE )
/**< The seed length (counter + AES key) */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE 16 /**< The block size used by the cipher. */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY)
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 16
/**< The key size in bytes used by the cipher.
*
* Compile-time choice: 16 bytes (128 bits)
* because #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled.
*/
#else
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 32
/**< The key size in bytes used by the cipher.
*
* Compile-time choice: 32 bytes (256 bits)
* because \c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is disabled.
*/
#endif
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYBITS ( MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 8 ) /**< The key size for the DRBG operation, in bits. */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_SEEDLEN ( MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE + MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE ) /**< The seed length, calculated as (counter + AES key). */
/**
* \name SECTION: Module settings
*
* The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
* Either change them in config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
* Either change them in config.h or define them using the compiler command
* line.
* \{
*/
/** \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN
*
* \brief The amount of entropy used per seed by default, in bytes.
*/
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256)
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 48 /**< Amount of entropy used per seed by default (48 with SHA-512, 32 with SHA-256) */
#else
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 32 /**< Amount of entropy used per seed by default (48 with SHA-512, 32 with SHA-256) */
#endif
#endif
/** This is 48 bytes because the entropy module uses SHA-512
* (\c MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256 is disabled).
*/
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 48
#else /* defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256) */
/** This is 32 bytes because the entropy module uses SHA-256
* (the SHA512 module is disabled or
* \c MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256 is enabled).
*/
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY)
/** \warning To achieve a 256-bit security strength, you must pass a nonce
* to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed().
*/
#endif /* !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY) */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN 32
#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256) */
#endif /* !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN) */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL)
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000
/**< The interval before reseed is performed by default. */
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT)
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256
/**< The maximum number of additional input Bytes. */
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST)
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024
/**< The maximum number of requested Bytes per call. */
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT)
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384
/**< The maximum size of seed or reseed buffer in bytes. */
#endif
/* \} name SECTION: Module settings */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF 0 /**< No prediction resistance */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON 1 /**< Prediction resistance enabled */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF 0
/**< Prediction resistance is disabled. */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON 1
/**< Prediction resistance is enabled. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief CTR_DRBG context structure
#if MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN >= MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 3 / 2
/** The default length of the nonce read from the entropy source.
*
* This is \c 0 because a single read from the entropy source is sufficient
* to include a nonce.
* See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more information.
*/
typedef struct
{
unsigned char counter[16]; /*!< counter (V) */
int reseed_counter; /*!< reseed counter */
int prediction_resistance; /*!< enable prediction resistance (Automatic
reseed before every random generation) */
size_t entropy_len; /*!< amount of entropy grabbed on each
(re)seed */
int reseed_interval; /*!< reseed interval */
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN 0
#else
/** The default length of the nonce read from the entropy source.
*
* This is half of the default entropy length because a single read from
* the entropy source does not provide enough material to form a nonce.
* See the documentation of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() for more information.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN ( MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN + 1 ) / 2
#endif
mbedtls_aes_context aes_ctx; /*!< AES context */
/**
* \brief The CTR_DRBG context structure.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context
{
unsigned char counter[16]; /*!< The counter (V). */
int reseed_counter; /*!< The reseed counter.
* This is the number of requests that have
* been made since the last (re)seeding,
* minus one.
* Before the initial seeding, this field
* contains the amount of entropy in bytes
* to use as a nonce for the initial seeding,
* or -1 if no nonce length has been explicitly
* set (see mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len()).
*/
int prediction_resistance; /*!< This determines whether prediction
resistance is enabled, that is
whether to systematically reseed before
each random generation. */
size_t entropy_len; /*!< The amount of entropy grabbed on each
seed or reseed operation, in bytes. */
int reseed_interval; /*!< The reseed interval.
* This is the maximum number of requests
* that can be made between reseedings. */
mbedtls_aes_context aes_ctx; /*!< The AES context. */
/*
* Callbacks (Entropy)
*/
int (*f_entropy)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t);
/*!< The entropy callback function. */
void *p_entropy; /*!< context for the entropy function */
void *p_entropy; /*!< The context for the entropy function. */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_C)
mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mutex;
@ -110,31 +206,106 @@ typedef struct
mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context;
/**
* \brief CTR_DRBG context initialization
* Makes the context ready for mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() or
* mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
* \brief This function initializes the CTR_DRBG context,
* and prepares it for mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed()
* or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free().
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context to be initialized
* \note The reseed interval is
* #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL by default.
* You can override it by calling
* mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_reseed_interval().
*
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context to initialize.
*/
void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief CTR_DRBG initial seeding
* Seed and setup entropy source for future reseeds.
* \brief This function seeds and sets up the CTR_DRBG
* entropy source for future reseeds.
*
* Note: Personalization data can be provided in addition to the more generic
* entropy source to make this instantiation as unique as possible.
* A typical choice for the \p f_entropy and \p p_entropy parameters is
* to use the entropy module:
* - \p f_entropy is mbedtls_entropy_func();
* - \p p_entropy is an instance of ::mbedtls_entropy_context initialized
* with mbedtls_entropy_init() (which registers the platform's default
* entropy sources).
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context to be seeded
* \param f_entropy Entropy callback (p_entropy, buffer to fill, buffer
* length)
* \param p_entropy Entropy context
* \param custom Personalization data (Device specific identifiers)
* (Can be NULL)
* \param len Length of personalization data
* The entropy length is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN by default.
* You can override it by calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_entropy_len().
*
* \return 0 if successful, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
* The entropy nonce length is:
* - \c 0 if the entropy length is at least 3/2 times the entropy length,
* which guarantees that the security strength is the maximum permitted
* by the key size and entropy length according to NIST SP 800-90A §10.2.1;
* - Half the entropy length otherwise.
* You can override it by calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len().
* With the default entropy length, the entropy nonce length is
* #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN.
*
* You can provide a nonce and personalization string in addition to the
* entropy source, to make this instantiation as unique as possible.
* See SP 800-90A §8.6.7 for more details about nonces.
*
* The _seed_material_ value passed to the derivation function in
* the CTR_DRBG Instantiate Process described in NIST SP 800-90A §10.2.1.3.2
* is the concatenation of the following strings:
* - A string obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the entropy
* length.
*/
#if MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_NONCE_LEN == 0
/**
* - If mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len() has been called, a string
* obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the specified length.
*/
#else
/**
* - A string obtained by calling \p f_entropy function for the entropy nonce
* length. If the entropy nonce length is \c 0, this function does not
* make a second call to \p f_entropy.
*/
#endif
/**
* - The \p custom string.
*
* \note To achieve the nominal security strength permitted
* by CTR_DRBG, the entropy length must be:
* - at least 16 bytes for a 128-bit strength
* (maximum achievable strength when using AES-128);
* - at least 32 bytes for a 256-bit strength
* (maximum achievable strength when using AES-256).
*
* In addition, if you do not pass a nonce in \p custom,
* the sum of the entropy length
* and the entropy nonce length must be:
* - at least 24 bytes for a 128-bit strength
* (maximum achievable strength when using AES-128);
* - at least 48 bytes for a 256-bit strength
* (maximum achievable strength when using AES-256).
*
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context to seed.
* It must have been initialized with
* mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init().
* After a successful call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed(),
* you may not call mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() again on
* the same context unless you call
* mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free() and mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init()
* again first.
* \param f_entropy The entropy callback, taking as arguments the
* \p p_entropy context, the buffer to fill, and the
* length of the buffer.
* \p f_entropy is always called with a buffer size
* less than or equal to the entropy length.
* \param p_entropy The entropy context to pass to \p f_entropy.
* \param custom The personalization string.
* This can be \c NULL, in which case the personalization
* string is empty regardless of the value of \p len.
* \param len The length of the personalization string.
* This must be at most
* #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT
* - #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
int (*f_entropy)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
@ -143,145 +314,250 @@ int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
size_t len );
/**
* \brief Clear CTR_CRBG context data
* \brief This function resets CTR_DRBG context to the state immediately
* after initial call of mbedtls_ctr_drbg_init().
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context to clear
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context to clear.
*/
void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_free( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Enable / disable prediction resistance (Default: Off)
* \brief This function turns prediction resistance on or off.
* The default value is off.
*
* Note: If enabled, entropy is used for ctx->entropy_len before each call!
* Only use this if you have ample supply of good entropy!
* \note If enabled, entropy is gathered at the beginning of
* every call to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add()
* or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random().
* Only use this if your entropy source has sufficient
* throughput.
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context
* \param resistance MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON or MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
* \param resistance #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_ON or #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_PR_OFF.
*/
void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_prediction_resistance( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
int resistance );
/**
* \brief Set the amount of entropy grabbed on each (re)seed
* (Default: MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN)
* \brief This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed on each
* seed or reseed.
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context
* \param len Amount of entropy to grab
* The default value is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_LEN.
*
* \note The security strength of CTR_DRBG is bounded by the
* entropy length. Thus:
* - When using AES-256
* (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is disabled,
* which is the default),
* \p len must be at least 32 (in bytes)
* to achieve a 256-bit strength.
* - When using AES-128
* (\c MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY is enabled)
* \p len must be at least 16 (in bytes)
* to achieve a 128-bit strength.
*
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
* \param len The amount of entropy to grab, in bytes.
* This must be at most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT
* and at most the maximum length accepted by the
* entropy function that is set in the context.
*/
void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_entropy_len( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
size_t len );
/**
* \brief Set the reseed interval
* (Default: MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL)
* \brief This function sets the amount of entropy grabbed
* as a nonce for the initial seeding.
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context
* \param interval Reseed interval
* Call this function before calling mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed() to read
* a nonce from the entropy source during the initial seeding.
*
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
* \param len The amount of entropy to grab for the nonce, in bytes.
* This must be at most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT
* and at most the maximum length accepted by the
* entropy function that is set in the context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if \p len is
* more than #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
* if the initial seeding has already taken place.
*/
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_nonce_len( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
size_t len );
/**
* \brief This function sets the reseed interval.
*
* The reseed interval is the number of calls to mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random()
* or mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add() after which the entropy function
* is called again.
*
* The default value is #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL.
*
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
* \param interval The reseed interval.
*/
void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_set_reseed_interval( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
int interval );
/**
* \brief CTR_DRBG reseeding (extracts data from entropy source)
* \brief This function reseeds the CTR_DRBG context, that is
* extracts data from the entropy source.
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context
* \param additional Additional data to add to state (Can be NULL)
* \param len Length of additional data
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
* \param additional Additional data to add to the state. Can be \c NULL.
* \param len The length of the additional data.
* This must be less than
* #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len
* where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
* configured for the context.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_reseed( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *additional, size_t len );
/**
* \brief CTR_DRBG update state
* \brief This function updates the state of the CTR_DRBG context.
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context
* \param additional Additional data to update state with
* \param add_len Length of additional data
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
* \param additional The data to update the state with. This must not be
* \c NULL unless \p add_len is \c 0.
* \param add_len Length of \p additional in bytes. This must be at
* most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT.
*
* \note If add_len is greater than MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT,
* only the first MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT bytes are used,
* the remaining ones are silently discarded.
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if
* \p add_len is more than
* #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT.
* \return An error from the underlying AES cipher on failure.
*/
void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len );
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_ret( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *additional,
size_t add_len );
/**
* \brief CTR_DRBG generate random with additional update input
* \brief This function updates a CTR_DRBG instance with additional
* data and uses it to generate random data.
*
* Note: Automatically reseeds if reseed_counter is reached.
* This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
* or prediction resistance is enabled.
*
* \param p_rng CTR_DRBG context
* \param output Buffer to fill
* \param output_len Length of the buffer
* \param additional Additional data to update with (Can be NULL)
* \param add_len Length of additional data
* \param p_rng The CTR_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
* #mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context structure.
* \param output The buffer to fill.
* \param output_len The length of the buffer in bytes.
* \param additional Additional data to update. Can be \c NULL, in which
* case the additional data is empty regardless of
* the value of \p add_len.
* \param add_len The length of the additional data
* if \p additional is not \c NULL.
* This must be less than #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT
* and less than
* #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT - \c entropy_len
* where \c entropy_len is the entropy length
* configured for the context.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED or
* #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add( void *p_rng,
unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len );
/**
* \brief CTR_DRBG generate random
* \brief This function uses CTR_DRBG to generate random data.
*
* Note: Automatically reseeds if reseed_counter is reached.
* This function automatically reseeds if the reseed counter is exceeded
* or prediction resistance is enabled.
*
* \param p_rng CTR_DRBG context
* \param output Buffer to fill
* \param output_len Length of the buffer
*
* \return 0 if successful, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG
* \param p_rng The CTR_DRBG context. This must be a pointer to a
* #mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context structure.
* \param output The buffer to fill.
* \param output_len The length of the buffer in bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED or
* #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_REQUEST_TOO_BIG on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random( void *p_rng,
unsigned char *output, size_t output_len );
#if ! defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif
/**
* \brief This function updates the state of the CTR_DRBG context.
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_ret()
* in 2.16.0.
*
* \note If \p add_len is greater than
* #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT, only the first
* #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT Bytes are used.
* The remaining Bytes are silently discarded.
*
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
* \param additional The data to update the state with.
* \param add_len Length of \p additional data.
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update(
mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *additional,
size_t add_len );
#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
/**
* \brief Write a seed file
* \brief This function writes a seed file.
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context
* \param path Name of the file
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
* \param path The name of the file.
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error, or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on reseed
* failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_write_seed_file( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path );
/**
* \brief Read and update a seed file. Seed is added to this
* instance
* \brief This function reads and updates a seed file. The seed
* is added to this instance.
*
* \param ctx CTR_DRBG context
* \param path Name of the file
* \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context.
* \param path The name of the file.
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error,
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR on file error.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_ENTROPY_SOURCE_FAILED on
* reseed failure.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if the existing
* seed file is too large.
*/
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_seed_file( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, const char *path );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
* \brief The CTR_DRBG checkup routine.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return \c 1 on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_self_test( int verbose );
/* Internal functions (do not call directly) */
int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_seed_entropy_len( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *,
int (*)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *,
const unsigned char *, size_t, size_t );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}

161
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/debug.h
View File

@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
/**
* \file debug.h
*
* \brief Debug functions
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \brief Functions for controlling and providing debug output from the library.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,22 +18,20 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H
#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "config.h"
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "ssl.h"
#include "mbedtls/ssl.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
#include "ecp.h"
#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C)
@ -64,6 +63,11 @@
mbedtls_debug_print_crt( ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, crt )
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C)
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH( level, ecdh, attr ) \
mbedtls_debug_printf_ecdh( ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, ecdh, attr )
#endif
#else /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG( level, args ) do { } while( 0 )
@ -72,6 +76,7 @@
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI( level, text, X ) do { } while( 0 )
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP( level, text, X ) do { } while( 0 )
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT( level, text, crt ) do { } while( 0 )
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH( level, ecdh, attr ) do { } while( 0 )
#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */
@ -80,44 +85,176 @@ extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Set the level threshold to handle globally. Messages that have a
* level over the threshold value are ignored.
* (Default value: 0 (No debug))
* \brief Set the threshold error level to handle globally all debug output.
* Debug messages that have a level over the threshold value are
* discarded.
* (Default value: 0 = No debug )
*
* \param threshold maximum level of messages to pass on
* \param threshold theshold level of messages to filter on. Messages at a
* higher level will be discarded.
* - Debug levels
* - 0 No debug
* - 1 Error
* - 2 State change
* - 3 Informational
* - 4 Verbose
*/
void mbedtls_debug_set_threshold( int threshold );
/**
* \brief Print a message to the debug output. This function is always used
* through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG() macro, which supplies the ssl
* context, file and line number parameters.
*
* \param ssl SSL context
* \param level error level of the debug message
* \param file file the message has occurred in
* \param line line number the message has occurred at
* \param format format specifier, in printf format
* \param ... variables used by the format specifier
*
* \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the
* library only.
*/
void mbedtls_debug_print_msg( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level,
const char *file, int line,
const char *format, ... );
/**
* \brief Print the return value of a function to the debug output. This
* function is always used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_RET() macro,
* which supplies the ssl context, file and line number parameters.
*
* \param ssl SSL context
* \param level error level of the debug message
* \param file file the error has occurred in
* \param line line number the error has occurred in
* \param text the name of the function that returned the error
* \param ret the return code value
*
* \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the
* library only.
*/
void mbedtls_debug_print_ret( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level,
const char *file, int line,
const char *text, int ret );
/**
* \brief Output a buffer of size len bytes to the debug output. This function
* is always used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_BUF() macro,
* which supplies the ssl context, file and line number parameters.
*
* \param ssl SSL context
* \param level error level of the debug message
* \param file file the error has occurred in
* \param line line number the error has occurred in
* \param text a name or label for the buffer being dumped. Normally the
* variable or buffer name
* \param buf the buffer to be outputted
* \param len length of the buffer
*
* \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the
* library only.
*/
void mbedtls_debug_print_buf( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level,
const char *file, int line, const char *text,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t len );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C)
/**
* \brief Print a MPI variable to the debug output. This function is always
* used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI() macro, which supplies the
* ssl context, file and line number parameters.
*
* \param ssl SSL context
* \param level error level of the debug message
* \param file file the error has occurred in
* \param line line number the error has occurred in
* \param text a name or label for the MPI being output. Normally the
* variable name
* \param X the MPI variable
*
* \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the
* library only.
*/
void mbedtls_debug_print_mpi( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level,
const char *file, int line,
const char *text, const mbedtls_mpi *X );
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_C)
/**
* \brief Print an ECP point to the debug output. This function is always
* used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP() macro, which supplies the
* ssl context, file and line number parameters.
*
* \param ssl SSL context
* \param level error level of the debug message
* \param file file the error has occurred in
* \param line line number the error has occurred in
* \param text a name or label for the ECP point being output. Normally the
* variable name
* \param X the ECP point
*
* \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the
* library only.
*/
void mbedtls_debug_print_ecp( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level,
const char *file, int line,
const char *text, const mbedtls_ecp_point *X );
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C)
/**
* \brief Print a X.509 certificate structure to the debug output. This
* function is always used through the MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT() macro,
* which supplies the ssl context, file and line number parameters.
*
* \param ssl SSL context
* \param level error level of the debug message
* \param file file the error has occurred in
* \param line line number the error has occurred in
* \param text a name or label for the certificate being output
* \param crt X.509 certificate structure
*
* \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the
* library only.
*/
void mbedtls_debug_print_crt( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level,
const char *file, int line,
const char *text, const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt );
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C)
typedef enum
{
MBEDTLS_DEBUG_ECDH_Q,
MBEDTLS_DEBUG_ECDH_QP,
MBEDTLS_DEBUG_ECDH_Z,
} mbedtls_debug_ecdh_attr;
/**
* \brief Print a field of the ECDH structure in the SSL context to the debug
* output. This function is always used through the
* MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH() macro, which supplies the ssl context, file
* and line number parameters.
*
* \param ssl SSL context
* \param level error level of the debug message
* \param file file the error has occurred in
* \param line line number the error has occurred in
* \param ecdh the ECDH context
* \param attr the identifier of the attribute being output
*
* \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the
* library only.
*/
void mbedtls_debug_printf_ecdh( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level,
const char *file, int line,
const mbedtls_ecdh_context *ecdh,
mbedtls_debug_ecdh_attr attr );
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

86
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/des.h
View File

@ -3,7 +3,12 @@
*
* \brief DES block cipher
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -18,13 +23,12 @@
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_DES_H
#define MBEDTLS_DES_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "config.h"
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
@ -37,20 +41,27 @@
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0032 /**< The data input has an invalid length. */
#define MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE 8
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0033 /**< DES hardware accelerator failed. */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DES_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
#define MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE 8
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DES_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief DES context structure
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
typedef struct
typedef struct mbedtls_des_context
{
uint32_t sk[32]; /*!< DES subkeys */
}
@ -59,16 +70,24 @@ mbedtls_des_context;
/**
* \brief Triple-DES context structure
*/
typedef struct
typedef struct mbedtls_des3_context
{
uint32_t sk[96]; /*!< 3DES subkeys */
}
mbedtls_des3_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */
#include "des_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize DES context
*
* \param ctx DES context to be initialized
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
void mbedtls_des_init( mbedtls_des_context *ctx );
@ -76,6 +95,10 @@ void mbedtls_des_init( mbedtls_des_context *ctx );
* \brief Clear DES context
*
* \param ctx DES context to be cleared
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
void mbedtls_des_free( mbedtls_des_context *ctx );
@ -100,6 +123,10 @@ void mbedtls_des3_free( mbedtls_des3_context *ctx );
* a parity bit to allow verification.
*
* \param key 8-byte secret key
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
void mbedtls_des_key_set_parity( unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE] );
@ -112,6 +139,10 @@ void mbedtls_des_key_set_parity( unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE] );
* \param key 8-byte secret key
*
* \return 0 is parity was ok, 1 if parity was not correct.
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
int mbedtls_des_key_check_key_parity( const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE] );
@ -121,6 +152,10 @@ int mbedtls_des_key_check_key_parity( const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SI
* \param key 8-byte secret key
*
* \return 0 if no weak key was found, 1 if a weak key was identified.
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
int mbedtls_des_key_check_weak( const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE] );
@ -131,6 +166,10 @@ int mbedtls_des_key_check_weak( const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE] );
* \param key 8-byte secret key
*
* \return 0
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
int mbedtls_des_setkey_enc( mbedtls_des_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE] );
@ -141,6 +180,10 @@ int mbedtls_des_setkey_enc( mbedtls_des_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[MB
* \param key 8-byte secret key
*
* \return 0
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
int mbedtls_des_setkey_dec( mbedtls_des_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE] );
@ -196,6 +239,10 @@ int mbedtls_des3_set3key_dec( mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
* \param output 64-bit output block
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
int mbedtls_des_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_des_context *ctx,
const unsigned char input[8],
@ -219,6 +266,10 @@ int mbedtls_des_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_des_context *ctx,
* \param iv initialization vector (updated after use)
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer holding the output data
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
int mbedtls_des_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_des_context *ctx,
int mode,
@ -277,20 +328,15 @@ int mbedtls_des3_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_des3_context *ctx,
*
* \param SK Round keys
* \param key Base key
*
* \warning DES is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*/
void mbedtls_des_setkey( uint32_t SK[32],
const unsigned char key[MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE] );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#else /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */
#include "des_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_DES_ALT */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
@ -299,6 +345,8 @@ extern "C" {
*/
int mbedtls_des_self_test( int verbose );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

1151
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/dhm.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

428
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h
View File

@ -1,9 +1,19 @@
/**
* \file ecdh.h
*
* \brief Elliptic curve Diffie-Hellman
* \brief This file contains ECDH definitions and functions.
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* The Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH) protocol is an anonymous
* key agreement protocol allowing two parties to establish a shared
* secret over an insecure channel. Each party must have an
* elliptic-curve public–private key pair.
*
* For more information, see <em>NIST SP 800-56A Rev. 2: Recommendation for
* Pair-Wise Key Establishment Schemes Using Discrete Logarithm
* Cryptography</em>.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,78 +27,192 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECDH_H
#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_H
#include "ecp.h"
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
#undef MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT
#include "everest/everest.h"
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* When importing from an EC key, select if it is our key or the peer's key
* Defines the source of the imported EC key.
*/
typedef enum
{
MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS,
MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS,
MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS, /**< Our key. */
MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS, /**< The key of the peer. */
} mbedtls_ecdh_side;
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT)
/**
* \brief ECDH context structure
* Defines the ECDH implementation used.
*
* Later versions of the library may add new variants, therefore users should
* not make any assumptions about them.
*/
typedef struct
typedef enum
{
mbedtls_ecp_group grp; /*!< elliptic curve used */
mbedtls_mpi d; /*!< our secret value (private key) */
mbedtls_ecp_point Q; /*!< our public value (public key) */
mbedtls_ecp_point Qp; /*!< peer's public value (public key) */
mbedtls_mpi z; /*!< shared secret */
int point_format; /*!< format for point export in TLS messages */
mbedtls_ecp_point Vi; /*!< blinding value (for later) */
mbedtls_ecp_point Vf; /*!< un-blinding value (for later) */
mbedtls_mpi _d; /*!< previous d (for later) */
MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_NONE = 0, /*!< Implementation not defined. */
MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_MBEDTLS_2_0,/*!< The default Mbed TLS implementation */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST /*!< Everest implementation */
#endif
} mbedtls_ecdh_variant;
/**
* The context used by the default ECDH implementation.
*
* Later versions might change the structure of this context, therefore users
* should not make any assumptions about the structure of
* mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed
{
mbedtls_ecp_group grp; /*!< The elliptic curve used. */
mbedtls_mpi d; /*!< The private key. */
mbedtls_ecp_point Q; /*!< The public key. */
mbedtls_ecp_point Qp; /*!< The value of the public key of the peer. */
mbedtls_mpi z; /*!< The shared secret. */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx rs; /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */
#endif
} mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed;
#endif
/**
*
* \warning Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same
* ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type
* should not be shared between multiple threads.
* \brief The ECDH context structure.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context
{
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT)
mbedtls_ecp_group grp; /*!< The elliptic curve used. */
mbedtls_mpi d; /*!< The private key. */
mbedtls_ecp_point Q; /*!< The public key. */
mbedtls_ecp_point Qp; /*!< The value of the public key of the peer. */
mbedtls_mpi z; /*!< The shared secret. */
int point_format; /*!< The format of point export in TLS messages. */
mbedtls_ecp_point Vi; /*!< The blinding value. */
mbedtls_ecp_point Vf; /*!< The unblinding value. */
mbedtls_mpi _d; /*!< The previous \p d. */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
int restart_enabled; /*!< The flag for restartable mode. */
mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx rs; /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
#else
uint8_t point_format; /*!< The format of point export in TLS messages
as defined in RFC 4492. */
mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id;/*!< The elliptic curve used. */
mbedtls_ecdh_variant var; /*!< The ECDH implementation/structure used. */
union
{
mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed mbed_ecdh;
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest everest_ecdh;
#endif
} ctx; /*!< Implementation-specific context. The
context in use is specified by the \c var
field. */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
uint8_t restart_enabled; /*!< The flag for restartable mode. Functions of
an alternative implementation not supporting
restartable mode must return
MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED error
if this flag is set. */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT */
}
mbedtls_ecdh_context;
/**
* \brief Generate a public key.
* Raw function that only does the core computation.
* \brief Check whether a given group can be used for ECDH.
*
* \param grp ECP group
* \param d Destination MPI (secret exponent, aka private key)
* \param Q Destination point (public key)
* \param f_rng RNG function
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* \param gid The ECP group ID to check.
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
* \return \c 1 if the group can be used, \c 0 otherwise
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_can_do( mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid );
/**
* \brief This function generates an ECDH keypair on an elliptic
* curve.
*
* This function performs the first of two core computations
* implemented during the ECDH key exchange. The second core
* computation is performed by mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared().
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param grp The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have
* domain parameters loaded, for example through
* mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group().
* \param d The destination MPI (private key).
* This must be initialized.
* \param Q The destination point (public key).
* This must be initialized.
* \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
* \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or
* \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief Compute shared secret
* Raw function that only does the core computation.
* \brief This function computes the shared secret.
*
* \param grp ECP group
* \param z Destination MPI (shared secret)
* \param Q Public key from other party
* \param d Our secret exponent (private key)
* \param f_rng RNG function (see notes)
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* This function performs the second of two core computations
* implemented during the ECDH key exchange. The first core
* computation is performed by mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public().
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
* \see ecp.h
*
* \note If f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement
* countermeasures against potential elaborate timing
* attacks, see \c mbedtls_ecp_mul() for details.
* \note If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement
* countermeasures against side-channel attacks.
* For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul().
*
* \param grp The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have
* domain parameters loaded, for example through
* mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group().
* \param z The destination MPI (shared secret).
* This must be initialized.
* \param Q The public key from another party.
* This must be initialized.
* \param d Our secret exponent (private key).
* This must be initialized.
* \param f_rng The RNG function. This may be \c NULL if randomization
* of intermediate results during the ECP computations is
* not needed (discouraged). See the documentation of
* mbedtls_ecp_mul() for more.
* \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
* \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a
* context argument.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or
* \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *z,
const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *d,
@ -96,34 +220,64 @@ int mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *z,
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief Initialize context
* \brief This function initializes an ECDH context.
*
* \param ctx Context to initialize
* \param ctx The ECDH context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_ecdh_init( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Free context
* \brief This function sets up the ECDH context with the information
* given.
*
* \param ctx Context to free
* This function should be called after mbedtls_ecdh_init() but
* before mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(). There is no need to call
* this function before mbedtls_ecdh_read_params().
*
* This is the first function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
* ciphersuites.
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized.
* \param grp_id The group id of the group to set up the context for.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_setup( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id );
/**
* \brief This function frees a context.
*
* \param ctx The context to free. This may be \c NULL, in which
* case this function does nothing. If it is not \c NULL,
* it must point to an initialized ECDH context.
*/
void mbedtls_ecdh_free( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Generate a public key and a TLS ServerKeyExchange payload.
* (First function used by a TLS server for ECDHE.)
* \brief This function generates an EC key pair and exports its
* in the format used in a TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake
* message.
*
* \param ctx ECDH context
* \param olen number of chars written
* \param buf destination buffer
* \param blen length of buffer
* \param f_rng RNG function
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* This is the second function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
* ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup().)
*
* \note This function assumes that ctx->grp has already been
* properly set (for example using mbedtls_ecp_group_load).
* \see ecp.h
*
* \return 0 if successful, or an MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code
* \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup().
* \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written.
* \param buf The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of
* length \p blen Bytes.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes.
* \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
* \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
* operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
* \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_make_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
@ -131,45 +285,81 @@ int mbedtls_ecdh_make_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief Parse and procress a TLS ServerKeyExhange payload.
* (First function used by a TLS client for ECDHE.)
* \brief This function parses the ECDHE parameters in a
* TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message.
*
* \param ctx ECDH context
* \param buf pointer to start of input buffer
* \param end one past end of buffer
* \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the client
* sets up its ECDHE context from the server's public
* ECDHE key material.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDHE context to use. This must be initialized.
* \param buf On input, \c *buf must be the start of the input buffer.
* On output, \c *buf is updated to point to the end of the
* data that has been read. On success, this is the first byte
* past the end of the ServerKeyExchange parameters.
* On error, this is the point at which an error has been
* detected, which is usually not useful except to debug
* failures.
* \param end The end of the input buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or an MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_read_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end );
const unsigned char **buf,
const unsigned char *end );
/**
* \brief Setup an ECDH context from an EC key.
* (Used by clients and servers in place of the
* ServerKeyEchange for static ECDH: import ECDH parameters
* from a certificate's EC key information.)
* \brief This function sets up an ECDH context from an EC key.
*
* \param ctx ECDH constext to set
* \param key EC key to use
* \param side Is it our key (1) or the peer's key (0) ?
* It is used by clients and servers in place of the
* ServerKeyEchange for static ECDH, and imports ECDH
* parameters from the EC key information of a certificate.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized.
* \param key The EC key to use. This must be initialized.
* \param side Defines the source of the key. Possible values are:
* - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS: The key is ours.
* - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS: The key is that of the peer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or an MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_get_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_ecdh_side side );
int mbedtls_ecdh_get_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_ecdh_side side );
/**
* \brief Generate a public key and a TLS ClientKeyExchange payload.
* (Second function used by a TLS client for ECDH(E).)
* \brief This function generates a public key and exports it
* as a TLS ClientKeyExchange payload.
*
* \param ctx ECDH context
* \param olen number of bytes actually written
* \param buf destination buffer
* \param blen size of destination buffer
* \param f_rng RNG function
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* This is the second function used by a TLS client for ECDH(E)
* ciphersuites.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or an MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a group, the latter usually by
* mbedtls_ecdh_read_params().
* \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written.
* This must not be \c NULL.
* \param buf The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer
* of length \p blen Bytes.
* \param blen The size of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes.
* \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
* \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
* operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
* \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_make_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
@ -177,36 +367,78 @@ int mbedtls_ecdh_make_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief Parse and process a TLS ClientKeyExchange payload.
* (Second function used by a TLS server for ECDH(E).)
* \brief This function parses and processes the ECDHE payload of a
* TLS ClientKeyExchange message.
*
* \param ctx ECDH context
* \param buf start of input buffer
* \param blen length of input buffer
* This is the third function used by a TLS server for ECDH(E)
* ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup() and
* mbedtls_ecdh_make_params().)
*
* \return 0 if successful, or an MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup().
* \param buf The pointer to the ClientKeyExchange payload. This must
* be a readable buffer of length \p blen Bytes.
* \param blen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_read_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen );
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen );
/**
* \brief Derive and export the shared secret.
* (Last function used by both TLS client en servers.)
* \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret.
*
* \param ctx ECDH context
* \param olen number of bytes written
* \param buf destination buffer
* \param blen buffer length
* \param f_rng RNG function, see notes for \c mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared()
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* This is the last function used by both TLS client
* and servers.
*
* \return 0 if successful, or an MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code
* \note If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement
* countermeasures against side-channel attacks.
* For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul().
*
* \see ecp.h
* \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized
* and have its own private key generated and the peer's
* public key imported.
* \param olen The address at which to store the total number of
* Bytes written on success. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param buf The buffer to write the generated shared key to. This
* must be a writable buffer of size \p blen Bytes.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes.
* \param f_rng The RNG function, for blinding purposes. This may
* b \c NULL if blinding isn't needed.
* \param p_rng The RNG context. This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng
* doesn't need a context argument.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
* operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
* \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdh_calc_secret( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
/**
* \brief This function enables restartable EC computations for this
* context. (Default: disabled.)
*
* \see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()
*
* \note It is not possible to safely disable restartable
* computations once enabled, except by free-ing the context,
* which cancels possible in-progress operations.
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

674
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h
View File

@ -1,9 +1,17 @@
/**
* \file ecdsa.h
*
* \brief Elliptic curve DSA
* \brief This file contains ECDSA definitions and functions.
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
* The Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) is defined in
* <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group (SECG):
* SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>.
* The use of ECDSA for TLS is defined in <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve
* Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>.
*
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,135 +25,154 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECDSA_H
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_H
#include "ecp.h"
#include "md.h"
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
/*
* RFC 4492 page 20:
#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
#include "mbedtls/md.h"
/**
* \brief Maximum ECDSA signature size for a given curve bit size
*
* \param bits Curve size in bits
* \return Maximum signature size in bytes
*
* \note This macro returns a compile-time constant if its argument
* is one. It may evaluate its argument multiple times.
*/
/*
* Ecdsa-Sig-Value ::= SEQUENCE {
* r INTEGER,
* s INTEGER
* }
*
* Size is at most
* 1 (tag) + 1 (len) + 1 (initial 0) + ECP_MAX_BYTES for each of r and s,
* twice that + 1 (tag) + 2 (len) for the sequence
* (assuming ECP_MAX_BYTES is less than 126 for r and s,
* and less than 124 (total len <= 255) for the sequence)
* For each of r and s, the value (V) may include an extra initial "0" bit.
*/
#if MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES > 124
#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES bigger than expected, please fix MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN"
#endif
/** Maximum size of an ECDSA signature in bytes */
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN ( 3 + 2 * ( 3 + MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES ) )
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN( bits ) \
( /*T,L of SEQUENCE*/ ( ( bits ) >= 61 * 8 ? 3 : 2 ) + \
/*T,L of r,s*/ 2 * ( ( ( bits ) >= 127 * 8 ? 3 : 2 ) + \
/*V of r,s*/ ( ( bits ) + 8 ) / 8 ) )
/**
* \brief ECDSA context structure
*/
typedef mbedtls_ecp_keypair mbedtls_ecdsa_context;
/** The maximal size of an ECDSA signature in Bytes. */
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_SIG_LEN( MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BITS )
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Compute ECDSA signature of a previously hashed message
* \brief The ECDSA context structure.
*
* \note The deterministic version is usually prefered.
* \warning Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same
* ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type
* should not be shared between multiple threads.
*/
typedef mbedtls_ecp_keypair mbedtls_ecdsa_context;
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
/**
* \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_verify()
*
* \param grp ECP group
* \param r First output integer
* \param s Second output integer
* \param d Private signing key
* \param buf Message hash
* \param blen Length of buf
* \param f_rng RNG function
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx;
/**
* \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign()
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
* \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx;
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
/**
* \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign_det()
*
* \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx;
#endif
/**
* \brief General context for resuming ECDSA operations
*/
typedef struct
{
mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx ecp; /*!< base context for ECP restart and
shared administrative info */
mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx *ver; /*!< ecdsa_verify() sub-context */
mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx *sig; /*!< ecdsa_sign() sub-context */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx *det; /*!< ecdsa_sign_det() sub-context */
#endif
} mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx;
#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */
typedef void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx;
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
/**
* \brief This function checks whether a given group can be used
* for ECDSA.
*
* \param gid The ECP group ID to check.
*
* \return \c 1 if the group can be used, \c 0 otherwise
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_can_do( mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid );
/**
* \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
* previously-hashed message.
*
* \note The deterministic version implemented in
* mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det() is usually preferred.
*
* \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
* bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated
* as defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
* (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
* 4.1.3, step 5.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use.
* This must be initialized and have group parameters
* set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
* \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part
* the signature. This must be initialized.
* \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part
* the signature. This must be initialized.
* \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized.
* \param buf The content to be signed. This is usually the hash of
* the original data to be signed. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
* \p blen is zero.
* \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
* \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
* \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX
* or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s,
const mbedtls_mpi *d, const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
/**
* \brief Compute ECDSA signature of a previously hashed message,
* deterministic version (RFC 6979).
*
* \param grp ECP group
* \param r First output integer
* \param s Second output integer
* \param d Private signing key
* \param buf Message hash
* \param blen Length of buf
* \param md_alg MD algorithm used to hash the message
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s,
const mbedtls_mpi *d, const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
/**
* \brief Verify ECDSA signature of a previously hashed message
*
* \param grp ECP group
* \param buf Message hash
* \param blen Length of buf
* \param Q Public key to use for verification
* \param r First integer of the signature
* \param s Second integer of the signature
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid
* or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *r, const mbedtls_mpi *s);
/**
* \brief Compute ECDSA signature and write it to buffer,
* serialized as defined in RFC 4492 page 20.
* (Not thread-safe to use same context in multiple threads)
*
* \note The deterministice version (RFC 6979) is used if
* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is defined.
*
* \param ctx ECDSA context
* \param md_alg Algorithm that was used to hash the message
* \param hash Message hash
* \param hlen Length of hash
* \param sig Buffer that will hold the signature
* \param slen Length of the signature written
* \param f_rng RNG function
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
*
* \note The "sig" buffer must be at least as large as twice the
* size of the curve used, plus 9 (eg. 73 bytes if a 256-bit
* curve is used). MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe.
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
unsigned char *sig, size_t *slen,
int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
#if ! defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
@ -154,27 +181,295 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif
/**
* \brief Compute ECDSA signature and write it to buffer,
* serialized as defined in RFC 4492 page 20.
* Deterministic version, RFC 6979.
* (Not thread-safe to use same context in multiple threads)
* \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
* previously-hashed message, deterministic version.
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature() in 2.0.0
* For more information, see <em>RFC-6979: Deterministic
* Usage of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic
* Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>.
*
* \param ctx ECDSA context
* \param hash Message hash
* \param hlen Length of hash
* \param sig Buffer that will hold the signature
* \param slen Length of the signature written
* \param md_alg MD algorithm used to hash the message
* \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
* bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
* defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
* (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
* 4.1.3, step 5.
*
* \note The "sig" buffer must be at least as large as twice the
* size of the curve used, plus 9 (eg. 73 bytes if a 256-bit
* curve is used). MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe.
* \warning Since the output of the internal RNG is always the same for
* the same key and message, this limits the efficiency of
* blinding and leaks information through side channels. For
* secure behavior use mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext() instead.
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or
* MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code
* (Optimally the blinding is a random value that is different
* on every execution. In this case the blinding is still
* random from the attackers perspective, but is the same on
* each execution. This means that this blinding does not
* prevent attackers from recovering secrets by combining
* several measurement traces, but may prevent some attacks
* that exploit relationships between secret data.)
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use.
* This must be initialized and have group parameters
* set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
* \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part
* the signature. This must be initialized.
* \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part
* the signature. This must be initialized.
* \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized
* and setup, for example through mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey().
* \param buf The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
* \p blen is zero.
* \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
* \param md_alg The hash algorithm used to hash the original data.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX
* error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r,
mbedtls_mpi *s, const mbedtls_mpi *d,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg ) MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED;
#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
/**
* \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a
* previously-hashed message, deterministic version.
*
* For more information, see <em>RFC-6979: Deterministic
* Usage of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic
* Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>.
*
* \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
* bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
* defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
* (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
* 4.1.3, step 5.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use.
* This must be initialized and have group parameters
* set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
* \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part
* the signature. This must be initialized.
* \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part
* the signature. This must be initialized.
* \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized
* and setup, for example through mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey().
* \param buf The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
* \p blen is zero.
* \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
* \param md_alg The hash algorithm used to hash the original data.
* \param f_rng_blind The RNG function used for blinding. This must not be
* \c NULL.
* \param p_rng_blind The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
* \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX
* error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det_ext( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r,
mbedtls_mpi *s, const mbedtls_mpi *d,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
int (*f_rng_blind)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng_blind );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
/**
* \brief This function verifies the ECDSA signature of a
* previously-hashed message.
*
* \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
* bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
* defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
* (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
* 4.1.4, step 3.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param grp The ECP group to use.
* This must be initialized and have group parameters
* set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
* \param buf The hashed content that was signed. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if
* \p blen is zero.
* \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes.
* \param Q The public key to use for verification. This must be
* initialized and setup.
* \param r The first integer of the signature.
* This must be initialized.
* \param s The second integer of the signature.
* This must be initialized.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the signature
* is invalid.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX
* error code on failure for any other reason.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *r,
const mbedtls_mpi *s);
/**
* \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it
* to a buffer, serialized as defined in <em>RFC-4492:
* Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for
* Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>.
*
* \warning It is not thread-safe to use the same context in
* multiple threads.
*
* \note The deterministic version is used if
* #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is defined. For more
* information, see <em>RFC-6979: Deterministic Usage
* of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic
* Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>.
*
* \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
* bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
* defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
* (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
* 4.1.3, step 5.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
* and have a group and private key bound to it, for example
* via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair().
* \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message.
* \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p blen Bytes.
* \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes.
* \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a
* writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the
* size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if
* a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of
* #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe.
* \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of
* the signature written. Must not be \c NULL.
* \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL if
* #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset. Otherwise,
* it is used only for blinding and may be set to \c NULL, but
* doing so is DEPRECATED.
* \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
* \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or
* \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
unsigned char *sig, size_t *slen,
int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it
* to a buffer, in a restartable way.
*
* \see \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature()
*
* \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature()
* but it can return early and restart according to the limit
* set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
*
* \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
* and have a group and private key bound to it, for example
* via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair().
* \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message.
* \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p blen Bytes.
* \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes.
* \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a
* writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the
* size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if
* a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of
* #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe.
* \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of
* the signature written. Must not be \c NULL.
* \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL if
* #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset. Otherwise,
* it is unused and may be set to \c NULL.
* \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
* \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context.
* \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable
* restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an
* initialized restart context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
* operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
* \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or
* \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature_restartable( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg,
const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
unsigned char *sig, size_t *slen,
int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng,
mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC)
#if ! defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif
/**
* \brief This function computes an ECDSA signature and writes
* it to a buffer, serialized as defined in <em>RFC-4492:
* Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for
* Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>.
*
* The deterministic version is defined in <em>RFC-6979:
* Deterministic Usage of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA)
* and Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>.
*
* \warning It is not thread-safe to use the same context in
* multiple threads.
*
* \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
* bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
* defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
* (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
* 4.1.3, step 5.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature() in
* Mbed TLS version 2.0 and later.
*
* \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
* and have a group and private key bound to it, for example
* via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair().
* \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p blen Bytes.
* \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes.
* \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a
* writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the
* size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if
* a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of
* #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe.
* \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of
* the signature written. Must not be \c NULL.
* \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or
* \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature_det( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
@ -185,62 +480,145 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature_det( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */
/**
* \brief Read and verify an ECDSA signature
* \brief This function reads and verifies an ECDSA signature.
*
* \param ctx ECDSA context
* \param hash Message hash
* \param hlen Size of hash
* \param sig Signature to read and verify
* \param slen Size of sig
* \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the
* bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as
* defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group
* (SECG): SEC1 Elliptic Curve Cryptography</em>, section
* 4.1.4, step 3.
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid,
* MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if the signature is
* valid but its actual length is less than siglen,
* or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
* and have a group and public key bound to it.
* \param hash The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p size Bytes.
* \param hlen The size of the hash \p hash.
* \param sig The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p slen Bytes.
* \param slen The size of \p sig in Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
* signature in \p sig, but its length is less than \p siglen.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
* error code on failure for any other reason.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen );
/**
* \brief Generate an ECDSA keypair on the given curve
* \brief This function reads and verifies an ECDSA signature,
* in a restartable way.
*
* \param ctx ECDSA context in which the keypair should be stored
* \param gid Group (elliptic curve) to use. One of the various
* MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macros depending on configuration.
* \param f_rng RNG function
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* \see \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature()
*
* \return 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code.
* \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature()
* but it can return early and restart according to the limit
* set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking.
*
* \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized
* and have a group and public key bound to it.
* \param hash The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p size Bytes.
* \param hlen The size of the hash \p hash.
* \param sig The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable
* buffer of length \p slen Bytes.
* \param slen The size of \p sig in Bytes.
* \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable
* restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an
* initialized restart context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid
* signature in \p sig, but its length is less than \p siglen.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of
* operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops().
* \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX
* error code on failure for any other reason.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature_restartable( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen,
const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen,
mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx );
/**
* \brief This function generates an ECDSA keypair on the given curve.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDSA context to store the keypair in.
* This must be initialized.
* \param gid The elliptic curve to use. One of the various
* \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macros depending on configuration.
* \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be
* \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid,
int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief Set an ECDSA context from an EC key pair
* \brief This function sets up an ECDSA context from an EC key pair.
*
* \param ctx ECDSA context to set
* \param key EC key to use
* \see ecp.h
*
* \return 0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code.
* \param ctx The ECDSA context to setup. This must be initialized.
* \param key The EC key to use. This must be initialized and hold
* a private-public key pair or a public key. In the former
* case, the ECDSA context may be used for signature creation
* and verification after this call. In the latter case, it
* may be used for signature verification.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key );
int mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx,
const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key );
/**
* \brief Initialize context
* \brief This function initializes an ECDSA context.
*
* \param ctx Context to initialize
* \param ctx The ECDSA context to initialize.
* This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_ecdsa_init( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Free context
* \brief This function frees an ECDSA context.
*
* \param ctx Context to free
* \param ctx The ECDSA context to free. This may be \c NULL,
* in which case this function does nothing. If it
* is not \c NULL, it must be initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_ecdsa_free( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE)
/**
* \brief Initialize a restart context.
*
* \param ctx The restart context to initialize.
* This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_init( mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx );
/**
* \brief Free the components of a restart context.
*
* \param ctx The restart context to free. This may be \c NULL,
* in which case this function does nothing. If it
* is not \c NULL, it must be initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_free( mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx );
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

171
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,9 @@
* \file ecjpake.h
*
* \brief Elliptic curve J-PAKE
*
* Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
@ -17,8 +18,6 @@
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_H
#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_H
@ -39,9 +38,14 @@
* The payloads are serialized in a way suitable for use in TLS, but could
* also be use outside TLS.
*/
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "ecp.h"
#include "md.h"
#include "mbedtls/ecp.h"
#include "mbedtls/md.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
@ -55,6 +59,7 @@ typedef enum {
MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_SERVER, /**< Server */
} mbedtls_ecjpake_role;
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT)
/**
* EC J-PAKE context structure.
*
@ -66,7 +71,7 @@ typedef enum {
* convetion from the Thread v1.0 spec. Correspondance is indicated in the
* description as a pair C: client name, S: server name
*/
typedef struct
typedef struct mbedtls_ecjpake_context
{
const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info; /**< Hash to use */
mbedtls_ecp_group grp; /**< Elliptic curve */
@ -85,29 +90,38 @@ typedef struct
mbedtls_mpi s; /**< Pre-shared secret (passphrase) */
} mbedtls_ecjpake_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT */
#include "ecjpake_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize a context
* (just makes it ready for setup() or free()).
* \brief Initialize an ECJPAKE context.
*
* \param ctx context to initialize
* \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to initialize.
* This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_ecjpake_init( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Set up a context for use
* \brief Set up an ECJPAKE context for use.
*
* \note Currently the only values for hash/curve allowed by the
* standard are MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256/MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1.
* standard are #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256/#MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1.
*
* \param ctx context to set up
* \param role Our role: client or server
* \param hash hash function to use (MBEDTLS_MD_XXX)
* \param curve elliptic curve identifier (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX)
* \param secret pre-shared secret (passphrase)
* \param len length of the shared secret
* \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to set up. This must be initialized.
* \param role The role of the caller. This must be either
* #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_CLIENT or #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_SERVER.
* \param hash The identifier of the hash function to use,
* for example #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256.
* \param curve The identifier of the elliptic curve to use,
* for example #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1.
* \param secret The pre-shared secret (passphrase). This must be
* a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes. It need
* only be valid for the duration of this call.
* \param len The length of the pre-shared secret \p secret.
*
* \return 0 if successfull,
* a negative error code otherwise
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecjpake_setup( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
mbedtls_ecjpake_role role,
@ -116,30 +130,35 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_setup( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *secret,
size_t len );
/*
* \brief Check if a context is ready for use
/**
* \brief Check if an ECJPAKE context is ready for use.
*
* \param ctx Context to check
* \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to check. This must be
* initialized.
*
* \return 0 if the context is ready for use,
* MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA otherwise
* \return \c 0 if the context is ready for use.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA otherwise.
*/
int mbedtls_ecjpake_check( const mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief Generate and write the first round message
* (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension,
* excluding extension type and length bytes)
* excluding extension type and length bytes).
*
* \param ctx Context to use
* \param buf Buffer to write the contents to
* \param len Buffer size
* \param olen Will be updated with the number of bytes written
* \param f_rng RNG function
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be
* initialized and set up.
* \param buf The buffer to write the contents to. This must be a
* writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
* \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes.
* \param olen The address at which to store the total number
* of Bytes written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
* may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
*
* \return 0 if successfull,
* a negative error code otherwise
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_one( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
@ -149,14 +168,16 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_one( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
/**
* \brief Read and process the first round message
* (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension,
* excluding extension type and length bytes)
* excluding extension type and length bytes).
*
* \param ctx Context to use
* \param buf Pointer to extension contents
* \param len Extension length
* \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized
* and set up.
* \param buf The buffer holding the first round message. This must
* be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
* \param len The length in Bytes of \p buf.
*
* \return 0 if successfull,
* a negative error code otherwise
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_one( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf,
@ -164,17 +185,21 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_one( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
/**
* \brief Generate and write the second round message
* (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange)
* (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange).
*
* \param ctx Context to use
* \param buf Buffer to write the contents to
* \param len Buffer size
* \param olen Will be updated with the number of bytes written
* \param f_rng RNG function
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized,
* set up, and already have performed round one.
* \param buf The buffer to write the round two contents to.
* This must be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
* \param len The size of \p buf in Bytes.
* \param olen The address at which to store the total number of Bytes
* written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
* may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
*
* \return 0 if successfull,
* a negative error code otherwise
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_two( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
@ -183,14 +208,16 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_two( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
/**
* \brief Read and process the second round message
* (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange)
* (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange).
*
* \param ctx Context to use
* \param buf Pointer to the message
* \param len Message length
* \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized
* and set up and already have performed round one.
* \param buf The buffer holding the second round message. This must
* be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
* \param len The length in Bytes of \p buf.
*
* \return 0 if successfull,
* a negative error code otherwise
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_two( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf,
@ -198,17 +225,21 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_two( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
/**
* \brief Derive the shared secret
* (TLS: Pre-Master Secret)
* (TLS: Pre-Master Secret).
*
* \param ctx Context to use
* \param buf Buffer to write the contents to
* \param len Buffer size
* \param olen Will be updated with the number of bytes written
* \param f_rng RNG function
* \param p_rng RNG parameter
* \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized,
* set up and have performed both round one and two.
* \param buf The buffer to write the derived secret to. This must
* be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes.
* \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes.
* \param olen The address at which to store the total number of Bytes
* written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This
* may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context.
*
* \return 0 if successfull,
* a negative error code otherwise
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ecjpake_derive_secret( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen,
@ -216,23 +247,29 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_derive_secret( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx,
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief Free a context's content
* \brief This clears an ECJPAKE context and frees any
* embedded data structure.
*
* \param ctx context to free
* \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to free. This may be \c NULL,
* in which case this function does nothing. If it is not
* \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECJPAKE context.
*/
void mbedtls_ecjpake_free( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
*
* \return 0 if successful, or 1 if a test failed
*/
int mbedtls_ecjpake_self_test( int verbose );
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* ecjpake.h */

1259
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

297
contrib/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp_internal.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
/**
* \file ecp_internal.h
*
* \brief Function declarations for alternative implementation of elliptic curve
* point arithmetic.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*/
/*
* References:
*
* [1] BERNSTEIN, Daniel J. Curve25519: new Diffie-Hellman speed records.
* <http://cr.yp.to/ecdh/curve25519-20060209.pdf>
*
* [2] CORON, Jean-S'ebastien. Resistance against differential power analysis
* for elliptic curve cryptosystems. In : Cryptographic Hardware and
* Embedded Systems. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999. p. 292-302.
* <http://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/3-540-48059-5_25>
*
* [3] HEDABOU, Mustapha, PINEL, Pierre, et B'EN'ETEAU, Lucien. A comb method to
* render ECC resistant against Side Channel Attacks. IACR Cryptology
* ePrint Archive, 2004, vol. 2004, p. 342.
* <http://eprint.iacr.org/2004/342.pdf>
*
* [4] Certicom Research. SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters.
* <http://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf>
*
* [5] HANKERSON, Darrel, MENEZES, Alfred J., VANSTONE, Scott. Guide to Elliptic
* Curve Cryptography.
*
* [6] Digital Signature Standard (DSS), FIPS 186-4.
* <http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.186-4.pdf>
*
* [7] Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer
* Security (TLS), RFC 4492.
* <https://tools.ietf.org/search/rfc4492>
*
* [8] <http://www.hyperelliptic.org/EFD/g1p/auto-shortw-jacobian.html>
*
* [9] COHEN, Henri. A Course in Computational Algebraic Number Theory.
* Springer Science & Business Media, 1 Aug 2000
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_H
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
/**
* \brief Indicate if the Elliptic Curve Point module extension can
* handle the group.
*
* \param grp The pointer to the elliptic curve group that will be the
* basis of the cryptographic computations.
*
* \return Non-zero if successful.
*/
unsigned char mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp );
/**
* \brief Initialise the Elliptic Curve Point module extension.
*
* If mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable returns true for a
* group, this function has to be able to initialise the
* module for it.
*
* This module can be a driver to a crypto hardware
* accelerator, for which this could be an initialise function.
*
* \param grp The pointer to the group the module needs to be
* initialised for.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_init( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp );
/**
* \brief Frees and deallocates the Elliptic Curve Point module
* extension.
*
* \param grp The pointer to the group the module was initialised for.
*/
void mbedtls_internal_ecp_free( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp );
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT)
/**
* \brief Randomize jacobian coordinates:
* (X, Y, Z) -> (l^2 X, l^3 Y, l Z) for random l.
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param pt The point on the curve to be randomised, given with Jacobian
* coordinates.
*
* \param f_rng A function pointer to the random number generator.
*
* \param p_rng A pointer to the random number generator state.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_randomize_jac( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *pt, int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT)
/**
* \brief Addition: R = P + Q, mixed affine-Jacobian coordinates.
*
* The coordinates of Q must be normalized (= affine),
* but those of P don't need to. R is not normalized.
*
* This function is used only as a subrutine of
* ecp_mul_comb().
*
* Special cases: (1) P or Q is zero, (2) R is zero,
* (3) P == Q.
* None of these cases can happen as intermediate step in
* ecp_mul_comb():
* - at each step, P, Q and R are multiples of the base
* point, the factor being less than its order, so none of
* them is zero;
* - Q is an odd multiple of the base point, P an even
* multiple, due to the choice of precomputed points in the
* modified comb method.
* So branches for these cases do not leak secret information.
*
* We accept Q->Z being unset (saving memory in tables) as
* meaning 1.
*
* Cost in field operations if done by [5] 3.22:
* 1A := 8M + 3S
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param R Pointer to a point structure to hold the result.
*
* \param P Pointer to the first summand, given with Jacobian
* coordinates
*
* \param Q Pointer to the second summand, given with affine
* coordinates.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_add_mixed( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *R, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q );
#endif
/**
* \brief Point doubling R = 2 P, Jacobian coordinates.
*
* Cost: 1D := 3M + 4S (A == 0)
* 4M + 4S (A == -3)
* 3M + 6S + 1a otherwise
* when the implementation is based on the "dbl-1998-cmo-2"
* doubling formulas in [8] and standard optimizations are
* applied when curve parameter A is one of { 0, -3 }.
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param R Pointer to a point structure to hold the result.
*
* \param P Pointer to the point that has to be doubled, given with
* Jacobian coordinates.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_double_jac( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *R, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P );
#endif
/**
* \brief Normalize jacobian coordinates of an array of (pointers to)
* points.
*
* Using Montgomery's trick to perform only one inversion mod P
* the cost is:
* 1N(t) := 1I + (6t - 3)M + 1S
* (See for example Algorithm 10.3.4. in [9])
*
* This function is used only as a subrutine of
* ecp_mul_comb().
*
* Warning: fails (returning an error) if one of the points is
* zero!
* This should never happen, see choice of w in ecp_mul_comb().
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param T Array of pointers to the points to normalise.
*
* \param t_len Number of elements in the array.
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* an error if one of the points is zero.
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_normalize_jac_many( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *T[], size_t t_len );
#endif
/**
* \brief Normalize jacobian coordinates so that Z == 0 || Z == 1.
*
* Cost in field operations if done by [5] 3.2.1:
* 1N := 1I + 3M + 1S
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param pt pointer to the point to be normalised. This is an
* input/output parameter.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_normalize_jac( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *pt );
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_MONTGOMERY_ENABLED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_double_add_mxz( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *R, mbedtls_ecp_point *S, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *d );
#endif
/**
* \brief Randomize projective x/z coordinates:
* (X, Z) -> (l X, l Z) for random l
*
* \param grp pointer to the group representing the curve
*
* \param P the point on the curve to be randomised given with
* projective coordinates. This is an input/output parameter.
*
* \param f_rng a function pointer to the random number generator
*
* \param p_rng a pointer to the random number generator state
*
* \return 0 if successful
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_randomize_mxz( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *P, int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
#endif
/**
* \brief Normalize Montgomery x/z coordinates: X = X/Z, Z = 1.
*
* \param grp pointer to the group representing the curve
*
* \param P pointer to the point to be normalised. This is an
* input/output parameter.
*
* \return 0 if successful
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_normalize_mxz( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *P );
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_MONTGOMERY_ENABLED */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT */
#endif /* ecp_internal.h */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More